The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutContractProject No.: TED4004057 Contract Provisions Contract No.: CAG-19-146 Award Amount: $556,620.75 Award Date: July 8, 2019 Award To: Tony Lind Paving, LLC 23048 172nd Ave SE Kent, WA 98042 2019 Street Patch and Overlay T:I � �+ `N ems" �•'�` K �wSo .�N � •�' r Volume 1 of 1 General Bid Information: Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc. (425) 258-1303 City Contact: Jayson Grant (425) 430-7400 Ap o d f r Bid Ci y of Renton at 2pr d for Co nstr6dion City of Renton Date: Prepared by: Public Works Department Transportation Systems Division Renton City Hall-5th Floor 1055 South Grady Way Renton, Washington 98057 Public Works Department Transportation Division CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON Contract Provisions for the 2019 Street Patch and Overlay City Project Number: TED4004057 City Contract Number: CAG-19-146 June 2019 City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 CITY OF RENTON 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Table of Contents VOLUME I I. CALL FOR BIDS II. INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 1. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS 2. SUMMARY OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY, CITY OF RENTON 3. SUMMARY OF AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY, CITY OF RENTON III. PROJECT PROPOSAL 1. * PROJECT PROPOSAL COVER SHEET 2. * PROPOSAL 3. * SCHEDULE OF PRICES 4. * NON -COLLUSION DECLARATION 5. * LOCAL AGENCY SUBCONTRACTOR LIST 6. * PROPOSAL FOR INCORPORATING RECYCLED MATERIALS INTO THE PROJECT 7. * CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION, WAGE LAW COMPLIANCE — RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA, WASHINGTON STATE PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS 8. * PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE 9. * PROPOSAL BID BOND IV. AGREEMENT FORMS 1. ❖ AGREEMENT 2. ❖ CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON 3. ❖ FAIR PRACTICES POLICY AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE 4. ❖ RETAINAGE METHOD SELECTION * Submit as part of the bid. ❖ Submit within 10 days after Notice of Award. VI. CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS 1. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 2. SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPENDICES A — MAP OF PROJECT LOCATIONS, SUMMARY OF QUANTITIES B — PREVAILING HOURLY MINIMUM WAGE RATES C — STANDARD PLANS (CITY OF RENTON AND WSDOT) 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Table of Contents TED4004057 Page 1 of 1 2019 City of Renton Contract Provisions for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay I. CALL FORBIDS CAG-19-146 CITY OF RENTON 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Project CALL FOR BIDS Sealed bids will be received by the City of Renton, at the City Clerk's Office, located on the 7th floor of Renton City Hall, until 10:00 AM on Tuesday, June 18, 2019. All supplemental documents, that are allowed to be submitted after this date and time, shall be delivered to the City Clerk's Office. The bids will be opened and publicly read at 11:00 AM on Tuesday, June 18, 2019 in room #511, located on the 5th floor of Renton City Hall. Renton City Hall is located at 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057. Approved plans, specifications, addenda, and plan holders list for this project are available on-line through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc., at http://www.bxwa.com. Click on bxwa.com; Posted Projects; Public Works; City of Renton; Projects Bidding. (Note: Bidders are encouraged to Register as a Bidder, in order to receive automatic email notification of future addenda and to be placed on the Bidders List). Contact Builders Exchange of Washington at 425-258-1303 should you require further assistance. The City of Renton in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally -Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises as defined at 49 CFR Part 26 will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin, or sex in consideration for an award. The improvement for which bids will be received is described below: Construct the 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Project. The work includes but is not limited to: excavation; grading; removal of pavement; planing pavement; paving with asphalt; adjustments to utility frames, grates and covers; property restoration and all other work necessary to complete the Work as specified and shown in the Contract Provisions. Published: June 4, 2019 and June 11, 2019 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Call for Bids TED4004057 2019 City of Renton Contract Provisions for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay II. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS The following supplements the information in the Call for Bids: 1. Special Project Information. The Contract Documents, including Standard Specifications, and all applicable laws and regulations apply to this project. The following items particular to this project are repeated here for emphasis: a. Prevailing Wages. This project has does not include federal funding. Therefore, only State Prevailing Wages must be paid on this project. The Prevailing Wages in effect at time of Advertisement are provided in Appendix B. It is the Bidder's responsibility to obtain wage information for any work classifications that are not included. b. Map of Project Locations and Summary of Quantities. Appendix A includes a Map of Project Locations and a summary of quantities for each street included in the scope of work. If there is a conflict in quantities between these summaries and the Schedule of Prices, the Schedule of Prices shall govern. 2. Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the Bid Documents, shall request the explanation or interpretation in writing by the close of business five (5) business days preceding the bid opening to allow a written reply to reach all prospective Bidders before the submission of their Bids. Oral explanations, interpretations, or instructions given by anyone before the Award of Contract will not be binding on the City of Renton. 3. If a bidder has any questions regarding the project, the bidder may either: • Submit questions in writing to Renton City Hall —Transportation Systems, 1055 S Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057, Attn: Michelle Faltaous, or • Submit questions via e-mail: mailto: MFaltaous@Rentonwa.gov. Put "2019 Street Overlay" in the subject line No other type of inquiry will be accepted. 4. All bids must be self-explanatory. Partial bids will not be accepted. No opportunity will be offered for oral explanation except as the City of Renton may request further information on particular points. The bidder shall, upon request, furnish information to the City of Renton as to their financial and practical ability to satisfactorily perform the work. 5. The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest responsible, responsive bidder. The total bid amount of all schedules combined will be used to determine the low bidder. 6. The City of Renton reserves the right to reject any and all bids or waive any and/or all informalities. 7. Payment for this work will be made in cash warrants. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Information and Checklist for Bidders TED4004057 Page 1 of 3 2019 8. Bidders are not required to be in possession of a current City of Renton business license in order to bid on City projects. However, Contractors and all subcontractors of all tiers must be in possession of a current City business license while conducting work in the City. 9. Bidding Checklist Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name and address of the Bidder, and the name and number of the project for which the bid is submitted. It is the responsibility of each bidder to ascertain if all the documents listed below and in the Table of Contents are included in their copy of the Contract Provisions. If documents are missing, it is the sole responsibility of the Bidder to contact the City of Renton to obtain the missing documents prior to the date and time that bids are due. The following documents shall be submitted with the bid. a. Project Proposal Cover Sheet - The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. b. Proposal —The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. c. Schedule of Prices — The form(s) included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. Bidders must bid on all schedules and items shown on the Schedule of Prices. If any unit price is left blank, it will be considered no charge for that bid item, regardless of what has been placed in the extension column. d. Non -Collusion Declaration —The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. e. Local Agency Subcontractor List - This form is available at http://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.htm1. Bidder may download, print and complete the form to include with Bid. The DOT Form, DOT Form Number and revision date must match the form included in these Bid Documents, otherwise the Bid will be considered irregular and non -responsive and the Bid will be rejected. f. Proposal for Incorporating Recycled Materials into the Project — The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. g. Contractor Certification, Wage Law Compliance — Responsibility Criteria, Washington State Public Works Contracts — This form is available at http://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.htm1. Bidder may download, complete, print and sign the form to include with Bid. The DOT Form, DOT Form Number and revision date must match the form included in these Bid Documents, otherwise the Bid will be considered irregular and non -responsive and the Bid will be rejected. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Information and Checklist for Bidders TED4004057 Page 2 of 3 2019 h. Proposal Signature Page — The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. Evidence of signatory's authority to sign the Proposal on behalf of the business entity shall be submitted with the Bid. Otherwise, the submitted Bid will be considered irregular and non -responsive and the Bid may be rejected. Proposal Bid Bond — The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. If an attorney -in -fact signs bond, the power of attorney authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in accordance with the Surety's by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries. 10. Contract Checklist The following documents are to be executed by the successful Bidder after the Contract is awarded. a. Agreement —The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. Two originals shall be executed by the successful Bidder. b. Contract Bond —The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. Two originals shall be executed by the successful Bidder and its surety company. This bond covers successful completion of all work and payment of all laborers, subcontractors, suppliers, etc. If an attorney -in -fact signs bond, the power of attorney authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in accordance with the Surety's by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries. c. Fair Practices Policy Affidavit of Compliance —The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. d. Retainage Method Selection - The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. e. Certificates of Insurance — To be executed by an insurance company acceptable to the City, on ACORD Forms. Required coverages are listed in Section 1-07.18 of the Special Provisions. The City of Renton shall be named as "Additional Insured" on the insurance policies as well as the entities listed in Section 1-07.18(2) of the Special Provisions. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Information and Checklist for Bidders TED4004057 Page 3 of 3 2019 CITY OF RENTON SUMMARY OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY ADOPTED BY RESOLUTION NO. 4085 ___ It is the policy of the City of Renton to promote and provide equal treatment and service to all citizens and to ensure equal employment opportunity to all persons without regard to their race; religion/creed; national origin; ancestry; sex; age over 40; sexual orientation or gender identity; pregnancy; HIV/AIDS and Hepatitis C status; use of a guide dog/service animal; marital status; parental/family status; military status; or veteran's status, or the presence of a physical, sensory, or mental disability, when the City of Renton can reasonably accommodate the disability, of employees and applicants for employment and fair, non-discriminatory treatment to all citizens. All departments of the City of Renton shall adhere to the following guidelines: (1) EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES - The City of Renton will ensure all employment related activities included recruitment, selection, promotion, demotion, training, retention and separation are conducted in a manner which is based on Sob -related criteria which does not discriminate against women, minorities and other protected classes. Human resources decisions will be in accordance with individual performance, staffing requirements, governing civil service rules, and labor contract agreements. (2) COOPERATION WITH HUMAN RIGHTS ORGANIZATIONS - The City of Renton will cooperate fully with all organizations and commissions organized to promote fair practices and equal opportunity in employment. (3) CONTRACTORS' OBLIGATIONS - Contractors, sub -contractors, consultants and suppliers conducting business with the City of Renton shall affirm and subscribe to the Fair Practices and Non-discrimination policies set forth by the law and by City policy. Copies of this policy shall be distributed to all City employees, shall appear in all operational documentation of the City, including bid calls, and shall be prominently displayed in appropriate city facilities. CONCURRED IN by the City Council of the City of Renton, Washington, this 7th day of March 12011 CITY RENTON Denis Law, Mayor Attest: Bonnie I. Walton, City Clerk RENTON CITY COUNCIL until Pr sident .,¢ ••i i SEAL *_2 '7% i' 70) 11I,7fliIIIIII111Sllln�� 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Summary of Fair Practices Policy 2019 CITY OF RENTON SUkE4ARYOFAMERICANS WITHDISABILP17ESACTPOLICY ADOPTF_D BY RESOLU770NNO. 3007 The policy of the City of Renton is to promote and afford equal treatment and service to all citizens and to assure employment opportunity to persons with disabilities, when the City of Renton can reasonably accommodate the disability. 'this policy shall be based on the principles of equal employment opportunity, the Americans With Disabilities Act and other applicable guidelines as set forth in federal, state and local laws. All departments of the City of Renton shall adhere to the following guidelines: (1) EMPL YMENI' PRACTICE - All activities relating to employment such as recruitment, selection, promotion, termination and training shall be conducted in a non- discriminatory manner. Personnel decisions will be based on individual performance, staffing requirements, and in accordance with the Americans With Disabilities Act and other applicable laws and regulations. (2) COOPEL?- TI,QN _ WITT-1 HUMAN RIGHTS aRGAMZATiONS - The City of Renton will cooperate fully with all organizations and commissions organized to promote fair practices and equal opportunity for persons with disabilities in employment and receipt of City services, activities and programs. (3) AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACrI POLICY - The City of Renton Americans With Disabilities Act Policy will be maintained to facilitate equitable representation within the City work force and to assure equal employment opportunity and equal access to City services, activities and programs to all people with disabilities. It shall be the responsibility and the duty of all City officials and employees to carry out the policies and guidelines as set forth in this policy (4) NTRA T B I A17ON - Contractors, subcontractors, consultants and suppliers conducting business with the City of Renton shall abide by the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act and promote access to services, activities and programs for people with disabilities. Copies of this policy shall be distributed to all City employees, shall appear in at operational documentation of the City, including bid calls, and shall be prominently displayed in appropriate City facilities. CONCURRED IN by the City Council of fhe City of Renton, Washington, this 4 t h C RENTON Mayor Attest: City Clerk day of October 1993. RENTON CITY COUNCIL,: ouncil President 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Summary of American Disabilities Act Policy 2019 City of Renton Contract Provisions for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay III. PROJECT PROPOSAL Project Name: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay City Project Number: TED4004057 City Contract Number: CAG-19-146 Company: Tony Lind Paving, LLC Address: 23048 172nd Ave SE Kent, WA 98042 Telephone No.: 253-630-7612 Fax No.: 253-630-7614 Total Bid Amount: $ 556, 620. 75 u TO THE CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON Ladies and/or Gentlemen: PROPOSAL 2019 Street Patch and Overlay The undersigned (Bidder) hereby certify that the Bidder has examined the location and construction details of the proposed work, has read and thoroughly understands the Contract Documents governing the work, and the nature of the work, and the method by which payment will be made for said work. Bidder hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work detailed in and in accordance with these Contract Documents, for the Total Bid Amount shown on the attached Schedule of Prices. The Bidder understands that the quantities mentioned herein are approximate only and are subject to increase or decrease, and hereby proposes to perform all quantities of work as either increased or decreased in accordance with the Contract Documents. As evidence of good faith, pursuant to RCW` 35.23.352(1), an original Bid Proposal Deposit in the form of (check one) ® bid bond, or 0 cashier's check (made payable to the City of Renton), or ❑ postal money order (made payable to the City of Renton), in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Total Bid Amount, is attached hereto. If a bid bond is signed by an attorney -in -fact, Bidder agrees that the power of attorney authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in accordance with the Surety's by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries. Bidder understands that Contract Award or Bid rejection will occur within 4S calendar days after the opening of bids, as specified in Section 1-03.2 of the Standard Specifications. Bidder further understands that should Bidder fail to enter into this contract in accordance with his or her Bid and furnish a contract bond within a period of ten (10) days from the date at which he or she is notified that he or she is the successful bidder, the Bid Proposal Deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Renton, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352 Bidder hereby agrees to complete the Physical Work in all respects within 30 working days. Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed date. 2019 Street Patch and Overtay Proposal TED4004057 2019 SCHEDULE OF PRICES 2019 Street Patch and Overlay ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INN OR TYPED TO VALIDATE 610 NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE• EXTENSION NO. SECTION 1 SPCC PLAN 107 LS 1 $500.00 $500.J0 2 MOBILIZATION 1-09 L.S. 1 519,625.00 519,625.00 3 PROJECT TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1-10 L.S. 1 $96,000.00 $46,000.00 4 FLAGGERS 1-10 HR 600 $47.25 $28,350.00 5 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN 1-10 HR 400 $4.00 $1,600.00 6 ROADWAY EXCAVATION INCL. HAUL 2-03 C.Y. SO $30.00 $1,500.00 7 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 4-04 TON 50 $30.00 1$1,500.00 B HMA CL. 112 IN. PG 64-22 5-04 TON 3,000 $103.50 $310,500.00 9 PLANING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT 5-04 S.Y. 1,550 $4.80 $7, 440.00 PLANING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT - 2 INCH 10 DEPTH 5-04 S.Y. 16,400 $2 80 $45, 920.00 PLANING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT - 4 INCH 11 5-04 S.Y. 2,600 $5.27 513.702.00 DEPTH 12 ADJUST MANHOLE COVER 5-04 EACH 35 $992.25 $34.728.75 13 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOX 5-04 EACH 30 $603.75 $18.112.50 14 ADJUST GAS VALVE 5-04 EACH 1 $603.75 $603.75 15 ADJUST MONUMENT CASE 5-04 EACH 21 $603.75 $12, 678.75 16 EROSION CONTROL/WATER POLLUTION 8-01 EST, 1 5,000.00 5,000.00 PREVENTION 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Schedule of Prices TED4004057 Page 1 of 2 2019 SCHEDULE OF PRICES 2019 Street Patch and Overlay ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE 910 NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two 12) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts), All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. ITEM REM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE• EXTENSION NO. SECTION 17 INLET PROTECTION 8-01 EACH 52 $55.00 $2, 860.00 18 STREET CLEANING 8-01 HR 120 $50.00 56,000.00 $556,620.75 TOTAL BID AMOUNT = -NOTE: All applicable sales tax shall be included in the unit and lump sum bid price per section 1 07.2(3) and WAC 458-20-171. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Schedule of Prices TED4004057 Page 2 of 2 2019 Failure to return this Declaration as part of the bid proposal package will make the bid nonresponsive and ineligible for award. NON -COLLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. 2. That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and to have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS To report rigging activities call: 1-800-424-9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) operates the above toll -free "hotline" Monday through Friday, 8 00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., eastern time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the "hotline" to report such activities. The "hotline" is part of USDOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected. SR DOT Form 272-0361 EF 0712011 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Local Agency Non -Collusion Declaration TED4004057 2019 Lobel egmrry Nsne City of Renton Local Agency Subcontractor List Lace, Icy Ad""'"'Repared n xxnPFerxz wit; RCW 32 30.OX as asr r,fded 1055 South Grady Way enton, WA 98057 To Be Submitted with the Bid Proposal Project Name 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Fal lure to list subcontractors with whom the bidder, If awarded the contractwill di raetly subcontract for performance of the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning. plumbing, as described In Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical, as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW or naming more than one subcontractor to perform the same work will result In your bid being nonresponsive and therefore void. Subeorrtmctor;s) with whom t'ne bdde, will d rectN s.Ccontract that are xoxsed to peform the work of reabng ventliatlon and au conclbonlrgplumbing, as descnted in Cnapter'6 106 RZ:W.. and electrkal as tlescribee �n Chapter 19 23 RCW InLLA be listed telpw The wor< tc be pedorr+ d s to be listed be ow the eul conuactor;s) narle To the extent the Protect includes one or more categories of work referenced in RCW 39.30.060. and no subcontractor is listed below to perform such vyork. the bidder certifies that the work will either III be oerformed by the bidder itseH. or Qil be performed by a lower tier subcontractor who will not contract directly with the bidder. Subcontractor Name Work to be Perforrneo Subcortmaor Name Vhrk In lw Peifwr, Subcorrractor Name Work to be I'lerforrnec Subcom.ractor Name Mirk to be Pellurrnetl Subcontractor Name work to he Performer! &cider's are ntt fed that is the open on o1 me erfcircemenl agery trat PVC or metal cpi jurlcton boxesetc are ,.ulai,lelyd elech a:el eyuiprtrnl mr.' herekne un mitieIVI lot of elect ica work, evenIf the uniallalxnlisfin fulwe,use am no wiring or electrical current is conne�ted during the project cn DOT ran :i l-a1til Cr Vearea aern I l 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Local Agency Subcontractor List TED4004057 2019 APWAWADivision 1 Committee rev. 1/8/2016 Proposal for Incorporating Recycled Materials into the Project In compliance with a new law that went Into effect January 1. 2016 (SHB1695 ). the Bidder shall propose below. the total percent of construction aggregate and concrete matonals to be incorporated into the Project that are recycled materials Calculated percentages must be within the amounts allowed in Section 9-03 21(1)E. Table on Maximum Allowable Percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material, of the Standard Specifications. Proposed total percentage S ° percent. Note Use of recycled materials is highly encouraged within the limits shown above, but does not constitute a Bidder Preference. and will not affect the determination of awardunless two or more lowest responsive Bid totals are exactly equal, in which case proposed recycling percentages will be used as a tie -breaker: per the APWA GSP in Section 1-03 1 of the Special Provisions. Regardless, the Bidders stated proposed percentages will become a goal the Contractor should do its best to accomplish Bidders will be required to report on recycled materials actually incorporated into the Project in accordance with the APWA GSP in Section 1-06 5 of the Special Provisions Bidder Tony Lind Paving, LLC Signature of Authorized Official Date 06/17/2019 20195treet Patch and Overlay Proposal For Incorporating Recycled Materials TED4004057 2019 Wasrungton State vp- Department or Transportation Contractor Certification Wage Law Compliance - Responsibility Criteria Washington State Public Works Contracts FAILURE TO RETURN THIS CERTIFICATION AS PART OF THE BID PROPOSAL PACKAGE WILL MAKE THIS BID NONRESPONSIVE AND INELIGIBLE FOR AWARD I hereby certify, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Washington on behalf of the firm identified below that to the best of my knowledge and belief, this firm has p(QI been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Washington Stale Department of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction to have willfully violated, as defined In RCW 49 48 082, any provision of RCW chapters 49 46, 49.48, or 49.52 within three (3) years prior to the date of the Call for Bids. BidderNamc:.Tony Lind Pavinq, LLC Name of CoM acta/eldder - Pr rt fu9 legal entity nnamme al firm By: S gratu�e rlhomed person Print Named making cert(GMion¢ to, firm It tie: Place: r. y Tr. jrr nn scning renmir Pnni city and stare wrere sign 06/17/2019 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Contractor Certification, Wage Law Compliance - Responsibility Critena TED4004057 2019 0 PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE By signing below, Bidder acknowledges receipt and understanding of the following Addenda to the Bid Documents: Addendum No. Date of Receipt Addendum No. Date of Receipt 1 3 2 4 NOTE: A Proposal maybe considered irregular and maybe rejected if the receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged. The bidder is hereby advised that by signature of this proposal he/she is deemed to have acknowledged all requirements and signed all certificates contained herein. �cuy� Tony Lind Paving, LLC Signat re of Authorized Official] " (Business Name] To- , Lira( (Printed ame] owrie.V-- (Title] [Date Z3cx�� [Address Line 11 [Address Line 21 S53 - 630 -7 (9 i z, (Telephone Number] NOTE: Evidence of the signatory's authority to sign the Proposal on behalf of the business entity shall be submitted with the aid. Otherwise, the submitted Bid will be considered Irregular and non -responsive and the Bid may be rejected. NOTE: The address and phone number listed above will be used for all communications regarding this proposal. Type of business entity (e.g. corporation, partnership, etc.): Limited Liabilitv Corporation State of Incorporation, or State where business entity was formed: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Proposal— Signature Page TED4004057 2019 WA State Contractor's Registration # TONYLLP922J9 UBI # Industrial Insurance Account # Employment Security Department # State Excise Tax Registration # DUNS# 579,346-02 405-7783-009 602-813-830 N/A The Surety Company which will furnish the required Contract Bond is Merchants National Bondi (Surety] 425-576-4078 [Telephone Number] Inc. 5400 Carillon Point [Address Line 11 Kirkland, WA 98033 [Address Line 21 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Proposal - Signature Page TED4004057 2019 • PROPOSAL BID BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, [Bidder] Tony Lind Paving LLC of [address] 23048 172nd Ave SE, Kent, WA 98042 as Principal, and [Surety) Merchants National Bonding, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Iowa as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto the City of Renton in the full sum of five (5) percent of the total bid amount of the proposal of said Principal for the work hereinafter described, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves and our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The condition of the bond is such, that whereas the Principal herein is herewith submitting his/her or its sealed proposal for the following public works construction project, to wit: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay said bid and proposal, by reference thereto, being made a part hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, If the said proposal bid by said Principal be accepted, and the contract be awarded to said Principal, and if said Principal shall duly make and enter into and execute said contract and shall furnish contract bond as required by the City of Renton within a period of ten (10) days from and after said award, exclusive of the day of such award, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain and be in full force and effect. IN THE EVENT, the Principal, following award, fails to execute an Agreement with the City of Renton in accordance with the terms of the Proposal and furnish a contract bond with Surety or Sureties approved by the City of Renton within ten (10) days from and after said award, then Principal shall forfeit the Bid Bond/Bid Proposal Deposit or Surety shall immediately pay and forfeit to the City of Renton the amount of the Proposal Bid Bond, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352. This Proposal Bid Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and venue shall be in King County, Washington. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be signed and sealed this 18th day of June 20 19 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Proposal Bid Bond to the City of Renton TED4004057 2019 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www. bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal PRINdPAL 19LIar1 Tony Lind Paving LLC Merchants National Bonding, Inc. [Principal] [Surety) '%� [Signat a of Authorized Official] [S�ture of Authorized Official] G [PrinteEl Namel 171tlel 6/18/2019 [Date] Name and address of local office of Agent and/or Surety Company: Surety WAOIC # Surety NAIC # 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Heather L. Allen [Printed Name] Attorney -in -Fact ITitle] 6/18/2019 Merchants National Bondina, Inc. 5400 Carillon Point WA 98033 Telephone: (425) 576-4078 500792 14494 Proposal Bid Bond to the City of Renton 2019 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www. bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal M ERCHAN BONDING COMPANY. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa (herein collectively called the "Companies') do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, Aliceon A Kellner; Annelies M Richie; Brandon K Bush; Brent E Heilesen; Carley Espiritu; Christopher Kinyon; Cynthia L Jay; Eric A Zimmerman; Erica E Mosley; Heather L Allen; Holt Albers; James B Binder; Jamie L Marques; Karen C Swanson; Kyle Joseph Howak Tamara A Ringeisen their We and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power-of-Attomey is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding, Inc., on October 16, 2015. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attomeys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact Includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the Stale of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of Its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it Is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney -in -Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such Intent has been given to the Commissioner - Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 20th day of May , 2019 •••.PRppq<eo ;• 9�F•y2 �•Oa�`(�P �,y'op• m.' '��•y<: MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) by 4� ; Q? o- 0;�; V� :ru':Z -o- mo:-^•�/(/�Jr/� MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. �':• 2003 ;;� • Z ' : y: 1933 : c: By •:.;%p !! dJ� ........ ..3, ...��•�C: President STATE OF IOWA ''•"...•• .... COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this this 20th day of May 2019 , before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly swom did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. 11CRIA<s ALICIA K. GRAM Commission Number Expires My Commission E>¢lires 1`.t)�K.11�•-�Q•- r April ), 2020 Notary Public (Expiration of notary's commission does not invalidate this instrument) I, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER -OF -ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this .••p,.......•...•,. (10Nq< .40 .N...... o• 18th day of June , 2019 . ;yOG�OP09'�.�9yc: Li/id%�s+•c/ GY �% t2:2 _o_ o;o; .r-- _o- 0:3� Lt/li•z117 yGJ. :aE Eac :Qi i 2003 ;��; • y:• 1933 POA 0018 (3/17) "'......••• •••••- Secretary City of Renton Contract Provisions for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay IV. AGREEMENT FORMS AGREEMENT CONTRACT NO. CAG-19-146 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 15th day of July . 2019 by and between the CITY OF RENTON, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "City" and Tony Lind Paving, LLC , hereinafter referred to as "Contractor." WITNESSETH: That in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and made a part of this agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows: 1. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment for: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay in accordance with and as described in the attached plans and specifications, and the 2018 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association (APWA) which are by this reference incorporated herein and made part hereof and, shall perform any changes in the work in accord with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work and labor, of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in these Contract Documents except those items mentioned therein to be furnished by the City. 2. The City hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and furnish the same in accord with the attached plans and specifications and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the attached specifications and the schedule of unit or itemized prices at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in this contract The sum total of all progress payments is not to exceed the Total Bid Amount listed in the Schedule of Prices incorporated into this contract, unless the Total Bid Amount is amended by change order(s) prepared and executed in accordance with these Contract Documents. 3. The Contractor for himself/herself, and for his/her heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to full performance of all covenants required of the Contractor in the contract. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Agreement TED4004057 2019 4. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City by reason of entering into this contract, except as provided herein. 5. In the event litigation is commenced to enforce this contract, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorney's and expert witness fees. 6. This contract is executed in two (2) identical counterparts, by the parties, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed and original. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor has executed this instrument, on the day and year first below written and the Mayor has caused this instrument to be executed by and in the name of the City of Renton the day and year first above written. CONTRACTOR CITY OF R TON [Signatur f Authorized Official] Denis Law, Mayor \\\‘```1\11{1111/1j/A Owner/Member ��•\'�.�•o¢ rc4,6,,�°° [Title] ATTEST �, r Tony Lind Paving, LLC * SEAL - * : [Business Name] Jason eth, ty rk /0/, , TED S 07/15/2019 [Date] *NOTE: Evidence of the signatory's authority to sign the Agreement on behalf of the business entity shall be c,,hmitted. CONTRACTOR ADDRESS FOR GIVING NOTICES CITY OF RENTON ADDRESS FOR GIVING NOTICES Tony Lind Paving, LI C Transportation Systems Division 23048 172nd Ave SE Renton City Hall—5th Floor Kent, WA 98042 1055 South Grady Way Renton,WA 98057 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Agreement TED4004057 2019 • rJ CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON Bond No. NWA1969 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, [Contractor] Tony Lind Paving LLC of [address] 23048 172nd Ave SE, Kent, WA 98042 as Principal, and [Surety] Merchants National Bonding, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Iowa as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton (City) in the penal sum of $ 556,620.75 * Total Contract Amount, for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, successors and assigns, or person representatives, as the case may be. * Five Hundred Fifty Six Thousand Six Hundred Twenty and 75/100THS This obligation is entered into pursuant to the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at Tacoma , Washington, this 16th day of J Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: 2019 WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Contract No. CAG-19-146 providing for construction of the 2019 Street Patch and Overlay: the Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the Contract, and undertake to perform the Work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, by executing this Contract Bond, a combined Performance and Payment Bond, Surety indemnifies and holds the City, its officers, agents and assigns harmless from all claims, liabilities, causes of action, damages and costs, including property damages and personal injuries, resulting from any defect appearing or developing in the material provided or workmanship performed under the Contract AND for such payments for labor, equipment, and materials by satisfying all claims and demands incurred under the Contract, and reimbursing and paying City all expenses that City may incur in making good any default by Principal. FUTHERMORE, this Contract Bond shall be satisfied and released only upon the condition that Principal: • Faithfully performs all provisions of the Contract and changes authorized by City in the manner and within the time specified as may be extended under the Contract; • Pays all persons in accordance with RCW 39.08, 39.12 and 60.28 including all workers, laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material persons, and all other persons or agents who supply labor, equipment, or materials to the Project; • Pays all taxes incurred on said contract under title 50 and 51 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and all taxes imposed on the Principle under Title 82 RCW; • Receives a written discharge from City, signed by the Mayor or by a duly authorized representative of City. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Contract Bond to the City of Renton TED4004057 2019 No change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect Surety's obligation on the Contract Bond. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Work, with the exception that Surety shall be notified if the Contract time is extended by more than twenty percent (20%). If any modification or change increases the total amount to be paid under the Contract, Surety's obligation under this Contract Bond shall automatically increase in a like amount. Any such increase shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the original amount of the Contract Bond without the prior written consent of Surety. This Contract Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and venue shall be in King County, Washington. This Contract Bond shall be executed in two (2) original counterparts, and shall be signed by the parties' duly authorized officers. This Contract Bond will only be accepted if is accompanied by a fully executed and original power of attorney for the office executing on behalf of the Surety. PRINCIPAL SURETY Tony Lind Paving LLC Merchants National Bonding, Inc. [Principal] [Surety] [Signature Authorized Official] [Signature of Authori ed Official] -7 "On 0 /-.- [Printed Na ] Lozal!f [Date] %/jz Name and address of local office of Agent and/or Surety Company: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Heather L. Allen [Printed Name] Attorney -in -Fact [Title] 7/16/2019 [Date] Propel Insurance PO Box 2940 Tacoma. WA 98401 Telephone: (253) 759-2200 Contract Bond to the City of Renton 2019 MERCHANT BONDING COMPANY, POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa (herein collectively called the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, Aliceon A Keltner; Annelies M Richie; Brandon K Bush; Brent E Heilesen; Carley Espiritu; Christopher Kinyon; Cynthia L Jay; Eric A Zimmerman; Erica E Mosley; Heather L Allen; Holli Albers; James B Binder; Jamie L Marques; Karen C Swanson; Kyle Joseph Howat; Tamara A Ringeisen their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power -of -Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding, Inc., on October 16, 2015. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys -in -Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attorney -in -Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney -in -Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner - Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation InWitness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 20th day of May 2019 •�•�Pt1poA��. ••��\�iG CQ�A�• MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY MUTUAL AL0 G >.;Z: • y: V 9J.yMERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. 2003 o;yj_ •a' 1933"c; By d ••. � � = :may - .;��•� %�� ••......• •.` .� ��•• President STATE OF IOWA •••'•"•"''�, • • "•' COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this this 20th day of May 2019 before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. P(ilA� S AUCIA K. GRAM v Commission Number 767430 _ z ° ° My Commission Expires 0 April 1, 2020 Notary Public (Expiration of notary's commission does not invalidate this instrument) I, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER -OF -ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this & day of [ / .•..... j' 2003 1933 Cl-• Secretary • ,�•�� •........••,��.: •.'fly' �" •`1d� POA 0018 (3/17) .. . • FAIR PRACTICES AND NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY DECLARATION I, by signing the Agreement, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation affirms and subscribes to the Fair Practices and Non-discrimination policies set forth by the law and by City of Renton policy, adopted by Resolution No. 4085. That by signing the signature page of this Agreement, I am deemed to have signed and to have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Fair Practices and Non -Discrimination Declaration TED4004057 2019 RETAINAGE METHOD SELECTION CONTRACT NO. CAG-19-146 Project Name: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay In accordance with Specification Section 1-09.9(1) and RCW 60.28, a sum of five percent (5%) of the monies earned by the Contractor will be retained from progress payments. The Contractor may select one of two options for the monies retained: 1. Retained in a fund by the Contracting Agency, or 2. Deposited by the Contracting Agency in an escrow (interest -bearing) account in a bank, mutual saving bank, or savings and loan association (interest on monies so retained shall be paid to the Contractor). Deposits are to be in the name of the Contracting Agency and are not to be allowed to be withdrawn without the Contracting Agency's written authorization. The Contracting Agency will issue a check representing the sum of the monies reserved, payable to the bank or trust company. Such check shall be converted into bonds and securities chosen by the Contractor as the interest accrues. Option selected by Contractor: 90ption 1 Option 2 Contractor: Tony Lind Paving. LLC By: Date: 7/15/2019 Required information if Option 2 is selected: Name of bank or trust company: Address: Agent name: Agent phone number: Account Number: Contractor assumes full responsibility to pay all costs that may accrue from escrow services, brokerage charges or both, and further agrees to assume all risks in connection with the investment of the retained percentages in securities. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Retainage Method Selection TED4004057 2019 City of Renton Contract Provisions for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay V. CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS City of Renton Contract Provisions for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the Standard Specifications 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Table of Contents INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................................... 3 Section 1-01, Definitions and Terms....................................................................................... 3 Section 1-02, Bid Procedures and Conditions........................................................................ 3 Section 1-03, Award and Execution of Contract..................................................................... 4 Section 1-05, Control of Work................................................................................................. 5 Section 1-06, Control of Material............................................................................................. 5 Section 1-07, Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public ............................................ 8 Section 1-08, Prosecution and Progress January 7, 2019.................................................... 12 Section 1-09, Measurement and Payment............................................................................ 13 Section 2-01, Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup ................................................... 13 Section 2-02, Removal of Structures and Obstructions........................................................ 13 Section 2-03, Roadway Excavation and Embankment......................................................... 13 Section 2-09, Structure Excavation....................................................................................... 14 Section 3-01, Production from Quarry and Pit Sites.............................................................. 15 Section 4-04, Ballast and Crushed Surfacing....................................................................... 15 Section 5-01, Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation.................................................... 16 Section 5-02, Bituminous Surface Treatment........................................................................ 21 Section 5-04, Hot Mix Asphalt............................................................................................... 21 Section 5-05, Cement Concrete Pavement........................................................................... 25 Section 6-01, General Requirements for Structures............................................................. 33 Section 6-02, Concrete Structures........................................................................................ 36 Section 6-03, Steel Structures..............................................................................................44 Section6-05, Piling............................................................................................................... 45 Section6-07, Painting........................................................................................................... 45 Section 6-08, Bituminous Surfacing on Structure Decks ....................................................... 61 Section 6-09, Modified Concrete Overlays............................................................................ 61 Section 6-10, Concrete Barrier.............................................................................................. 66 Section 6-11, Reinforced Concrete Walls............................................................................. 66 Section 6-12, Noise Barrier Walls......................................................................................... 66 Section 6-13, Structural Earth Walls..................................................................................... 67 Section 6-14, Geosynthetic Retaining Walls......................................................................... 67 Section 6-15, Soil Nail Walls................................................................................................. 68 Section 6-16, Soldier Pile and Soldier Pile Tieback Walls .................................................... 68 Section 6-18, Shotcrete Facing.............................................................................................68 Section6-19, Shafts..............................................................................................................68 Section7-02, Culverts...........................................................................................................69 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 1 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Section 7-05, Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells................................................ 70 Section 7-08, General Pipe Installation Requirements......................................................... 70 Section 8-01, Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control .................................................. 70 Section 8-02, Roadside Restoration..................................................................................... 87 Section 8-04, Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways....................................................................... 110 Section 8-06, Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances......................................................... 110 Section 8-07, Precast Traffic Curb...................................................................................... 110 Section 8-09, Raised Pavement Markers............................................................................ 111 Section8-11, Guardrail....................................................................................................... 111 Section 8-14, Cement Concrete Sidewalks......................................................................... 112 Section 8-16, Concrete Slope Protection............................................................................ 112 Section 8-17, Impact Attenuator Systems........................................................................... 112 Section 8-20, Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation Systems, and Electrical.............................................................................................................................. 113 Section 8-21, Permanent Signing....................................................................................... 114 Section 8-22, Pavement Marking........................................................................................ 114 Section 9-00, Definitions and Tests.................................................................................... 114 Section 9-02, Bituminous Materials..................................................................................... 115 Section9-03, Aggregates.................................................................................................... 116 Section 9-04, Joint and Crack Sealing Materials................................................................ 121 Section 9-05, Drainage Structures and Culverts................................................................. 121 Section 9-06, Structural Steel and Related Materials.......................................................... 122 Section 9-07, Reinforcing Steel........................................................................................... 124 Section 9-08, Paints and Related Materials........................................................................ 126 Section 9-13, Riprap, Quarry Spalls, Slope Protection, and Rock for Erosion and Scour Protectionand Rock Walls.................................................................................................. 129 Section 9-14, Erosion Control and Roadside Planting........................................................ 130 Section 9-16, Fence and Guardrail..................................................................................... 131 Section 9-18, Precast Traffic Curb...................................................................................... 131 Section 9-20, Concrete Patching Material, Grout, and Mortar ............................................ 131 Section 9-21, Raised Pavement Markers (RPM)................................................................ 134 Section 9-23, Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures .................................................. 134 Section9-26, Epoxy Resins................................................................................................ 135 Section 9-28, Signing Materials and Fabrication................................................................. 135 Section 9-29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical....................................................................... 137 Section 9-33, Construction Geosynthetic............................................................................ 143 Section 9-34, Pavement Marking Material.......................................................................... 144 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 2 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 INTRO.AP1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 IzIII I:W11111L911Is] ►I The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 2018 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the Amendment or the latest date of revision. Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. 1-01.AP1 Section 1-01, Definitions and Terms August 6, 2018 1-01.3 Definitions The following new term and definition is inserted before the definition for "Shoulder": Sensitive Area — Natural features, which may be previously altered by human activity, that are present on or adjacent to the project location and protected, managed, or regulated by local, tribal, state, or federal agencies. The following new term and definition is inserted after the definition for "Working Drawings": WSDOT Form — Forms developed and maintained by WSDOT that are required or available for use on a project. These forms can be downloaded from the forms catalogue at: http://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.html 1-02.AP 1 Section 1-02, Bid Procedures and Conditions October 30, 2018 1-02.4(1) General This section is supplemented with the following: Prospective Bidders are advised that the Contracting Agency may include a partially completed Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology) Transfer of Coverage (Ecology Form ECY 020-87a) for the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) as part of the Bid Documents. When the Contracting Agency requires the transfer of coverage of the CSWGP to the Contractor, an informational copy of the Transfer of Coverage and the associated CSWGP will be included in the appendices. As a condition of Section 1-03.3, the Contractor is required to complete sections I, III, and VIII of the Transfer of Coverage and return the form to the Contracting Agency. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 The Contracting Agency is responsible for compliance with the CSWGP until the end of 2 day that the Contract is executed. Beginning on the day after the Contract is executed, 3 the Contractor shall assume complete legal responsibility for compliance with the 4 CSWGP and full implementation of all conditions of the CSWGP as they apply to the 5 Contract Work. 6 7 1-02.5 Proposal Forms 8 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 9 10 At the request of a Bidder, the Contracting Agency will provide a physical Proposal 11 Form for any project on which the Bidder is eligible to Bid. 12 13 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal 14 Item number 1 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 15 16 1. A unit price for each item (omitting digits more than two places to the right of the 17 decimal point), 18 19 In the third sentence of the fourth paragraph, "WSDOT Form 422-031" is revised to read 20 "WSDOT Form 422-031 U". 21 22 The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: 23 24 The Bidder shall submit with their Bid a completed Contractor Certification Wage Law 25 Compliance form (WSDOT Form 272-009). Failure to return this certification as part of 26 the Bid Proposal package will make this Bid Nonresponsive and ineligible for Award. A 27 Contractor Certification of Wage Law Compliance form is included in the Proposal 28 Forms. 29 30 31 1-03.AP1 32 Section 1-03, Award and Execution of Contract 33 January 2, 2018 34 1-03.3 Execution of Contract 35 The first paragraph is revised to read 36 37 Within 20 calendar days after the Award date, the successful Bidder shall return the 38 signed Contracting Agency -prepared Contract, an insurance certification as required by 39 Section 1-07.18, a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4, the Transfer 40 of Coverage form for the Construction Stormwater General Permit with sections I, III, 41 and VIII completed when provided, and shall be registered as a contractor in the state of 42 Washington. 43 44 1-03.5 Failure to Execute Contract 45 The first sentence is revised to read: 46 47 Failure to return the insurance certification and bond with the signed Contract as 48 required in Section 1-03.3, or failure to provide Disadvantaged, Minority or Women's 49 Business Enterprise information if required in the Contract, or failure or refusal to sign 50 the Contract, or failure to register as a contractor in the state of Washington, or failure to 51 return the completed Transfer of Coverage for the Construction Stormwater General 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 4 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 Permit to the Contracting Agency when provided shall result in forfeiture of the proposal 2 bond or deposit of this Bidder. 3 4 1-05.AP1 5 Section 1-05, Control of Work 6 August 6, 2018 7 1-05.5 Vacant 8 This section, including title, is revised to read: 9 10 1-05.5 Tolerances 11 Geometrical tolerances shall be measured from the points, lines, and surfaces defined 12 in Contract documents. 13 14 A plus (+) tolerance increases the amount or dimension to which it applies, or raises a 15 deviation from level. A minus (-) tolerance decreases the amount or dimension to which 16 it applies, or lowers a deviation from level. Where only one signed tolerance is specified 17 (+ or -), there is no specified tolerance in the opposing direction. 18 19 Tolerances shall not be cumulative. The most restrictive tolerance shall control. 20 21 Tolerances shall not extend the Work beyond the Right of Way or other legal 22 boundaries identified in the Contract documents. If application of tolerances causes the 23 extension of the Work beyond the Right of Way or legal boundaries, the tolerance shall 24 be reduced for that specific instance. 25 26 Tolerances shall not violate other Contract requirements. If application of tolerances 27 causes the Work to violate other Contract requirements, the tolerance shall be reduced 28 for that specific instance. If application of tolerances causes conflicts with other 29 components or aspects of the Work, the tolerance shall be reduced for that specific 30 instance. 31 32 1-05.9 Equipment 33 The following new paragraph is inserted before the first paragraph: 34 35 Prior to mobilizing equipment on site, the Contractor shall thoroughly remove all loose 36 dirt and vegetative debris from drive mechanisms, wheels, tires, tracks, buckets and 37 undercarriage. The Engineer will reject equipment from the site until it returns clean. 38 39 This section is supplemented with the following: 40 41 Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall completely remove all loose dirt and 42 vegetative debris from equipment before removing it from the job site. 43 44 1-06.AP 1 45 Section 1-06, Control of Material 46 January 7, 2019 47 1-06.1(3) Aggregate Source Approval (ASA) Database 48 This section is supplemented with the following: 49 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 5 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 Regardless of status of the source, whether listed or not listed in the ASA database the 2 source owner may be asked to provide testing results for toxicity in accordance with 3 Section 9-03.21(1). 4 5 1-06.2(2)D Quality Level Analysis 6 This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 7 8 1-06.2(2)D5 Quality Level Calculation — HMA Compaction 9 The procedures for determining the quality level and pay factor for HMA compaction are 10 as follows: 11 12 1. Determine the arithmetic mean, Xm, for compaction of the lot: 13 14 X = Y,x m n 15 16 Where: 17 x = individual compaction test values for each sublot in the lot. 18 Yx = summation of individual compaction test values 19 n = total number test values 20 21 2. Compute the sample standard deviation, "S", for each constituent: 22 n�x2—�yx� 23 2 2 S — n(n —1) J 24 25 Where: 26 Yx2 = summation of the squares of individual compaction test values 27 (Xx)2 = summation of the individual compaction test values squared 28 29 3. Compute the lower quality index (QL): 30 31 QL _ X. — LSL - r J 32 33 Where: 34 LSL = 92.0 35 36 4. Determine PL (the percent within the lower Specification limit which 37 corresponds to a given QL) from Table 1. For negative values of QL, PL is equal 38 to 100 minus the table PL. If the value of QL does not correspond exactly to a 39 figure in the table, use the next higher value. 40 41 5. Determine the quality level (the total percent within Specification limits): 42 43 Quality Level = PL 44 45 6. Using the quality level from step 5, determine the composite pay factor (CPF) 46 from Table 2. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 6 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 7. If the CPF determined from step 6 is 1.00 or greater: use that CPF for the compaction lot; however, the maximum HMA compaction CPF using an LSL = 92.0 shall be 1.05. 8. If the CPF from step 6 is not 1.00 or greater: repeat steps 3 through 6 using an LSL = 91.5. The value thus determined shall be the HMA compaction CPF for that lot; however, the maximum HMA compaction CPF using an LSL = 91.5 shall be 1.00. 1-06.2(2)D1 Quality Level Analysis The following new sentence is inserted after the first sentence: The quality level calculations for HMA compaction are completed using the formulas in Section 1-06.2(2)D5. 1-06.2(2)D4 Quality Level Calculation The first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: The procedures for determining the quality level and pay factors for a material, other than HMA compaction, are as follows: 1-06.6 Recycled Materials The first three sentences of the second paragraph are revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Recycled Material Utilization Plan on WSDOT Form 350- 075A within 30 calendar days after the Contract is executed. The plan shall provide the Contractor's anticipated usage of recycled concrete aggregates for meeting the requirements of these Specifications. The quantity of recycled concrete aggregate will be provided in tons and as a percentage of the Plan quantity for eligible material listed in Section 9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material. The last paragraph is revised to read: Within 30 calendar days after Physical Completion, the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled concrete aggregates that were utilized in the construction of the project for each eligible item listed in Section 9-03.21(1)E. The Contractor's report shall be provided on WSDOT Form 350-075A, Recycled Materials Reporting. 1-06.6(1)A General Item 1(a) in the second paragraph is revised to read: a. The estimated costs for the Work for each material with 25 percent recycled concrete aggregate. The cost estimate shall include for each material a documented price quote from the supplier with the lowest total cost for the Work. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 1-07.AP1 Section 1-07, Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public April 1, 2019 1-07.5 Environmental Regulations This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 1-07.5(5) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers When temporary fills are permitted, the Contractor shall remove fills in their entirety and the affected areas returned to pre -construction elevations. If a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers permit is noted in Section 1-07.6 of the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall retain a copy of the permit or the verification letter (in the case of a Nationwide Permit) on the worksite for the life of the Contract. The Contractor shall provide copies of the permit or verification letter to all subcontractors involved with the authorized work prior to their commencement of any work in waters of the U.S. 1-07.5(6) U.S. Fish/Wildlife Services and National Marine Fisheries Service The Contracting Agency will provide fish exclusion and handling services if the Work dictates. However, if the Contractor discovers any fish stranded by the project and a Contracting Agency biologist is not available, they shall immediately release the fish into a flowing stream or open water. 1-07.5(1) General The first sentence is deleted and replaced with the following: No Work shall occur within areas under the jurisdiction of resource agencies unless authorized in the Contract. The third paragraph is deleted. 1-07.5(2) State Department of Fish and Wildlife This section is revised to read: In doing the Work, the Contractor shall: Not degrade water in a way that would harm fish, wildlife, or their habitat. 2. Not place materials below or remove them from the ordinary high water line except as may be specified in the Contract. 3. Not allow equipment to enter waters of the State except as specified in the Contract. 4. Revegetate in accordance with the Plans, unless the Special Provisions permit otherwise. 5. Prevent any fish -threatening silt buildup on the bed or bottom of any body of water. 6. Ensure continuous stream flow downstream of the Work area. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 8 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 7. Dispose of any project debris by removal, burning, or placement above high- water flows. 8. Immediately notify the Engineer and stop all work causing impacts, if at any time, as a result of project activities, fish are observed in distress or a fish kill occurs. If the Work in (1) through (3) above differs little from what the Contract requires, the Contracting Agency will measure and pay for it at unit Contract prices. But if Contract items do not cover those areas, the Contracting Agency will pay pursuant to Section 1- 09.4. Work in (4) through (8) above shall be incidental to Contract pay items. 1-07.5(3) State Department of Ecology This section is revised to read: In doing the Work, the Contractor shall: Comply with Washington State Water Quality Standards. 2. Perform Work in such a manner that all materials and substances not specifically identified in the Contract documents to be placed in the water do not enter waters of the State, including wetlands. These include, but are not limited to, petroleum products, hydraulic fluid, fresh concrete, concrete wastewater, process wastewater, slurry materials and waste from shaft drilling, sediments, sediment -laden water, chemicals, paint, solvents, or other toxic or deleterious materials. 3. Use equipment that is free of external petroleum -based products. 4. Remove accumulations of soil and debris from drive mechanisms (wheels, tracks, tires) and undercarriage of equipment prior to using equipment below the ordinary high water line. 5. Clean loose dirt and debris from all materials placed below the ordinary high water line. No materials shall be placed below the ordinary high water line without the Engineer's concurrence. 6. When a violation of the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) occurs, immediately notify the Engineer and fill out WSDOT Form 422-011, Contractor ECAP Report, and submit the form to the Engineer within 48 hours of the violation. 7. Once Physical Completion has been given, prepare a Notice of Termination (Ecology Form ECY 020-87) and submit the Notice of Termination electronically to the Engineer in a PDF format a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to submitting the Notice of Termination to Ecology. 8. Transfer the CSWGP coverage to the Contracting Agency when Physical Completion has been given and the Engineer has determined that the project site is not stabilized from erosion. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 9. Submit copies of all correspondence with Ecology electronically to the Engineer in a PDF format within four calendar days. 1-07.5(4) Air Quality This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall comply with all regional clean air authority and/or State Department of Ecology rules and regulations. The air quality permit process may include additional State Environment Policy Act (SEPA) requirements. Contractors shall contact the appropriate regional air pollution control authority well in advance of beginning Work. When the Work includes demolition or renovation of any existing facility or structure that contains Asbestos Containing Material (ACM) and/or Presumed Asbestos -Containing Material (PACM), the Contractor shall comply with the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP). Any requirements included in Federal and State regulations regarding air quality that applies to the "owner or operator" shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1-07.7(1) General The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: When the Contractor moves equipment or materials on or over Structures, culverts or pipes, the Contractor may operate equipment with only the load -limit restrictions in Section 1-07.7(2). The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Unit prices shall cover all costs for operating over Structures, culverts and pipes. 1-07.9(1) General The last sentence of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: Generally, the Contractor initiates the request by preparing standard form 1444 Request for Authorization of Additional Classification and Rate, available at https://www.dol.gov/whd/recovery/dbsurvey/conformance.htm, and submitting it to the Engineer for further action. 1-07.9(2) Posting Notices The second sentence of the first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall ensure the most current edition of the following are posted: The revision dates are deleted from all items in the numbered list. The following new items are inserted after item number 1: 2. Mandatory Supplement to EEOC P/E-1 published by US Department of Labor. Post for projects with federal -aid funding. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 10 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 3. Pay Transparency Nondiscrimination Provision published by US Department of Labor. Post for projects with federal -aid funding. Item number 2 through 12 are renumbered to 4 through 14, respectively. 1-07.11(2) Contractual Requirements In this section, "creed" is revised to read "religion". Item numbers 1 through 9 are revised to read 2 through 10, respectively. After the preceding Amendment is applied, the following new item number 1 is inserted: The Contractor shall maintain a Work site that is free of harassment, humiliation, fear, hostility and intimidation at all times. Behaviors that violate this requirement include but are not limited to: a. Persistent conduct that is offensive and unwelcome. b. Conduct that is considered to be hazing. c. Jokes about race, gender, or sexuality that are offensive. d. Unwelcome, unwanted, rude or offensive conduct or advances of a sexual nature which interferes with a person's ability to perform their job or creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment. e. Language or conduct that is offensive, threatening, intimidating or hostile based on race, gender, or sexual orientation. Repeating rumors about individuals in the Work Site that are considered to be harassing or harmful to the individual's reputation. 1-07.11(5) Sanctions This section is supplemented with the following: Immediately upon the Engineer's request, the Contractor shall remove from the Work site any employee engaging in behaviors that promote harassment, humiliation, fear or intimidation including but not limited to those described in these specifications. 1-07.11(6) Incorporation of Provisions The first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall include the provisions of Section 1-07.11(2) Contractual Requirements (1) through (5) and the Section 1-07.11(5) Sanctions in every subcontract including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. 1-07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: An SPCC Plan template and guidance information is available at http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/environment/technical/disciplines/hazardous-materials/spill- prevent-report. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 11 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 1-07.16(2)A Wetland and Sensitive Area Protection The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Existing wetland and other sensitive areas, where shown in the Plans or designated by the Engineer, shall be saved and protected through the life of the Contract. 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Item number 1 is supplemented with the following new sentence: This policy shall be kept in force from the execution date of the Contract until the Physical Completion Date. Section 1-08, Prosecution and Progress January 7, 2019 1-08.1 Subcontracting The first sentence of the seventh paragraph is revised to read: All Work that is not performed by the Contractor will be considered as subcontracting except: (1) purchase of sand, gravel, crushed stone, crushed slag, batched concrete aggregates, ready -mix concrete, off -site fabricated structural steel, other off -site fabricated items, and any other materials supplied by established and recognized commercial plants; or (2) delivery of these materials to the Work site in vehicles owned or operated by such plants or by recognized independent or commercial hauling companies hired by those commercial plants. The following new paragraph is inserted after the seventh paragraph: The Contractor shall not use businesses (material suppliers, vendors, subcontractors, etc.) with federal purchasing exclusions. Businesses with exclusions are identified using the System for Award Management web page at www.SAM.gov. 1-08.5 Time for Completion Item number 2 of the sixth paragraph is supplemented with the following: A copy of the Notice of Termination sent to the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology); the elapse of 30 calendar days from the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination by Ecology; and no rejection of the Notice of Termination by Ecology. This requirement will not apply if the Construction Stormwater General Permit is transferred back to the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 8- 01.3(16). 1-08.7 Maintenance During Suspension The fifth paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall protect and maintain all other Work in areas not used by traffic. All costs associated with protecting and maintaining such Work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 12 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 1-09.AP1 2 Section 1-09, Measurement and Payment 3 August 6, 2018 4 1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment 5 The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: 6 7 When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor's representative shall collect the 8 tickets throughout the day and provide them to the Engineer's designated receiver, not 9 later than the end of shift, for reconciliation. Tickets for loads not verified as delivered 10 will receive no pay. 11 12 1-09.2(2) Specific Requirements for Batching Scales 13 The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 14 15 Batching scales used for concrete or hot mix asphalt shall not be used for batching 16 other materials. 17 18 1-09.10 Payment for Surplus Processed Materials 19 The following sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the second paragraph: 20 21 For Hot Mix Asphalt, the Plan quantity and quantity used will be adjusted for the quantity 22 of Asphalt and quantity of RAP or other materials incorporated into the mix. 23 24 2-01.AP2 25 Section 2-01, Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup 26 April 1, 2019 27 2-01.2(3) Disposal Method No. 3 — Chipping 28 Item number 2 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 29 30 2. Chips shall be disposed outside of sensitive areas, and in areas that aren't in 31 conflict with permanent Work. 32 33 2-02.AP2 34 Section 2-02, Removal of Structures and Obstructions 35 April 2, 2018 36 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters 37 In item number 3 of the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 38 39 For concrete pavement removal, a second vertical full depth relief saw cut offset 12 to 40 18 inches from and parallel to the initial saw cut is also required, unless the Engineer 41 allows otherwise. 42 43 2-03.AP2 44 Section 2-03, Roadway Excavation and Embankment 45 April 1, 2019 46 2-03.3(14)F Displacement of Unsuitable Foundation Materials 47 This section, including title, is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 13 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 2-03.3(14)F Vacant 2-09.AP2 Section 2-09, Structure Excavation April 1, 2019 2-09.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" are revised to read: Cement 9-01 Fine Aggregate for Concrete 9-03.1(2) 2-09.3(3)B Excavation Using Open Pits — Extra Excavation The last two paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following: The excavation height (Ht) shall be calculated within a vertical plane as the difference between the lowest elevation in the excavation and the highest elevation of the ground surface immediately adjacent to the excavation. Pavement thickness and other surface treatments existing at the time of the excavation shall be included in the height calculation. Submittals and Design Requirements Excavations 4-feet and less in height do not require design and submittals. The Contractor shall provide a safe work environment and shall execute the work in a manner that does not damage adjacent pavements, utilities, or structures. If the Engineer determines the Contractor's work may potentially affect adjacent traffic, pavements, utilities, or structures, the Engineer may request a Type 1 Working Drawing from the Contractor. The Contractor shall explain in the Type 1 Working Drawing how the Engineer's concerns will be addressed, why infrastructure will not be damaged by the work, and how worker safety will be preserved. For excavations that have soil types and slope geometries defined in WAC 296-155 part N and are between 4-feet and 20-feet in height, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings. Required submittal elements include, at a minimum, the following: A plan view showing the limits of the excavation and its relationship to traffic, structures, utilities and other pertinent project elements. If the stability of the excavation requires no-load zones or equipment setback distances, those shall be shown on the plan view. 2. A typical or controlling cross section showing the proposed excavation, original ground line, and locations of traffic, existing structures, utilities, site constraints, surcharge loads, or other conditions that could affect the stability of the slope. If the stability of the excavation requires no-load zones or equipment setback distances, those shall be shown in cross section. 3. A summary clearly describing subsurface conditions, soil type for WAC 296- 155 part N, and groundwater conditions, sequencing considerations, and governing assumptions. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 14 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 Where WAC 296-155 part N requires an engineer's design, the Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings. Required submittal elements include, at a minimum, the three items above and the following additional items: 4. Supporting calculations for the design of the excavation, the soil and material properties selected for design, and the justification for the selection for those properties, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual M 46- 03. 5. Safety factors, or load and resistance factors used, and justification for their selection, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual M 46- 03, and referenced AASHTO design manuals. 6. A monitoring plan to evaluate the excavation performance throughout its design life. 7. Any supplemental subsurface explorations made by the Contractor to meet the requirements for geotechnical design of excavation slopes, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual M 46-03. 2-09.3(3)D Shoring and Cofferdams The first sentence of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: Structural shoring and cofferdams shall be designed for conditions stated in this Section using methods shown in Division I Section 5 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges Seventeenth Edition — 2002 for allowable stress design, or the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications for load and resistance factor design. 3-01.AP3 Section 3-01, Production from Quarry and Pit Sites April 2, 2018 3-01.1 Description The first paragraph is revised to read: This Work shall consist of manufacturing and producing crushed and screened aggregates including pit run aggregates of the kind, quality, and grading specified for use in the construction of concrete, hot mix asphalt, crushed surfacing, maintenance rock, ballast, gravel base, gravel backfill, gravel borrow, riprap, and bituminous surface treatments of all descriptions. 4-04.AP4 Section 4-04, Ballast and Crushed Surfacing April 2, 2018 4-04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: When using 100% Recycled Concrete Aggregate, the Contractor may submit a written request to use a test point evaluation for compaction acceptance testing in lieu of compacting to 95% of the standard density as determined by the requirements of 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 15 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Section 2-03.3(14)D. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with SOP 738. 5-01.AP5 Section 5-01, Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation January 7, 2019 5-01.2 Materials The reference for Concrete Patching Material is revised to read: Concrete Patching Material, Grout, and Mortar 9-20.1 5-01.3(1)A1 Concrete Patching Materials In this section, each reference to "9-20" is revised to read "9-20.1". 5-01.3(4) Replace Cement Concrete Panel This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 5-01.3(4)A General Curing, cold weather work, concrete pavement construction in adjacent lines, and protection of pavement shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(13) through Section 5-05.3(15). The Contractor, at no cost to the Contracting Agency, shall repair any damage to existing pavement caused by the Contractor's operations. 5-01.3(4)B Sawing and Dimensional Requirements Concrete slabs to be replaced as shown in the Plans or staked by the Engineer shall be at least 6.0 feet long and full width of an existing pavement panel. The portion of the panel to remain in place shall have a minimum dimension of 6 feet in length and full panel width; otherwise the entire panel shall be removed and replaced. There shall be no new joints closer than 3.0 feet to an existing transverse joint or crack. A vertical full depth saw cut is required along all longitudinal joints and at transverse locations and, unless the Engineer allows otherwise, an additional vertical full depth relief saw cut located 12 to 18 inches from and parallel to the initial longitudinal and transverse saw cut locations is also required. Removal of existing cement concrete pavement shall not cause damage to adjacent slabs that are to remain in place. In areas that will be ground, slab replacements shall be performed prior to pavement grinding. Side forms shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(7)B whenever a sawed full depth vertical face cannot be maintained. 5-01.3(4)C Dowel Bars and Tie Bars For the half of a dowel bar or tie bar placed in fresh concrete, comply with the requirements of Section 5-05. For the half of a dowel bar or tie bar placed in hardened concrete, comply with the Standard Plans and the following. After drilling, secure dowel bars and tie bars into the existing pavement with either an epoxy bonding agent Type I or IV as specified in Section 9-26.1, or a grout Type 2 for non -shrink applications as specified in Section 9-20.3. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 16 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 Dowel bars shall be placed at the mid depth of the concrete slab, centered over the 2 transverse joint, and parallel to the centerline and to the roadway surface, within the 3 tolerances in the table below. Dowel bars may be adjusted to avoid contact with existing 4 dowel bars in the transverse joint at bridge approach slabs or existing panels provided 5 the adjusted dowel bars meet the tolerances below. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Tie bars shall be placed at the mid depth of the concrete slab, centered over the joint, perpendicular to centerline, and parallel to the roadway surface, within the tolerances in the table below. The horizontal position of tie bars may be adjusted to avoid contact with existing tie bars in the longitudinal joint where panel replacement takes place, provided the adjusted tie bars meet the tolerances below. Placement Tolerances Dowel Bars Tie Bars Vertical: Center of Bar to Center of Slab Depth ± 1.00 inch max ± 1.00 inch max Dowel Bar Centered Over the Transverse Joint ± 1.00 inch max N/A Tie Bar Centered Over the Longitudinal Joint N/A ± 1.00 inch max Parallel to Centerline Over the Length of the Dowel Bar ± 0.50 inch max N/A Perpendicular to Longitudinal Joint Over the Length of the Tie Bar N/A ± 1.00 inch max Parallel to Roadway Surface Over the Length of the Bar ± 0.50 inch max ± 1.00 inch max Dowel bars and tie bars shall be placed according to the Standard Plan when multiple panels are placed. Panels shall be cast separately from the bridge approach slab. Dowel bars to be drilled into existing concrete or at a new transverse contraction joint shall have a parting compound, such as curing compound, grease, or other Engineer accepted equal, applied to them prior to placement. Clean the drilled holes in accordance with the epoxy or grout manufacturer's instructions. Holes shall be clean and dry at the time of placing the epoxy, or grout and tie bars. Completely fill the void between the tie bar and the outer limits of the drilled hole with epoxy or grout. Use retention rings to prevent leakage of the epoxy or grout and support the tie bar to prevent movement until the epoxy or grout has cured the minimum time recommended by the manufacturer. 5-01.3(4)D Foundation Preparation The Contractor shall smooth the surfacing below the removed panel and compact it to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Crushed surfacing base course, or hot mix asphalt may be needed to bring the surfacing to grade prior to placing the new concrete. If the material under the removed panel is uncompactable and the Engineer requires it, the Contractor shall excavate the Subgrade 2 feet, place a soil stabilization construction geotextile meeting the requirements of Section 9-33, and backfill with crushed surfacing base course. This Work may include: Furnishing and hauling crushed surfacing base course to the project site. 40 2. Excavating uncompactable material. 41 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 17 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 3. Furnishing and placing a soil stabilization construction geotextile. 2 3 4. Backfilling and compacting crushed surfacing base course. 4 5 5. Removing, hauling and restocking any unused crushed surfacing base course. 6 7 5-01.3(4)E Concrete Finishing 8 Grade control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 9 10 All panels shall be struck off level with the adjacent panels and floated to a smooth 11 surface. 12 13 Final finish texturing shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(11). 14 15 In areas where the Plans do not require grinding, the surface smoothness will be 16 measured with a 10-foot straightedge by the Engineer in accordance with Section 5- 17 05.3(12). If the replacement panel is located in an area that will be ground as part of 18 concrete pavement grinding in accordance with Section 5-01.3(9), the surface 19 smoothness shall be measured, by the Contractor, in conjunction with the smoothness 20 measurement done in accordance with Section 5-01.3(10). 21 22 5-01.3(4)F Joints 23 All transverse and longitudinal joints shall be sawed and sealed in accordance with 24 Section 5-05.3(8). The Contractor may use a hand pushed single blade saw for sawing 25 joints. 26 27 5-01.3(4)G Cracked Panels 28 Replacement panels that crack shall be repaired as specified in Section 5-05.3(22) at 29 no cost to the Contracting Agency. When repairing replacement panels that have 30 cracked, epoxy -coated dowel bars meeting the requirements of Section 9-07.5(1) may 31 be substituted for the corrosion resistant dowel bars specified. 32 33 5-01.3(4)H Opening to Traffic 34 Opening to traffic shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(17). 35 36 5-01.3(5) Partial Depth Spall Repair 37 The second sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 38 39 All sandblasting residue shall be removed. 40 41 5-01.3(7) Sealing Existing Concrete Random Cracks 42 The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 43 44 Immediately prior to sealing, the cracks shall be clean. 45 46 5-01.3(8) Sealing Existing Longitudinal and Transverse Joint 47 The first sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 Immediately prior to sealing, the cracks shall be clean. 50 51 5-01.3(10) Pavement Smoothness 52 This section is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 18 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Pavement surface smoothness for cement concrete pavement grinding on this project will include International Roughness Index (IRI) testing. Ride quality will be evaluated using the Mean Roughness Index (MRI) calculated by averaging the IRI data for the left and right wheel path within the section. Smoothness Testing Equipment and Operator Certification Use an inertial profiler and operator that meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(3)E. Surface Smoothness Operate the inertial profiler in accordance with AASHTO R 57. Collect two longitudinal traces, one in each wheel path. Collect the control profile at locations designated in Table 2 prior to any pavement rehabilitation Work on the areas to be tested. Collect an acceptance profile at locations designated in Table 2 after completion of all cement concrete pavement grinding on the project. Profiles shall be collected in a continuous pass including areas excluded from pay adjustments. Provide notice to the Engineer a minimum of seven calendar days prior to testing. Table 2 Locations Requiring MRI Testing Travel lanes where cement concrete grinding is shown in the Control profile tans Additional locations designated by Control profile the Engineer Travel lanes with completed cement Acceptance profile concrete pavement grinding Bridges, approach panels and 0.02 miles before and after bridges and approach panels and other Control and acceptance profile excluded areas within lanes requiring testing Ramps, Shoulders and Tapers Do not test Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor's testing, the Engineer may perform verification testing. If the verification testing shows a difference in MRI greater than the 10 percent, the following resolution process will be followed: The profiles, equipment and procedures will be evaluated to determine the cause of the difference. 2. If the cause of the discrepancy cannot be resolved the pavement shall be retested with both profilers at a mutually agreed time. The two profilers will test the section within 30 minutes of each other. If the retest shows a difference in MRI equal or greater than the percentages shown in Table 2 of AASHTO R 54 the Engineer's test results will be used for pavement smoothness acceptance. The Contractor shall evaluate profiles for acceptance or corrective action using the current version of ProVAL and provide the results including the profile data in unfiltered electronic Engineering Research Division (ERD) file format to the Engineer within 3 calendar days of completing each days profile testing. If the profile data files are created 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 19 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 using an export option in the manufacturer's software where filter settings can be specified, use the filter settings that were used to create data files for certification. Analyze the entire profile. Exclude areas listed in Table 3. Table 3 Areas Excluded from MRI Acce tance Requirements Location Exclude Beginning and end of grinding Pavement within 0.02 mile The bridge and approach slab and Bridges and approach slabs 0.02 mile from the ends of the bridge or approach slab Defects in the existing roadway identified by the Contractor that 0.01-mile section containing the adversely affect the MRI such as defect and the 0.01-mile section dips, depressions and wheel path following the section with the defect. longitudinal joints.' 'The presence of defects is subject to verification by the Engineer Report the MRI results in inches per mile for each 0.01-mile section and each 0.10-mile section. Do not truncate 0.10-mile sections for areas excluded from MRI acceptance requirements. MRI requirements will not apply to 0.10-mile sections with more than three 0.01 mile -sections excluded. MRI requirements for the individual 0.01-mile sections shall still apply. The Engineer will verify the analysis. The MRI for each 0.10 mile of ground lane will comply with the following: Control Profile MRI per 0.10 Mile Maximum MRI of Acceptance Profile per 0.10 Mile :5130 inches/mile 78 inches/mile >130 inches/mile 0.6 x Control Profile MRI The MRI for each 0.01 mile of the completed cement concrete grinding shall not exceed 160 inches/mile. All Work is subject to parallel and transverse 10-foot straightedge requirements, corrective work and disincentive adjustments. Surface smoothness of travel lanes including areas subject to MRI testing shall not vary more than '/8 inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The smoothness perpendicular to the centerline will be measured with a 10-foot straightedge within the lanes. There shall be not vertical elevation difference of more than a'/4 inch between lanes. Pavement that does not meet these requirements will be subject to corrective Work. All corrective Work shall be completed at no additional expense, including traffic control, to the Contracting Agency. Pavement shall be repaired by one or more of the following methods: Diamond grinding. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 20 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 2. By other method accepted by the Engineer. Repair areas shall be re -profiled to ensure they no longer require corrective Work. With concurrence of the Engineer, a 10-foot straight edge may be used in place of the inertial profiler. If correction of the roadway as listed above either will not or does not produce satisfactory results as to smoothness or serviceability the Engineer may accept the completed pavement and a credit will be calculated in accordance with Section 5-01.5. Under these circumstances, the decision whether to accept the completed pavement or to require corrective work as described above shall be vested entirely in the Engineer. 5-01.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following: "Grinding Smoothness Compliance Adjustment", by calculation. Grinding Smoothness Compliance Adjustments will be based on the requirements in Section 5-01.3(10) and the following calculations: A smoothness compliance adjustment will be calculated in the sum of minus $100 for each and every section of single traffic lane 0.01 mile in length and $1,000 for each and every section of single traffic lane 0.10 mile in length that does not meet the requirements in Section 5-01.3(10) after corrective Work. 5-02.AP5 Section 5-02, Bituminous Surface Treatment April 1, 2019 5-02.3(5) Application of Aggregates The first sentence of the eleventh paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall use a pickup broom in all curbed areas, on all bridges, within city limits, within sensitive areas, and where shown in the Plans both before the application of emulsified asphalt and during the final brooming operation. 5-04.AP5 Section 5-04, Hot Mix Asphalt April 1, 2019 5-04.1 Description The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The manufacture of HMA may include additives or processes that reduce the optimum mixing temperature (Warm Mix Asphalt) or serve as a compaction aid in accordance with these Specifications. 5-04.2 Materials The reference to "Warm Mix Asphalt Additive" is revised to read "HMA Additive". 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 21 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL The last bullet in the first paragraph is revised to read: Do not include HMA additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid when developing a mix design or submitting a mix design for QPL evaluation. The use of HMA additives is not part of the process for obtaining approval for listing a mix design on the QPL. Refer to Section 5-04.2(2)B. In the table, "WSDOT Standard Practice QC-8" is revised to read "WSDOT Standard Practice QC-8 located in the WSDOT Materials Manual M 46-01 ". 5-04.2(1)C Mix Design Resubmittal for QPL Approval Item number 3 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 3. Changes in modifiers used in the asphalt binder. 5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes This section, including title, is revised to read: 5-04.2(2)B Using HMA Additives The Contractor may, at the Contractor's discretion, elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming processes. The use of Additives is subject to the following: Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature in accordance with Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of High RAP/Any RAS mixtures. Before using additives, obtain the Engineer's approval using WSDOT Form 350-076 to describe the proposed additive and process. 5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant Item number 5 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 5. Provide HMA sampling equipment that complies with FOP for AASHTO T 168: Use a mechanical sampling device accepted by the Engineer, or Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the truck transport without entering the truck transport for sampling HMA. 5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, use cationic emulsified asphalt CSS-1, CSS- 1 h, or Performance Graded (PG) asphalt for tack coat. 5-04.3(6) Mixing The first paragraph is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 22 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 The asphalt supplier shall introduce recycling agent and anti -stripping additive, in the amount designated on the QPL for the mix design, into the asphalt binder prior to shipment to the asphalt mixing plant. The seventh paragraph is revised to read: Upon discharge from the mixer, ensure that the temperature of the HMA does not exceed the optimum mixing temperature shown on the accepted Mix Design Report by more than 25°F, or as allowed by the Engineer. When an additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, do not heat the additive (at any stage of production including in binder storage tanks) to a temperature higher than the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the additive. 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing The last row of the table is revised to read: 3/$ inch 1 0.25 feet 1 0.30 feet 5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: The Contracting Agency's combined aggregate bulk specific gravity (Gsb) blend as shown on the HMA Mix Design will be used for VMA calculations until the Contractor submits a written request for a Gsb test. The new Gsb will be used in the VMA calculations for HMA from the date the Engineer receives the written request for a Gsb retest. The Contractor may request aggregate specific gravity (Gsb) testing be performed by the Contracting Agency twice per project. The Gsb blend of the combined stockpiles will be used to calculate voids in mineral aggregate (VMA) of any HMA produced after the new Gsb is determined. 5-04.3(9)A1 Test Section — When Required, When to Stop The following new row is inserted after the second row in Table 9: VMA Minimum PFi of 0.95 None based on the criteria in Section 5-04.3 9 B42 5-04.3(9)A2 Test Section — Evaluating the HMA Mixture in a Test Section In Table 9a, the test property "Gradation, Asphalt Binder, and Va" is revised to read "Gradation, Asphalt Binder, VMA, and Va" In Table 9a, the first column of the third row is revised to read: Aggregates: Sand Equivalent Uncompacted Void Content Fracture 40 41 5-04.3(9)B3 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Acceptance Testing 42 In Table 11, ' Va" is revised to read "VMA and Va" 43 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 23 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 5-04.3(9)B5 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Composite Pay Factors (CPF) 2 The following new row is inserted above the last row in Table 12: 3 Voids in Mineral Aggregate 2 (VMA) 4 5 5-04.3(9)B7 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Retests 6 The second to last sentence is revised to read: 7 8 The sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, 9 VMA and Va, and the results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of the HMA 10 mixture in place of the original mixture sublot sample test results. 11 12 5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction — General Compaction Requirements 13 The last paragraph is revised to read: 14 15 On bridge decks and on roadway approaches within five feet of a bridge/back of 16 pavement seat, rollers shall not be operated in a vibratory mode, defined as a mode in 17 which the drum vibrates vertically. However, unless otherwise noted on the plans, 18 rollers may be operated in an oscillatory mode, defined as a mode in which the drum 19 vibrates in the horizontal direction only. 20 21 5-04.3(10)C1 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation — Lots and Sublots 22 The bulleted item in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 23 24 For a compaction lot in progress with a compaction CPF less than 0.75 using an 25 LSL = 91.5, a new compaction lot will begin at the Contractor's request after the 26 Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be 27 produced. See also Section 5-04.3(11)F. 28 29 5-04.3(10)C2 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation — Acceptance Testing 30 In the table, "WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 355" is revised to read "FOP for AASHTO T 355". 31 32 5-04.3(10)C3 HMA Statistical Compaction — Price Adjustments 33 In the first paragraph, "WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 355" is revised to read "FOP for 34 AASHTO T 355". 35 36 The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: 37 38 For each HMA compaction lot (that is accepted by Statistical Evaluation) which does not 39 meet the criteria in the preceding paragraph, the compaction lot shall be evaluated in 40 accordance with Section 1-06.2(2)D5 to determine the appropriate Composite Pay 41 Factor (CPF). 42 43 The last two paragraphs are revised to read: 44 45 Determine the Compaction Price Adjustment (CPA) from the table below, selecting the 46 equation for CPA that corresponds to the value of CPF determined above. 47 Calculating HMA Compaction Price Adjustment CPA Value of CPF I Equation for Calculating CPA 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 24 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 When CPF > 1.00 CPA = [1.00 x (CPF — 1.00)] x Q x UP When CPF = 1.00 CPA = $0 When CPF < 1.0 CPA = [0.60 x (CPF — 1.00)] x Q x UP Where CPA = Compaction Price Adjustment for the compaction lot ($) CPF = Composite Pay Factor for the compaction lot (maximum is 1.05) Q = Quantity in the compaction lot (tons) UP = Unit price of the HMA in the compaction lot ($/ton) 5-04.3(10)C4 HMA Statistical Compaction — Requests for Retesting The first sentence is revised to read: For a compaction sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum of 91.5 percent of the theoretical maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core, taken at the same location as the nuclear density test, be used for determination of the relative density of the compaction sublot. 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The second to last paragraph is revised to read: When concrete pavement is to be placed on HMA, the surface tolerance of the HMA shall be such that no surface elevation lies above the Plan grade minus the specified Plan depth of concrete pavement. Prior to placing the concrete pavement, bring any such irregularities to the required tolerance by grinding or other means allowed by the Engineer. 5-04.5 Payment The paragraph following the Bid item "Crack Sealing-LF", per linear foot is revised to read: The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Crack Sealing-LF" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(4)A. 5-05.AP5 Section 5-05, Cement Concrete Pavement April 1, 2019 5-05.1 Description In the first paragraph, "portland cement concrete" is revised to read "cement concrete" 5-05.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: Cement 9-01 In the first paragraph, the section reference for Concrete Patching Material is revised to read "9-20.1 ". 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 25 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 The second paragraph is revised to read: 2 3 Cementitious materials are considered to be the following: portland cement, blended 4 hydraulic cement, fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag and microsilica fume. 5 6 5-05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving 7 The table title in item number 4 is revised to read Concrete Batch Weights. 8 9 In item 4a, "Portland Cement" is revised to read "Cement". 10 11 5-05.3(3)E Smoothness Testing Equipment 12 This section is revised to read: 13 14 Inertial profilers shall meet all requirements of AASHTO M 328 and be certified in 15 accordance with AASHTO R 56 within the preceding 12 months. 16 17 The inertial profiler operator shall be certified as required by AASHTO R 56 within three 18 years preceding profile measurement. 19 20 Equipment or operator certification by other states or a profiler certification facility will be 21 accepted provided the certification meets the requirements of AASHTO R 56. 22 Documentation verifying certification by another state shall be submitted to the Engineer 23 a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to profile measurement. Equipment certification 24 documentation shall include the information required by part 8.5 and 8.6 of AASHTO R 25 56. Operator documentation shall include a statement from the certifying state that 26 indicates the operator is certified to operate the inertial profiler to be used on the project. 27 The decision whether another state's certification meets the requirements of AASHTO R 28 56 shall be vested entirely in the Engineer. 29 30 5-05.3(4) Measuring and Batching Materials 31 Item number 2 is revised to read: 32 33 2. Batching Materials — On all projects requiring more than 2,500 cubic yards of 34 concrete for paving, the batching plant shall be equipped to proportion aggregates 35 and cement by weight by means of automatic and interlocked proportioning devices 36 of accepted type. 37 38 5-05.3(4)A Acceptance of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 39 This section's title is revised to read: 40 41 Acceptance of Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Pavement 42 43 The first sentence is revised to read: 44 45 Acceptance of portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete pavement shall 46 be as provided under statistical or nonstatistical acceptance. 47 48 5-05.3(7) Placing, Spreading, and Compacting Concrete 49 This section's content is deleted. 50 51 5-05.3(10) Tie Bars and Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars 52 The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 26 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 The tie bar holes shall be clean before grouting. 5-05.3(12) Surface Smoothness This section is revised to read: Pavement surface smoothness for this project will include International Roughness Index (IRI) testing. The Contractor shall perform IRI testing on each through lane, climbing lane, and passing lane, greater than 0.25 mile in length and these lanes will be subject to incentive/disincentive adjustments. Ride quality will be evaluated using the Mean Roughness Index (MRI) calculated by averaging the IRI data for the left and right wheel path within the section. Ramps, shoulders and tapers will not be included in MRI testing for pavement smoothness and will not be subject to incentive adjustments. All Work is subject to parallel and transverse 10-foot straightedge requirements, corrective work and disincentive adjustments. Operate the inertial profiler in accordance with AASHTO R 57. Collect two longitudinal traces, one in each wheel path. Collect profile data after completion of all concrete paving on the project in a continuous pass including areas excluded from pay adjustments. Provide notice to the Engineer a minimum of seven calendar days prior to testing. Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor's testing, the Engineer may perform verification testing. If the verification testing shows a difference in MRI greater than the percentages shown in Table 2 of AASHTO R 54 the following resolution process will be followed: The profiles, equipment and procedures will be evaluated to determine the cause of the difference. 2. If the cause of the discrepancy cannot be resolved the pavement shall be retested with both profilers at a mutually agreed time. The two profilers will test the section within 30 minutes of each other. If the retest shows a difference in MRI equal or greater than the percentages shown in Table 2 of AASHTO R 54 the Engineer's test results will be used to establish pay adjustments. Surface smoothness of travel lanes not subject to MRI testing will be measured with a 10-foot straightedge no later than 5:00 p.m. of the day following the placing of the concrete. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than % inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. Smoothness perpendicular to the centerline will be measured with a 10-foot straightedge across all lanes with the same cross slope, including shoulders when composed of cement concrete pavement. The overlapping 10-foot straightedge measurement shall be discontinued at a point 6 inches from the most extreme outside edge of the finished cement concrete pavement. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than % inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 27 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 placed on the surface perpendicular to the centerline. Any deviations in excess of the 2 above tolerances shall be corrected. 3 4 The Contractor shall evaluate profiles for acceptance, incentive payments, disincentive 5 payments, or corrective action using the current version of ProVAL and provide the 6 results including the profile data in unfiltered electronic Engineering Research Division 7 (ERD) file format to the Engineer within 2 calendar days of completing testing each 8 section of pavement. If the profile data files are created using an export option in the 9 manufacturer's software where filter settings can be specified, use the filter settings that 10 were used to create data files for certification. Analyze the entire profile. Exclude any 11 areas specifically identified in the Contract. Exclude from the analysis the first 100 feet 12 after the start of the paving operations and last 100 feet prior to the end of the paving 13 operation, the first 100 feet on either side of bridge Structures and bridge approach 14 slab. Report the MRI results in inches per mile for each 52.8 foot section and horizontal 15 distance measurements in project stationing to the nearest foot. Include pay 16 adjustments in the results. The Engineer will verify the analysis. 17 18 Corrective work for pavement smoothness may be taken by the Contractor prior to MRI 19 testing. After completion of the MRI testing the Contractor shall measure the 20 smoothness of each 52.8-foot section with an MRI greater than 125 inches per mile with 21 a 10-foot straightedge within 14 calendar days or as allowed by the Engineer. The 22 Contractor shall identify all locations that require corrective work and provide the 23 straight edge measurements at each location that exceeds the allowable limit to the 24 Engineer. If all measurements in a 52.8-foot section comply with smoothness 25 requirements, the Contractor shall provide the maximum measurement to the Engineer 26 and a statement that corrective work is not required. Unless allowed by the Engineer, 27 corrective work shall be taken by the Contractor for pavement identified by the 28 Contractor or Engineer that does not meet the following requirements: 29 30 1. The completed surface shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to 31 crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. 32 33 2. The completed surface shall not vary more than '/8 inch from the lower edge of 34 a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. 35 36 3. The completed surface shall vary not more than inch in 10 feet from the rate 37 of transverse slope shown in the Plans. 38 39 All corrective work shall be completed at no additional expense, including traffic control, 40 to the Contracting Agency. Corrective work shall not begin until the concrete has 41 reached its design strength unless allowed by the Engineer. Pavement shall be repaired 42 by one or more of the following methods: 43 44 1. Diamond grinding; repairs shall not reduce pavement thickness by more than 45 '/4 inch less than the thickness shown in the Plans. When required by the 46 Engineer, the Contractor shall verify the thickness of the concrete pavement by 47 coring. Thickness reduction due to corrective work will not be included in 48 thickness measurements for calculating the Thickness Deficiency in Section 5- 49 05.5(1)A. 50 51 2. Removal and replacement of the cement concrete pavement. 52 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 28 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 3. By other method allowed by the Engineer. For repairs following MRI testing the repaired area shall be checked by the Contractor with a 10-foot straightedge to ensure it no longer requires corrective work. With concurrence of the Engineer an inertial profiler may be used in place of the 10-foot straight edge. If correction of the roadway as listed above either will not or does not produce satisfactory results as to smoothness or serviceability the Engineer may accept the completed pavement and a credit will be calculated in accordance with Section 5-05.5. The credit will be in addition to the price adjustment for MRI. Under these circumstances, the decision whether to accept the completed pavement or to require corrective work as described above shall be vested entirely in the Engineer. 5-05.3(22) Repair of Defective Pavement Slabs The last sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: All sandblasting residue shall be removed. 5-05.4 Measurement Item number 3 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 3. The depth shall be determined in accordance with Section 5-05.5(1). The depth utilized to calculate the volume shall not exceed the Plan depth plus 0.04 feet. The third paragraph is revised to read: The volume of cement concrete pavement in each thickness lot shall equal the measured length x width x thickness measurement. The last paragraph is revised to read: The calculation for cement concrete compliance adjustment is the volume of concrete represented by the CPF and the Thickness deficiency adjustment. 5-05.5 Payment The paragraph following the Bid item "Cement Conc. Pavement", per cubic yard is supplemented with the following: All costs associated with performing the magnetic pulse induction thickness testing shall be included in the unit Contract price per cubic yard for "Cement Conc. Pavement". The Bid item "Ride Smoothness Compliance Adjustment", by calculation, and the paragraph following this bid item are revised to read: "Ride Smoothness Compliance Adjustment", by calculation. Smoothness Compliance Adjustments will be based on the requirements in Section 5- 05.3(12) and the following calculations: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 29 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Final MRI acceptance and incentive/disincentive payments for pavement smoothness will be calculated as the average of the ten 52.8-foot sections in each 528 feet in accordance with the price adjustment schedule. a. For sections of a lane that are a minimum of 52.8 feet and less than 528 feet, the price adjustment will be calculated using the average of the 52.8 foot MRI values and the price adjustment prorated for the length of the section. b. MRI values per 52.8-feet that were measured prior to corrective work will be included in the 528 foot price adjustment for sections with corrective work. 2. In addition to the price adjustment for MRI a smoothness compliance adjustment will be calculated in the sum of minus $1000.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 52.8 feet in length in that does not meet the 10- foot straight edge requirements in Section 5-05.3(12) after corrective Work. Price Adjustment Schedule MRI for each 528 ft. section Pay Adjustment Schedule in. / mi. $10.10 mi. < 30 2400 30 2400 31 2320 32 2240 33 2160 34 2080 35 2000 36 1920 37 1840 38 1760 39 1680 40 1600 41 1520 42 1440 43 1360 44 1280 45 1200 46 1120 47 1040 48 960 49 880 50 800 51 720 52 640 53 560 54 480 55 400 56 320 57 240 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 30 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 58 160 59 80 60 0 61 0 62 0 63 0 64 0 65 0 66 0 67 0 68 0 69 0 70 0 71 0 72 0 73 0 74 0 75 0 76 -80 77 -160 78 -240 79 -320 80 -400 81 -480 82 -560 83 -640 84 -720 85 -800 86 -880 87 -960 88 -1040 89 -1120 90 -1200 91 -1280 92 -1360 93 -1440 94 -1520 95 -1600 96 -1680 97 -1760 98 -1840 99 -1920 100 -2000 101 -2080 102 -2160 103 -2240 104 -2320 105 -2400 106 -2480 107 -2560 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 31 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 108 -2640 109 -2720 110 -2800 111 -2880 112 -2960 113 -3040 114 -3120 115 -3200 116 -3280 117 -3360 118 -3440 119 -3520 120 -3600 121 -3680 122 -3760 123 -3840 124 -3920 >125 -4000 The bid item "Portland Cement Concrete Compliance Adjustment", by calculation, and the paragraph following this bid item are revised to read: "Cement Concrete Compliance Adjustment", by calculation. Payment for "Cement Concrete Compliance Adjustment" will be calculated by multiplying the unit Contract price for the cement concrete pavement, times the volume for adjustment, times the percent of adjustment determined from the calculated CPF and the Deficiency Adjustment listed in Section 5-05.5(1)A. 5-05.5(1) Pavement Thickness This section is revised to read: Cement concrete pavement shall be constructed in accordance with the thickness requirements in the Plans and Specifications. Tolerances allowed for Subgrade construction and other provisions, which may affect thickness, shall not be construed to modify such thickness requirements. Thickness measurements in each lane paved shall comply with the following: Thickness Testing of Cement Concrete Pavement Thickness Lot Size 15 panels maximum Thickness test location determined by Engineer will select testing locations in accordance with WSDOT TM 716 method B. Sample method AASHTO T 359 Sample preparation performed b p p p p y Contractor provides, places, and secures disks in the presence of the Engineer' Measurement method AASHTO T 359 Thickness measurement erformed by Contractor, in the presence of the En ineer2 'Reflectors shall be located at within 0.5 feet of the center of the panel. The Contractor shall supply a sufficient number of 300 mm-diameter round reflectors meeting the requirements of AASHTO T 359 to accomplish the required testing. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 32 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 zThe Contractor shall provide all equipment and materials needed to perform the testing. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 Thickness measurements shall be rounded to the nearest 0.01 foot. Each thickness test location where the pavement thickness is deficient by more than 0.04 foot, shall be subject to price reduction or corrective action as shown in Table 2. Table 2 Thickness Deficiency 0.04' < Thickness Deficienc <_ 0.06' 10 0.06' < Thickness deficienc <_ 0.08' 25 Remove and replace the panels or the panels Thickness deficiency > 0.08' may be accepted with no payment at the discretion of the Engineer. The price reduction shall be computed by multiplying the percent price reduction in Table 2 by the unit Contract price by the volume of pavement represented by the thickness test lot. Additional cores may be taken by the Contractor to determine the limits of an area that has a thickness deficiency greater than 0.04 feet. Cores shall be taken at the approximate center of the panel. Only the panels within the limits of the deficiency area as determined by the cores will be subject to a price reduction or corrective action. The cores shall be taken in the presence of the Engineer and delivered to the Engineer for measurement. All costs for the additional cores including filling the core holes with patching material meeting the requirements of Section 9-20 will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 5-05.5(1)A Thickness Deficiency of 0.05 Foot or Less This section, including title, is revised to read: 5-05.5(1)A Vacant 5-05.5(1)B Thickness Deficiency of More Than 0.05 Foot This section, including title, is revised to read: 5-05.5(1)B Vacant 6-01.AP6 Section 6-01, General Requirements for Structures January 7, 2019 This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 6-01.16 Repair of Defective Work 6-01.16(1) General When using repair procedures that are described elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Working Drawing submittal requirements of this Section shall not apply to those repairs unless noted otherwise. Repair procedures for defective Work shall be submitted as Type 2 Working Drawings. Type 2E Working Drawings shall be submitted when required by the 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 33 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Engineer. As an alternative to submitting Type 2 or 2E Working Drawings, defective Work within the limits of applicability of a pre -approved repair procedure may be repaired using that procedure. Repairs using a pre -approved repair procedure shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. Pre -approved repair procedures shall consist of the following: The procedures listed in Section 6-01.16(2) For precast concrete, repair procedures in the annual plant approval process documents that have been approved for use by the Contracting Agency. All Working Drawings for repair procedures shall include: • A description of the defective Work including location, extent and pictures • Materials to be used in the repair. Repairs using manufactured products shall include written manufacturer recommendations for intended uses of the product, surface preparation, mixing, aggregate extension (if applicable), ambient and surface temperature limits, placement methods, finishing and curing. • Construction procedures • Plan details of the area to be repaired • Calculations for Type 2E Working Drawings Material manufacturer's instructions and recommendations shall supersede any conflicting requirements in pre -approved repair procedures. The Engineer shall be notified prior to performing any repair procedure and shall be given an opportunity to inspect the repair work being performed. 6-01.16(2) Pre -Approved Repair Procedures 6-01.16(2)A Concrete Spalls and Poor Consolidation (Rock Pockets, Honeycombs, Voids, etc.) This repair shall be limited to the following areas: • Areas that are not on top Roadway surfaces (with or without an overlay) including but not limited to concrete bridge decks, bridge approach slabs or cement concrete pavement • Areas that are not underwater • Areas that are not on precast barrier, except for the bottom 4 inches (but not to exceed 1 inch above blockouts) • Areas that do not affect structural adequacy as determined by the Engineer. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 34 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The repair procedure is as follows: Remove all loose and unsound concrete. Impact breakers shall not exceed 15 pounds in weight when removing concrete adjacent to reinforcement or other embedments and shall not exceed 30 pounds in weight otherwise. Operate impact breakers at angles less than 45 degrees as measured from the surface of the concrete to the tool and moving away from the edge of the defective Work. Concrete shall be completely removed from exposed surfaces of existing steel reinforcing bars. If half or more of the circumference of any steel reinforcing bar is exposed, if the reinforcing bar is loose or if the bond to existing concrete is poor then concrete shall be removed at least 3/4 inch behind the reinforcing bar. Do not damage any existing reinforcement. Stop work and allow the Engineer to inspect the repair area after removing all loose and unsound concrete. Submit a modified repair procedure when required by the Engineer. 2. Square the edges of the repair area by cutting an edge perpendicular to the concrete surface around the repair area. The geometry of the repair perimeter shall minimize the edge length and shall be rectangular with perpendicular edges, avoiding reentrant corners. The depth of the cut shall be a minimum of 3/4 inch, but shall be reduced if necessary to avoid damaging any reinforcement. For repairs on vertical surfaces, the top edge shall slope up toward the front at a 1- vertical-to-3-horizontal slope. 3. Remove concrete within the repair area to a depth at least matching the cut depth at the edges. Large variations in the depth of removal within short distances shall be avoided. Roughen the concrete surface. The concrete surface should be roughened to at least Concrete Surface Profile (CSP) 5 in accordance with ICRI Guideline No. 310.2R, unless a different CSP is recommended by the patching material manufacturer. 4. Inspect the concrete repair surface for delaminations, debonding, microcracking and voids using hammer tapping or a chain drag. Remove any additional loose or unsound concrete in accordance with steps 1 through 3. 5. Select a patching material in accordance with Section 9-20.2 that is appropriate for the repair location and thickness. The concrete patching material shall be pumpable or self -consolidating as required for the type of placement that suits the repair. The patching material shall have a minimum compressive strength at least equal to the specified compressive strength of the concrete. 6. Prepare the concrete surface and reinforcing steel in accordance with the patching material manufacturer's recommendations. At a minimum, clean the concrete surfaces (including perimeter edges) and reinforcing steel using oil -free abrasive blasting or high-pressure (minimum 5,000 psi) water blasting. All dirt, dust, loose particles, rust, laitance, oil, film, microcracked/bruised concrete or foreign material of 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 35 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 any sort shall be removed. Damage to the epoxy coating on steel reinforcing bars shall be repaired in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(24)H. 7. Construct forms if necessary, such as for patching vertical or overhead surfaces or where patching extends to the edge or corner of a placement. 8. When recommended by the patching material manufacturer, saturate the concrete in the repair area and remove any free water at the concrete surface to obtain a saturated surface dry (SSD) substrate. When recommended by the patching material manufacturer, apply a primer, scrub coat or bonding agent to the existing surfaces. Epoxy bonding agents, if used, shall be Type II or Type V in accordance with Section 9-26.1. 9. Place and consolidate the patching material in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Work the material firmly into all surfaces of the repair area with sufficient pressure to achieve proper bond to the concrete. 10. The patching material shall be textured, cured and finished in accordance with the patching material manufacturer's recommendations and/or the requirements for the repaired component. Protect the newly placed patch from vibration in accordance with Section 6-02.3(6)D. 11. When the completed repair does not match the existing concrete color and will be visible to the public, a sand and cement mixture that is color matched to the existing concrete shall be rubbed, brushed, or applied to the surface of the patching material and the concrete. 6-01.10 Utilities Supported by or Attached to Bridges In the third paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595" 6-01.12 Final Cleanup The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Structure decks shall be clean. The second paragraph is deleted. 6-02.AP6 Section 6-02, Concrete Structures April 1, 2019 6-02.1 Description The first sentence is revised to read: This Work consists of the construction of all Structures (and their parts) made of portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete with or without reinforcement, including bridge approach slabs. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 36 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 2 6-02.2 Materials 3 In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland 4 Cement Concrete" are revised to read: 5 6 Cement 9-01 7 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 8 9 The reference to metakaolin is deleted. 10 11 6-02.3(2) Proportioning Materials 12 The second paragraph is revised to read: 13 14 Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall use Type I or II portland cement or 15 blended hydraulic cement in all concrete as defined in Section 9-01.2(1). 16 17 The last sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: 18 19 With the Engineer's written concurrence, microsilica fume may be used in all 20 classifications of Class 4000, Class 3000, and commercial concrete and is limited to a 21 maximum of 10 percent of the cementitious material. 22 23 6-02.3(2)A Contractor Mix Design 24 The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 25 26 For all other concrete, air content shall be a minimum of 4.5 percent and a maximum of 27 7.5 percent for all concrete placed above the finished ground line unless noted 28 otherwise. 29 30 6-02.3(2)A1 Contractor Mix Design for Concrete Class 4000D 31 Item number 5 of the first paragraph is deleted. 32 33 Item number 6 of the first paragraph (after the preceding Amendment is applied) is 34 renumbered to 5. 35 36 6-02.3(2)B Commercial Concrete 37 The second paragraph is revised to read: 38 39 Where concrete Class 3000 is specified for items such as, culvert headwalls, plugging 40 culverts, concrete pipe collars, pipe anchors, monument cases, Type PPB, PS, I, FIB 41 and RM signal standards, pedestals, cabinet bases, guardrail anchors, fence post 42 footings, sidewalks, concrete curbs, curbs and gutters, and gutters, the Contractor may 43 use commercial concrete. If commercial concrete is used for sidewalks, concrete curbs, 44 curbs and gutters, and gutters, it shall have a minimum cementitious material content of 45 564 pounds per cubic yard of concrete, shall be air entrained, and the tolerances of 46 Section 6-02.3(5)C shall apply. 47 48 6-02.3(4) Ready -Mix Concrete 49 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 50 51 All concrete, except lean concrete, shall be batched in a prequalified manual, semi- 52 automatic, or automatic plant as described in Section 6-02.3(4)A. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 37 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6-02.3(4)D Temperature and Time For Placement The following is inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: The upper temperature limit for placement for Class 4000D concrete may be increased to a maximum of 80°F if allowed by the Engineer. 6-02.3(5)C Conformance to Mix Design Item number 1 of the second paragraph is revised to read: Cement weight plus 5 percent or minus 1 percent of that specified in the mix design. 6-02.3(6)A1 Hot Weather Protection The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide concrete within the specified temperature limits. Cooling of the coarse aggregate piles by sprinkling with water is permitted provided the moisture content is monitored, the mixing water is adjusted for the free water in the aggregate and the coarse aggregate is removed from at least 1 foot above the bottom of the pile. Sprinkling of fine aggregate piles with water is not allowed. Refrigerating mixing water or replacing all or part of the mixing water with crushed ice is permitted, provided the ice is completely melted by placing time. The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: These surfaces include forms, reinforcing steel, steel beam flanges, and any others that touch the concrete. 6-02.3(7) Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-02.3(7) Tolerances Unless noted otherwise, concrete construction tolerances shall be in accordance with this section. Tolerances in this section do not apply to cement concrete pavement. Horizontal deviation of roadway crown points, cross -slope break points, and curb, barrier or railing edges from alignment or work line: ±1.0 inch Deviation from plane: ±0.5 inch in 10 feet Deviation from plane for roadway surfaces: ±0.25 inch in 10 feet Deviation from plumb or specified batter: ±0.5 inch in 10 feet, but not to exceed a total of ±1.5 inches Vertical deviation from profile grade for roadway surfaces: ±1 inch Vertical deviation of top surfaces (except roadway surfaces): ±0.75 inch Thickness of bridge decks and other structural slabs not at grade: ±0.25 inch 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 38 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Length, width and thickness of elements such as columns, beams, crossbeams, diaphragms, corbels, piers, abutments and walls, including dimensions to construction joints in initial placements: +0.5 inch, -0.25 inch Length, width and thickness of spread footing foundations: +2 inches, -0.5 inch Horizontal location of the as -placed edge of spread footing foundations: The greater of ±2% of the horizontal dimension of the foundation perpendicular to the edge and ±0.5 inch. However, the tolerance shall not exceed ±2 inches. Location of opening, insert or embedded item at concrete surface: ±0.5 inch Cross -sectional dimensions of opening: ±0.5 inch Bridge deck, bridge approach slab, and bridge traffic barrier expansion joint gaps with a specified temperature range, measured at a stable temperature: ±0.25 inch Horizontal deviation of centerline of bearing pad, oak block or other bearing assembly: ±0.125 inch Horizontal deviation of centerline of supported element from centerline of bearing pad, oak block or other bearing assembly ±0.25 inch Vertical deviation of top of bearing pad, oak block or other bearing assembly: ±0.125 inch 6-02.3(10)C Finishing Equipment The first paragraph is revised to read: The finishing machine shall be self-propelled and be capable of forward and reverse movement under positive control. The finishing machine shall be equipped with augers and a rotating cylindrical single or double drum screed. The finishing machine shall have the necessary adjustments to produce the required cross section, line, and grade. The finishing machine shall be capable of raising the screeds, augers, and any other parts of the finishing mechanical operation to clear the screeded surface, and returning to the specified grade under positive control. Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, a finishing machine manufacturer technical representative shall be on site to assist the first use of the machine on the Contract. The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: For bridge deck widening of 20 feet or less, and for bridge approach slabs, or where jobsite conditions do not allow the use of the conventional configuration finishing machines, or modified conventional machines as described above; the Contractor may submit a Type 2 Working Drawing proposing the use of a hand -operated motorized power screed such as a "Texas" or "Bunyan" screed. 6-02.3(10)D4 Monitoring Bridge Deck Concrete Temperature After Placement This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-02.3(10)D4 Vacant 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 39 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6-02.3(10)D5 Bridge Deck Concrete Finishing and Texturing In the third subparagraph of the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall texture the bridge deck surface to within 3-inches minimum and 24-inches maximum of the edge of concrete at expansion joints, within 1-foot minimum and 2-feet maximum of the curb line, and within 3-inches minimum and 9-inches maximum of the perimeter of bridge drain assemblies. 6-02.3(10)F Bridge Approach Slab Orientation and Anchors The second to last paragraph is revised to read: The compression seal shall be a 2'/2 inch wide gland and shall conform to Section 9- 04.1(4). The last paragraph is deleted. 6-02.3(13)A Strip Seal Expansion Joint System In item number 3 of the third paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 6-02.3(13)B Compression Seal Expansion Joint System The first paragraph is revised to read: Compression seal glands shall conform to Section 9-04.1(4) and be sized as shown in the Plans. 6-02.3(14)C Pigmented Sealer for Concrete Surfaces This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: Pigmented Sealer Materials shall be a product listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). If the pigmented sealer material is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation and acceptance in accordance with Section 9-08.3. 6-02.3(20) Grout for Anchor Bolts and Bridge Bearings The second, third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: Grout shall be a workable mix with a viscosity that is suitable for the intended application. Grout shall not be placed outside of the manufacturer recommended range of thickness. The Contractor shall receive concurrence from the Engineer before using the grout. Field grout cubes and cylinders shall be fabricated and tested in accordance with Section 9-20.3 when requested by the Engineer, but not less than once per bridge pier or once per day. Before placing grout, the substrate on which it is to be placed shall be prepared as recommended by the manufacturer to ensure proper bonding. The grout shall be cured as recommended by the manufacturer. The grout may be loaded when a minimum of 4,000 psi compressive strength is attained. The fifth paragraph is deleted. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 40 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6-02.3(23) Opening to Traffic This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: After curing bridge approach slabs in accordance with Section 6-02.3(11), the bridge approach slabs may be opened to traffic when a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi is achieved. 6-02.3(24)C Placing and Fastening This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall position reinforcing steel as the Plans require and shall ensure that the steel is set within specified tolerances. Adjustments to reinforcing details outside of specified tolerances to avoid interferences and for other purposes are acceptable when approved by the Engineer. When spacing between bars is 1 foot or more, they shall be tied at all intersections. When spacing is less than 1 foot, every other intersection shall be tied. If the Plans require bundled bars, they shall be tied together with wires at least every 6 feet. All epoxy -coated bars in the top mat of the bridge deck shall be tied at all intersections, however they may be tied at alternate intersections when spacing is less than 1 foot in each direction and they are supported by continuous supports meeting all other requirements of supports for epoxy -coated bars. Other epoxy -coated bars shall also be tied at all intersections, but shall be tied at alternate intersections when spacing is less than 1 foot in each direction. Wire used for tying epoxy -coated reinforcing steel shall be plastic coated. Tack welding is not permitted on reinforcing steel. Abrupt bends in the steel are permitted only when one steel member bends around another. Vertical stirrups shall pass around main reinforcement or be firmly attached to it. For slip -formed concrete, the reinforcing steel bars shall be tied at all intersections and cross braced to keep the cage from moving during concrete placement. Cross bracing shall be with additional reinforcing steel. Cross bracing shall be placed both longitudinally and transversely. After reinforcing steel bars are placed in a traffic or pedestrian barrier and prior to slip - form concrete placement, the Contractor shall check clearances and reinforcing steel bar placement. This check shall be accomplished by using a template or by operating the slip -form machine over the entire length of the traffic or pedestrian barrier. All clearance and reinforcing steel bar placement deficiencies shall be corrected by the Contractor before slip -form concrete placement. Precast concrete supports (or other accepted devices) shall be used to maintain the concrete coverage required by the Plans. The precast concrete supports shall: Have a bearing surface measuring not greater than 2 inches in either dimension, and 2. Have a compressive strength equal to or greater than that of the concrete in which they are embedded. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 41 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 In slabs, each precast concrete support shall have either: (1) a grooved top that will hold the reinforcing bar in place, or (2) an embedded wire that protrudes and is tied to the reinforcing steel. If this wire is used around epoxy -coated bars, it shall be coated with plastic. Precast concrete supports may be accepted based on a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. In lieu of precast concrete supports, the Contractor may use metal or all -plastic supports to hold uncoated bars. Any surface of a metal support that will not be covered by at least'/2 inch of concrete shall be one of the following: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication in keeping with AASHTO M232 Class D; 2. Coated with plastic firmly bonded to the metal. This plastic shall be at least 332 inch thick where it touches the form and shall not react chemically with the concrete when tested in the State Materials Laboratory. The plastic shall not shatter or crack at or above -50F and shall not deform enough to expose the metal at or below 200°F; or 3. Stainless steel that meet the requirements of ASTM A493, Type 302. Stainless steel chair supports are not required to be galvanized or plastic coated. In lieu of precast concrete supports, epoxy -coated reinforcing bars may be supported by one of the following: Metal supports coated entirely with a dielectric material such as epoxy or plastic, 2. Other epoxy -coated reinforcing bars, or 3. All -plastic supports. Damaged coatings on metal bar supports shall be repaired prior to placing concrete. All -plastic supports shall be lightweight, non -porous, and chemically inert in concrete. All -plastic supports shall have rounded seatings, shall not deform under load during normal temperatures, and shall not shatter or crack under impact loading in cold weather. All -plastic supports shall be placed at spacings greater than 1 foot along the bar and shall have at least 25 percent of their gross place area perforated to compensate for the difference in the coefficient of thermal expansion between plastic and concrete. The shape and configuration of all -plastic supports shall permit complete concrete consolidation in and around the support. A "mat" is two adjacent and perpendicular layers of reinforcing steel. In bridge decks, top and bottom mats shall be supported adequately enough to hold both in their proper positions. If bar supports directly support, or are directly supported on No. 4 bars, they shall be spaced at not more than 3-foot intervals (or not more than 4-foot intervals for bars No. 5 and larger). Wire ties to girder stirrups shall not be considered as supports. To provide a rigid mat, the Contractor shall add other supports and tie wires to the top mat as needed. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 42 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Unless noted otherwise, the minimum concrete cover for main reinforcing bars shall be: 3 inches to a concrete surface deposited against earth without intervening forms. 2'/2 inches to the top surface of a concrete bridge deck or bridge approach slab. 2 inches to a concrete surface when not specified otherwise in this section or in the Contract documents. 1'/2 inches to a concrete barrier or curb surface. Except for top cover in bridge decks and bridge approach slabs, minimum concrete cover to ties and stirrups may be reduced by inch but shall not be less than 1 inch. Minimum concrete cover shall also be provided to the outermost part of mechanical splices and headed steel reinforcing bars. Reinforcing steel bar location, concrete cover and clearance shall not vary more than the following tolerances from what is specified in the Contract documents: Reinforcing bar location for members 12 inches or less in thickness: ±0.25 inch Reinforcing bar location for members greater than 12 inches in thickness: ±0.375 inch Reinforcing bar location for bars placed at equal spacing within a plane: the greater of either ±1 inch or ±1 bar diameter within the plane. The total number of bars shall not be fewer than that specified. The clearance between reinforcement shall not be less than the greater of the bar diameter or 1 inch for unbundled bars. For bundled bars, the clearance between bundles shall not be less than the greater of 1 inch or a bar diameter derived from the equivalent total area of all bars in the bundle. Longitudinal location of bends and ends of bars: ±1 inch Embedded length of bars and length of bar lap splices: No. 3 through No. 11: -1 inch No. 14 through No. 18: -2 inches Concrete cover measured perpendicular to concrete surface (except for the top surface of bridge decks, bridge approach slabs and other roadway surfaces): ±0.25 inch Concrete cover measured perpendicular to concrete surface for the top surface of bridge decks, bridge approach slabs and other roadway surfaces: +0.25 inch, -0 inch Before placing any concrete, the Contractor shall: 1. Clean all mortar from reinforcement, and 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 43 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 2. Obtain the Engineer's permission to place concrete after the Engineer has inspected the placement of the reinforcing steel. (Any concrete placed without the Engineer's permission shall be rejected and removed.) 6-02.3(25)H Finishing The last paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor may repair defects in prestressed concrete girders in accordance with Section 6-01.16. 6-02.3(25)1 Fabrication Tolerances Item number 12 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 12. Stirrup Projection from Top of Girder: Wide flange thin deck and slab girders: ±'/2 inch All other girders: ± % inch 6-02.3(27) Concrete for Precast Units The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Type III portland cement or blended hydraulic cement is permitted to be used in precast concrete units. 6-02.3(28)B Casting In the second paragraph, the reference to Section 6-02.3(25)B is revised to read Section 6- 02.3(25)C. 6-02.3(28)D Contractors Control Strength In the first paragraph, "WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23" is revised to read "FOP for AASHTO T 23". 6-02.3(28)E Finishing This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor may repair defects in precast panels in accordance with Section 6- 01.16. 6-03.AP6 Section 6-03, Steel Structures January 7, 2019 6-03.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the material reference for Paints is revised to read: Paints and Related Materials 9-08 6-03.3(25)A3 Ultrasonic Inspection The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 44 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 Complete penetration groove welds on plates 5/16 inch and thicker in the following 3 welded assemblies or Structures shall be 100 percent ultrasonically inspected: 4 5 6-03.3(33) Bolted Connections 6 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 7 8 After final tightening of the fastener components, the threads of the bolts shall at a 9 minimum be flush with the end of the nut. 10 11 The following is inserted after the third sentence of the fourth paragraph: 12 13 When galvanized bolts are specified, tension -control galvanized bolts are not permitted. 14 15 6-05.AP6 16 Section 6-05, Piling 17 January 2, 2018 18 6-05.3(9)A Pile Driving Equipment Approval 19 The fourth sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 20 21 For prestressed concrete piles, the allowable driving stress in kips per square inch shall 22 be 0.095 f', plus prestress in tension, and 0.85f',, minus prestress in compression, 23 where f', is the concrete compressive strength in kips per square inch. 24 25 6-07.AP6 26 Section 6-07, Painting 27 January 7, 2019 28 6-07.1 Description 29 The first sentence is revised to read: 30 31 This work consists of containment, surface preparation, shielding adjacent areas from 32 work, testing and disposing of debris, furnishing and applying paint, and cleaning up 33 after painting is completed. 34 35 6-07.2 Materials 36 The material reference for Paint is revised to read: 37 38 Paint and Related Materials 9-08 39 40 6-07.3(1)A Work Force Qualifications for Shop Application of Paint 41 This section is supplemented with the following new sentence: 42 43 The work force may be accepted based on the approved facility. 44 45 6-07.3(1)B Work Force Qualifications for Field Application of Paint 46 The first two paragraphs are revised to read: 47 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 45 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The Contractor preparing the surface and applying the paint shall be certified under SSPCOQP 1 or NACE International Institute Contractor Accreditation Program (NIICAP) AS 1. The Contractor removing and otherwise disturbing existing paint containing lead and other hazardous materials shall be certified under SSPC-QP 2, Category A or NIICAP AS 2. The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: In lieu of the above SSPC or NIICAP certifications, the Contractor performing the specified work shall complete both of the following actions: Item number 2 of the third paragraph is revised to read: 2. The Contractor's quality control inspector(s) for the project shall be NACE-certified CIP Level 3 or SSPC Protective Coating Inspector (PCI) Level 3. 6-07.3(2) Submittals The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Each component of the plan shall identify the specification section it represents. 6-07.3(2)B Contractor's Quality Control Program Submittal Component The numbered list in the first paragraph is revised to read: Description of the inspection procedures, tools, techniques and the acceptance criteria for all phases of work. 2. Procedure for implementation of corrective action for non-conformance work. 3. The paint system manufacturer's recommended methods of preventing defects. 4. The Contractor's frequency of quality control inspection for each phase of work. 5. Example of each completed form(s) of the daily quality control report used to document the inspection work and tests performed by the Contractor's quality control personnel. 6-07.3(2)C Paint System Manufacturer and Paint System Information Submittal Component Item number 1 is revised to read: Product data sheets and Safety Data Sheets (SDS) on the paint materials, paint preparation, and paint application, as specified by the paint manufacturer, including: a. All application instructions, including the mixing and thinning directions. b. Recommended spray nozzles and pressures. c. Minimum and maximum drying time between coats. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 46 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 d. Restrictions on temperature and humidity. e. Repair procedures for shop and field applied coatings. Maximum dry film thickness for each coat. g. Minimum wet film thickness for each coat to achieve the specified minimum dry film thickness. 6-07.3(2)D Hazardous Waste Containment, Collection, Testing, and Disposal Submittal Component The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The hazardous waste containment, collection, testing, and disposal shall meet all Federal and State requirements, and the submittal component of the painting plan shall include the following: 6-07.3(2)E Cleaning and Surface Preparation Submittal Component Item 1(b) of the first paragraph is revised to read:: b. Type, manufacturer, and brand of abrasive blast material and all associated additives, including Safety Data Sheets (SDS). 6-07.3(3)B Quality Control and Quality Assurance for Field Application of Paint The last sentence of the first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: The Contractor's quality control operations shall include a minimum monitoring and documenting the following for each working day: Item number 1 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Environmental conditions for painting in accordance with ASTM E 337. Item number 4 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 4. Pictorial of surface preparation guides in accordance with SSPC-VIS 1, 3, 4, and 5. Item number 5 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 5. Surface profile by Keanne-Tator comparator in accordance with ASTM D 4417 and SSPC PA17. 6-07.3(4) Paint System Manufacturer's Technical Representative This section is revised to read: The paint system manufacturer's representative shall be present at the jobsite for the pre -painting conference and for the first day of paint application, and shall be available to the Contractor and Contracting Agency for consultation for the full project duration. 6-07.3(5) Pre -Painting Conference The second paragraph is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 47 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 If the Contractor's key personnel change between any work operations, an additional 3 conference shall be held if requested by the Engineer. 4 5 6-07.3(6)A Paint Containers 6 In item number 2 of the first paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS 7 Standard 595". 8 9 6-07.3(6)B Paint Storage 10 Item number 2 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 11 12 2. The Contractor shall monitor and document daily the paint material storage facility 13 with a high -low recording thermometer device. 14 15 6-07.3(7) Paint Sampling and Testing 16 The first two paragraphs are revised to read: 17 18 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer 1 quart of each paint representing each lot. 19 Samples shall be accompanied with a Safety Data Sheet. 20 21 If the quantity of paint required for each component of the paint system for the entire 22 project is 20 gallons or less, then the paint system components will be accepted as 23 specified in Section 9-08.1(7). 24 25 6-07.3(8)A Paint Film Thickness Measurement Gages 26 The first paragraph is revised to read: 27 28 Paint dry film thickness measurements shall be performed with either a Type 1 pull -off 29 gage or a Type 2 electronic gage as specified in SSPC Paint Application Specification 30 No. 2, Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness 31 Requirements. 32 33 6-07.3(9) Painting New Steel Structures 34 The last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 35 36 Welded shear connectors are not required to painted. 37 38 The last paragraph is revised to read: 39 40 Temporary attachments or supports for scaffolding, containment or forms shall not 41 damage the paint system. 42 43 6-07.3(9)A Paint System 44 The first paragraph is revised to read: 45 46 The paint system applied to new steel surfaces shall consist of the following: 47 48 Option 1 (component based paint system): 49 50 Primer Coat — Inorganic Zinc Rich 9-08.1(2)C 51 Intermediate Coat — Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G 52 Intermediate Stripe Coat — Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 48 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Top Coat — Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)H Option 2 (performance based paint system): Primer Coat — Inorganic Zinc Rich 9-08.1(2)M Intermediate Coat — Epoxy 9-08.1(2)M Intermediate Stripe Coat — Epoxy 9-08.1(2)M Top Coat — Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)M The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Paints and related materials shall be products listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). Component based paint systems shall be listed on the QPL in the applicable sections of Section 9-08. Performance based systems shall be listed on the current Northeast Protective Coatings Committee (NEPCOAT) Qualified Products List "A" as listed on the WSDOT QPL in Section 9-08.1(2)M. If the paint and related materials for the component based system is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation and acceptance in accordance with Section 9-08. 6-07.3(9)C Mixing and Thinning Paint This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall thoroughly mix paint in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations and by mechanical means to ensure a uniform and lump free composition. Paint shall not be mixed by means of air stream bubbling or boxing. Paint shall be mixed in the original containers and mixing shall continue until all pigment or metallic powder is in suspension. Care shall be taken to ensure that the solid material that has settled to the bottom of the container is thoroughly dispersed. After mixing, the Contractor shall inspect the paint for uniformity and to ensure that no unmixed pigment or lumps are present. Catalysts, curing agents, hardeners, initiators, or dry metallic powders that are packaged separately may be added to the base paint in accordance with the paint manufacturer's written recommendations and only after the paint is thoroughly mixed to achieve a uniform mixture with all particles wetted. The Contractor shall then add the proper volume of curing agent to the correct volume of base and mix thoroughly. The mixture shall be used within the pot life specified by the manufacturer. Unused portions shall be discarded at the end of each work day. Accelerants are not permitted except as allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not add additional thinner at the application site except as allowed by the Engineer. The amount and type of thinner, if allowed, shall conform to the manufacturer's specifications. If recommended by the manufacturer and allowed by the Engineer, a measuring cup shall be used for the addition of thinner to any paint with graduations in ounces. No un-measured addition of thinner to paint will be allowed. Any paint found to be thinned by unacceptable methods will be rejected. When recommended by the manufacturer, the Contractor shall constantly agitate paint during application by use of paint pots equipped with mechanical agitators. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 49 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 The Contractor shall strain all paint after mixing to remove undesirable matter, but without removing the pigment or metallic powder. Paint shall be stored and mixed in a secure, contained location to eliminate the potential for spills into State waters and onto the ground and highway surfaces. 6-07.3(9)D Coating Thickness This section is revised to read: Dry film thickness shall be measured in accordance with SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 2, Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness Requirements. The minimum dry film thickness of the primer coat shall not be less than 2.5 mils. The minimum dry film thickness of each coat (combination of intermediate and intermediate stripe, and top) shall be not less than 3.0 mils. The dry film thickness of each coat shall not be thicker than the paint manufacturer's recommended maximum thickness. The minimum wet film thickness of each coat shall be specified by the paint manufacturer to achieve the minimum dry film thickness. Film thickness, wet and dry, will be measured by gages conforming to Section 6 07.3(8)A. Wet measurements will be taken immediately after the paint is applied in accordance with ASTM D4414. Dry measurements will be taken after the coating is dry and hard in accordance with SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 2. Each painter shall be equipped with wet film thickness gages and shall be responsible for performing frequent checks of the paint film thickness throughout application. Coating thickness measurements may be made by the Engineer after the application of each coat and before the application of the succeeding coat. In addition, the Engineer may inspect for uniform and complete coverage and appearance. One hundred percent of all thickness measurements shall meet or exceed the minimum wet film thickness. In areas where wet film thickness measurements are impractical, dry film thickness measurements may be made. If a question arises about an individual coat's thickness or coverage, it may be verified by the use of a Tooke gage in accordance with ASTM D4138. If the specified number of coats does not produce a combined dry film thickness of at least the sum of the thicknesses required per coat, if an individual coat does not meet the minimum thickness, or if visual inspection shows incomplete coverage, the coating system will be rejected and the Contractor shall discontinue painting and surface preparation operations and shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing of the repair proposal. The repair proposal shall include documentation demonstrating the cause of the less -than -minimum thickness, along with physical test results, as necessary, and modifications to Work methods to prevent similar results. The Contractor shall not 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 50 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 resume painting or surface preparation operations until receiving the Engineer's 2 acceptance of the completed repair. 3 4 6-07.3(9)E Surface Temperature Requirements Prior to Application of Paint 5 This section, including title, is revised to read: 6 7 6-07.3(9)E Environmental Condition Requirements Prior to Application of Paint 8 Paint shall be applied only during periods when: 9 10 1. Air and steel temperatures are in accordance with the paint manufacturer's 11 recommendations but in no case less than 35°F nor greater than 115°F. 12 13 2. Steel surface temperature is a minimum of 50F above the dew point. 14 15 3. Steel surface is not wet. 16 17 4. Relative humidity is within the manufacturer's recommended range. 18 19 5. The anticipated ambient temperature will remain above 350F or the 20 manufacturer's minimum temperature, whichever is greater, during the paint 21 drying and curing period. 22 23 Application will not be allowed if conditions are not favorable for proper application and 24 performance of the paint. 25 26 Paint shall not be applied when weather conditions are unfavorable to proper curing. If a 27 paint system manufacturer's recommendations allow for application of a paint under 28 environmental conditions other than those specified, the Contractor shall submit a Type 29 2 Working Drawing consisting of a letter from the paint manufacturer specifying the 30 environmental conditions under which the paint can be applied. Application of paint 31 under environmental conditions other than those specified in this section will not be 32 allowed without the Engineer's concurrence. 33 34 35 6-07.3(9)F Shop Surface Cleaning and Preparation 36 The last sentence is revised to read: 37 38 The entire steel surface to be painted, including surfaces specified in Section 6- 39 07.3(9)G to receive a mist coat of primer, shall be cleaned to a near white condition in 40 accordance with SSPC-SP 10, Near -white Metal Blast Cleaning, and shall be in this 41 condition immediately prior to paint application. 42 43 6-07.3(9)G Application of Shop Primer Coat 44 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 45 46 Repairs of the shop primer coat shall be prepared in accordance with the painting plan. 47 Shop primer coat repair paint shall be selected from the approved component based or 48 performance based paint system in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)H. 49 50 6-07.3(9)H Containment for Field Coating 51 This section is revised to read: 52 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 51 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 The Contractor shall use a containment system in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)A 2 for surface preparation and prime coating of all uncoated areas remaining, including 3 bolts, nuts, washers, and splice plates. 4 5 During painting operations of the intermediate, stripe and top coats the Contractor shall 6 furnish, install, and maintain drip tarps below the areas to be painted to contain all 7 spilled paint, buckets, brushes, and other deleterious material, and prevent such 8 materials from reaching the environment below or adjacent to the structure being 9 painted. Drip tarps shall be absorbent material and hung to minimize puddling. The 10 Contractor shall evaluate the project -specific conditions to determine the specific type 11 and extent of containment needed to control the paint emissions and shall submit a 12 containment plan in accordance with Section 6-07.3(2). 13 14 6-07.3(9)1 Application of Field Coatings 15 This section is revised to read: 16 17 An on -site supervisor shall be present for each work shift at the bridge site. 18 19 Upon completion of erection Work, all uncoated or damaged areas remaining, including 20 bolts, nuts, washers, and splice plates, shall be prepared in accordance with Section 6- 21 07.3(9)F, followed by a field primer coat of a zinc -rich primer and final coats of paint 22 selected from the approved component or performance based paint system in 23 accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)H.. The intermediate, intermediate stripe, and top 24 coats shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. 25 26 Upon completion of erection Work, welds for steel column jackets may be prepared in 27 accordance with SSPC-SP 15, Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning. 28 29 The minimum drying time between coats shall be as shown in the product data sheets, 30 but not less than 12 hours. The Contractor shall determine whether the paint has cured 31 sufficiently for proper application of succeeding coats. 32 33 The maximum time between intermediate and top coats shall be in accordance with the 34 manufacturer's written recommendations. If the maximum time between coats is 35 exceeded, all newly coated surfaces shall be prepared to SSPC-SP 7, Brush-off Blast 36 Cleaning, and shall be repainted with the same paint that was cleaned, at no additional 37 cost to the Contracting Agency. 38 39 Each coat shall be applied in a uniform layer, completely covering the preceding coat. 40 The Contractor shall correct runs, sags, skips, or other deficiencies before application of 41 succeeding coats. Such corrective work may require re -cleaning, application of 42 additional paint, or other means as determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to 43 the Contracting Agency. 44 45 Dry film thickness measurements will be made in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)D. 46 47 All paint damage that occurs shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's 48 written recommendations. On bare areas or areas of insufficient primer thickness, the 49 repair shall include field -applied zinc -rich primer and the final coats of paint selected 50 from the approved component or performance based paint system in accordance with 51 Section 6-07.3(10)H. On areas where the primer is at least equal to the minimum 52 required dry film thickness, the repair shall include the application of the final two coats 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 52 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 of the paint system. All paint repair operations shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost or time to the Contracting Agency. 6-07.3(10)A Containment The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: Emissions shall be assessed by Visible Emission Observations (Method A) in SSPC Technology Update No. 7, Conducting Ambient Air, Soil, and Water Sampling of Surface Preparation and Paint Disturbance Activities, Section 6.2 and shall be limited to the Level A Acceptance Criteria Option Level 0 Emissions standard. 6-07.3(10)D Surface Preparation Prior to Overcoat Painting The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall remove any visible oil, grease, and road tar in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning. The second paragraph is revised to read: Following any preparation by SSPC-SP1, all steel surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 7, Brush-off Blast Cleaning. Surfaces inaccessible to brush-off blast shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning, as allowed by the Engineer. The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: Following brush-off blast cleaning, the Contractor shall perform spot abrasive blast cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. The second to last sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: For small areas, as allowed by the Engineer, the Contractor may substitute cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP 15, Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning. 6-07.3(10)G Treatment of Pack and Rust Gaps The second paragraph is revised to read: Pack rust forming a gap between steel surfaces of/,s to inch shall be cleaned to a depth of at least one half of the gap width. The gaps shall be cleaned and prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP6. The cleaned gap shall be treated with rust penetrating sealer, prime coated, and then caulked to form a watertight seal along the top edge and the two sides of the steel pieces involved, using the rust penetrating sealer and caulk as accepted by the Engineer. The bottom edge or lowest edge of the steel pieces involved shall not be caulked. The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: Caulk shall be a single -component urethane sealant conforming to Section 9-08.7. The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 53 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 At locations where gaps between steel surfaces exceed % inch, the Contractor shall clean and prepare the gap in accordance SSPC-SP6, apply the rust penetrating sealer, apply the prime coat, and then fill the gap with foam backer rod material as accepted by the Engineer. The foam backer rod material shall be of sufficient diameter to fill the crevice or gap. The Contractor shall apply caulk over the foam backer rod material to form a watertight seal. This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: Caulk and backer rod, if needed, shall be placed prior to applying the top coat. The Contractor, with the concurrence of the Engineer, may apply the rust penetrating sealer after application of the prime coat provided the primer is removed in the areas to be sealed. The areas to be sealed shall be re -cleaned and re -prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP6. 6-07.3(10)H Paint System The first paragraph is revised to read: The paint system applied to existing steel surfaces shall consist of the following five - coat system: Option 1 (component based system): Primer Coat — Zinc -filled Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)F Primer Stripe Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)F Intermediate Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G Intermediate Stripe Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G Top Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)H Option 2 (performance based system): Primer Coat — Zinc -rich Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N Primer Stripe Coat — Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N Intermediate Coat — Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N Intermediate Stripe Coat — Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N Top Coat — Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)N The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Paints and related materials shall be a product listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). Component based paint systems shall be listed on the QPL in the applicable sections of Section 9-08. Performance based systems shall be listed on the current Northeast Protective Coatings Committee (NEPCOAT) Qualified Products List "B" as listed on the WSDOT QPL in Section 9-08.1(2)N. If the paint and related material for the component based system is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation and acceptance in accordance with Section 9-08. 6-07.3(10)J Mixing and Thinning Paint This section is revised to read: Mixing and thinning paint shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)C. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 54 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 2 6-07.3(10)K Coating Thickness 3 This section is revised to read: 4 5 Coating thickness shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)D except the minimum 6 dry film thickness of each coat (combination of primer and primer stripe, combination of 7 intermediate and intermediate stripe, and top) shall not be less than 3.0 mils. 8 9 6-07.3(10)L Environmental Condition Requirements Prior to Application of 10 Paint 11 This section is revised to read: 12 13 Environmental conditions shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)E. 14 15 6-07.3(10)M Steel Surface Condition Requirements Prior to Application of 16 Paint 17 The third paragraph is revised to read: 18 19 Edges of existing paint shall be feathered in accordance with SSPC-PA 1, Shop, Field, 20 and Maintenance Coating of Metals, Note 15.20. 21 22 6-07.3(10)N Field Coating Application Methods 23 The third sentence is revised to read: 24 25 The Contractor may apply stripe coat paint using spray or brush but shall follow spray 26 application using a brush to ensure complete coverage around structural geometric 27 irregularities and to push the paint into gaps between existing steel surfaces and around 28 rivets and bolts. 29 30 6-07.3(10)0 Applying Field Coatings 31 The second to last paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 Each application of primer, primer stripe, intermediate, intermediate stripe, and top coat 34 shall be considered as separately applied coats. The Contractor shall not use a 35 preceding or subsequent coat to remedy a deficiency in another coat. The Contractor 36 shall apply the top coat to at least the minimum specified top coat thickness, to provide 37 a uniform appearance and consistent finish coverage. 38 39 6-07.3(10)P Field Coating Repair 40 The second sentence is revised to read: 41 42 Repair areas shall be cleaned of all damaged paint and the system reapplied using all 43 coats typical to the paint system and shall meet the minimum coating thickness. 44 45 6-07.3(11)A Painting of Galvanized Surfaces 46 This section is revised to read: 47 48 All galvanized surfaces receiving paint shall be prepared for painting in accordance with 49 the ASTM D 6386. The method of preparation shall be brush-off in accordance with 50 SSPC-SP16 Brush -Off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel, 51 Stainless Steels, and Non -Ferrous Metals or as otherwise allowed by the Engineer. The 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 55 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 Contractor shall not begin painting until receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the 2 prepared galvanized surface. For galvanized bolts used for replacement of deteriorated 3 existing rivets, the Contractor, with the concurrence of the Engineer and after successful 4 demonstration testing, may prepare galvanized surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP1 5 followed by SSPC-SP2, Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP3, Power Tool Cleaning. The 6 demonstration testing shall include adhesion testing of the first coat of paint over 7 galvanized bolts, nuts, and washers or a representative galvanized surface. Adhesion 8 testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 4541 for 600 psi minimum 9 adhesion. A minimum of 3 successful tests shall be performed on the galvanized 10 surface prepared and painted using the same methods and materials to be used on the 11 galvanized bolts, nuts and washers in the field. 12 13 6-07.3(11)A2 Paint Coat Materials 14 This section is revised to read: 15 16 The Contractor shall paint the dry surface as follows: 17 18 1. The first coat over a galvanized surface shall be an epoxy polyamide 19 conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)E . In the case of galvanized bolts used for 20 replacement of deteriorated existing rivets and for small surface areas less 21 than or equal to one square foot, an intermediate moisture cured polyurethane 22 conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)G may be used as a first coat. In both cases 23 the first coat shall be compatible with galvanizing and as recommended by the 24 top coat manufacturer. 25 26 2. The second coat shall be a top coat moisture cured aliphatic polyurethane 27 conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)H or a top coat polyurethane conforming to 28 Section 6-07.3(10)H Option 2 NEPCOAT performance based paint 29 specification compatible with the first coat as recommended by the 30 manufacturer. 31 32 Each coat shall be dry before the next coat is applied. All coats applied in the shop shall 33 be dried hard before shipment. 34 35 6-07.3(11)B Powder Coating of Galvanized Surfaces 36 This section is revised to read: 37 38 Powder coating of galvanized surfaces shall consist of the following coats: 39 40 1. The first coat shall be an epoxy powder primer coat conforming to Section 9- 41 08.2. 42 43 2. The second coat shall be a polyester finish coat conforming to Section 9-08.2. 44 45 6-07.3(11)B3 Galvanized Surface Cleaning and Preparation 46 The first three paragraphs are revised to read: 47 48 Galvanized surfaces receiving the powder coating shall be cleaned and prepared for 49 coating in accordance with ASTM D 7803, and the project -specific powder coating plan. 50 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 56 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Assemblies conforming to the ASTM D 7803 definition for newly galvanized steel shall receive surface smoothing and surface cleaning in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5, and surface preparation in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5.1.3. Assemblies conforming to the ASTM D 7803 definition for partially weathered galvanized steel shall be checked and prepared in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 6, before then receiving surface smoothing and surface cleaning in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5, and surface preparation in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5.1.3. The fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Assemblies conforming to the ASTM D 7803 definition for weathered galvanized steel shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 7 before then receiving surface smoothing and surface cleaning in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5, and surface preparation in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5.3 except as follows: 6-07.3(11)B5 Testing Item number 4 in the first paragraph is revised to read: 4. Adhesion testing in accordance with ASTM D 4541 for 600 psi minimum adhesion for the complete two -component system. The second sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Rejected assemblies shall be repaired or recoated by the Contractor, at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency, in accordance with the powder coating manufacturer's recommendation as detailed in the project -specific powder coating plan, until the assemblies satisfy the acceptance testing requirements. 6-07.3(12) Painting Ferry Terminal Structures This section is revised to read: Painting of ferry terminal Structures shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3 as supplemented below. This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 6-07.3(12)A Painting New Steel Ferry Terminal Structures Painting of new steel Structures shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9) except that all coatings (primer, intermediate, intermediate stripe, and top) shall be applied in the shop with the following exceptions: Steel surfaces to be field welded. 2. Steel surfaces to be greased. 3. The length of piles designated in the Plans not requiring painting. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 57 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The minimum drying time between coats shall be as shown in the product data sheets, but not less than 12 hours. The Contractor shall determine whether the paint has cured sufficiently for proper application of succeeding coats. 6-07.3(12)A1 Paint Systems Paint systems for Structural Steel, which includes vehicle transfer spans and towers, pedestrian overhead loading structures and towers, upland structural steel and other elements as designated in the Special Provisions shall be as specified in Section 6-07.3(9)A. Paint systems for Piling, Landing Aids and Life Ladders shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)A2 Paint Color Paint colors shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)A3 Coating Thickness Coating thicknesses shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)A4 Application of Field Coatings An on -site supervisor shall be present for each work shift at the project site. Upon completion of erection Work, all uncoated or damaged areas remaining, including bolts, nuts, washers, splice plates, and field welds shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning, followed by SSPC-SP 11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. Surface preparation shall be measured according to SSPC-VIS 3. SSPC-SP 11 shall be performed for a minimum distance of 1 inch from the uncoated or damaged area. In addition, intact shop -applied coating surrounding the area shall be abraded or sanded for a distance of 6 inches out from the properly prepared clean/bare metal areas to provide adequate roughness for application of field coatings. All sanding dust and contamination shall be removed prior to application of field coatings. Field applied paint for Structural Steel shall conform to Section 6-07.3(10)H, as applicable. Field applied paint for Piling, Landing Aids and Life Ladders shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. For areas above the tidal zone, the minimum drying time between coats shall be as shown in the product data sheets, but not less than 12 hours. For areas within the tidal zone, the minimum drying time between coats shall be as recommended by the paint system manufacturer. The Contractor shall determine whether the paint has cured sufficiently for proper application of succeeding coats. The maximum time between intermediate and top coats shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. If the maximum time between coats is exceeded, all newly coated surfaces shall be prepared to SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning, and shall be repainted with the same paint that was cleaned, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Each coat shall be applied in a uniform layer, completely covering the preceding coat. The Contractor shall correct runs, sags, skips, or other deficiencies before application of succeeding coats. Such corrective work may require re -cleaning, 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 58 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 application of additional paint, or other means as determined by the Engineer, at no 2 additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 3 4 Surface preparation for underwater locations shall consist of removing all dirt, oil, 5 grease, loose paint, loose rust, and marine growth from the area that is to be 6 repaired. The sound paint surrounding the damaged area shall be roughened to 7 meet the requirements of the manufacturer. Paint for underwater applications shall 8 be as specified in the Special Provisions and shall be applied in accordance with 9 the manufacturer's recommendations. 10 11 6-07.3(12)B Painting Existing Steel Ferry Terminal Structures 12 Painting of existing steel structures shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10) as 13 supplemented by the following. 14 15 6-07.3(12)B1 Containment 16 Containment for full removal shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)A. 17 Containment for overcoat systems shall be in accordance with all applicable 18 Permits as required in the Special Provisions. 19 20 Prior to cleaning the Contractor shall enclose all exposed electrical and mechanical 21 equipment to seal out dust, water, and paint. Non-metallic surfaces shall not be 22 abrasive blasted or painted. Unless otherwise specified, the following metallic 23 surfaces shall not be painted and shall be protected from abrasive blasting and 24 painting: 25 26 1. Galvanized and stainless steel surfaces not previously painted, 27 28 2. Non-skid surfaces, 29 30 3. Unpainted intentionally greased surfaces, 31 32 4. Equipment labels, identification plates, tags, etc., 33 34 5. Fire and emergency containers or boxes, 35 36 6. Mechanical hardware such as hoist sheaves, hydraulic cylinders, gear 37 boxes, wire rope, etc. 38 39 The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of materials and 40 equipment used to shield components specified to not be cleaned and painted. 41 The Contractor shall shut off the power prior to working around electrical 42 equipment. The Contractor shall follow the lock-out/tag-out safety provisions of the 43 WAC 296-803 and all other applicable safety standards. 44 45 6-07.3(12)B2 Surface Preparation 46 For applications above high water and within the tidal zone, surface preparation for 47 overcoat painting shall be in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning, 48 followed by SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning. Use of wire brushes is not allowed. 49 After SP 3 cleaning has been completed all surfaces exhibiting coating failure down 50 to the steel substrate, and those exhibiting visible corrosion, shall be prepared 51 down to clean bare steel in accordance with SSPC-SP 15, Commercial Grade 52 Power Tool Cleaning. Surface preparation shall be measured according to SSPC- 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 59 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 VIS 3. SSPC-SP 15 shall be performed for a minimum distance of 1 inch from the area exhibiting failure or visible corrosion. In addition, intact shop -applied coating surrounding the repair area shall be abraded or sanded for a distance of 6 inches out from the properly prepared clean/bare metal areas to provide adequate roughness for application of repair coatings. All sanding dust and contamination shall be removed prior to application of repair coatings. Surface preparation for full paint removal shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)E except SSPC-SP 11 will be permitted as detailed in the Contractor's painting plan and as allowed by the Engineer. Surface preparation for underwater locations shall consist of removing all dirt, oil, grease, loose paint, loose rust, and marine growth from the area that is to be repaired. The sound paint surrounding the damaged area shall be roughened as required by the coating manufacturer. Removed marine growth may be released to state waters provided the marine growth is not mixed with contaminants (paint, oil, rust, etc.) and it shall not accumulate on the sea bed. All marine growth containing contaminants shall be collected for proper disposal. Surface preparation for the underside of bridge decks (consisting of either a steel grid system of main bars or tees and a light gauge metal form, in -filled with concrete or a corrugated light gauge metal form, infilled with concrete) shall be in accordance with SSPC-SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning with the intent of not causing further damage to the light gauge metal form. Following removal of any pack rust and corroded sections from the underside of the bridge deck, cleaning and flushing to remove salts and prior to applying the primer coat, the Contractor shall seal the entire underside of the deck system with rust -penetrating sealer. Damage to galvanized metal forms and/or grids shall be repaired in accordance with ASTM A 780, with the preferred method of repair using paints containing zinc dust. 6-07.3(12)B3 Paint Systems Paints systems for Structural Steel, which includes vehicle transfer spans and towers, pedestrian overhead loading structures and towers, upland structural steel and other elements as designated in the Special Provisions shall be as specified in Section 6-07.3(10)H. Paint systems for Piling, Landing Aids, Life Ladders, underside of vehicle transfer span bridge decks, non-skid surface treated areas, and anti -graffiti coatings shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)B4 Paint Color Paint colors shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)B5 Coating Thickness Coating thicknesses shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)B6 Application of Field Coatings Application of field coatings shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)0 and Section 6-07.3(12)A2 except for the following: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 60 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 All coatings applied in the field shall be applied using a brush or roller. Spray application methods may be used if allowed by the Engineer. 2. Applied coatings shall not be immersed until the coating has been cured as required by the coating manufacturer. 3. Non-skid surface treatment products shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Anti -graffiti coatings shall be applied in one coat following application of the top coat, where specified in the Plans. 6-07.3(14)B Reference Standards The second standard reference (to SSPC CS 23.00), and its accompanying title, is revised to read: SSPC CS 23.00 Specification for the Application of Thermal Spray Coatings (Metallizing) of Aluminum, Zinc, and Their Alloys and Composites for the Corrosion Protection of Steel • Ii TW• Section 6-08, Bituminous Surfacing on Structure Decks January 7, 2019 6-08.3(7)A Concrete Deck Preparation The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor, with the Engineer, shall inspect the exposed concrete deck to establish the extent of bridge deck repair in accordance with Section 6-09.3(6). 6-08.3(8)A Structure Deck Preparation The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Prior to applying the primer or sheet membrane, all dust and loose material shall be removed from the Structure Deck. . 116W'. Section 6-09, Modified Concrete Overlays January 7, 2019 6-09.3 Construction Requirements This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 6-09.3(15) Sealing and Texturing Concrete Overlay After the requirements for checking for bond have been met, all joints and visible cracks shall be filled and sealed with a high molecular weight methacrylate resin (HMWM). Cracks 1A 6 inch and greater in width shall receive two applications of HMWM. Immediately following the application of HMWM, the wetted surface shall be coated with sand for abrasive finish. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 61 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 After all cracks have been filled and sealed and the HMWM resin has cured, the concrete overlay surface shall receive a longitudinally sawn texture in accordance with Section 6-02.3(10)D5. Traffic shall not be permitted on the finished concrete until it has reached a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi as verified by rebound number determined in accordance with ASTM C805 and the longitudinally sawn texture is completed. 6-09.3(1)B Rotary Milling Machines This section is revised to read: Rotary milling machines used to remove an upper layer of existing concrete overlay, when present, shall have a maximum operating weight of 50,000 pounds and conform to Section 6-08.3(5)B. 6-09.3(1)C Hydro -Demolition Machines The first sentence of this section is revised to read: Hydro -demolition machines shall consist of filtering and pumping units operating in conjunction with a remote -controlled robotic device, using high -velocity water jets to remove sound concrete to the nominal scarification depth shown in the Plans with a single pass of the machine, and with the simultaneous removal of deteriorated concrete. 6-09.3(1)D Shot Blasting Machines This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-09.3(1)D Vacant 6-09.3(1)E Air Compressor This section is revised to read: Air compressors shall be equipped with oil traps to eliminate oil from being blown onto the bridge deck. 6-09.3(1)J Finishing Machine This section is revised to read: The finishing machine shall meet the requirements of Section 6-02.3(10) and the following requirements: The finishing machine shall be equipped with augers, followed by an oscillating, vibrating screed, vibrating roller tamper, or a vibrating pan, followed by a rotating cylindrical double drum screed. The vibrating screed, roller tamper or pan shall be of sufficient length and width to properly consolidate the mixture. The vibrating frequency of the vibrating screed, roller tamper or pan shall be variable with positive control. 6-09.3(2) Submittals Item number 1 and 2 are revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 62 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 A Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of catalog cuts and operating parameters of the hydro -demolition machine selected by the Contractor for use in this project to scarify concrete surfaces. 2. A Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of catalog cuts, operating parameters, axle loads, and axle spacing of the rotary milling machine (if used to remove an upper layer of existing concrete overlay when present). The first sentence of item number 3 is revised to read: A Type 2 Working Drawing of the Runoff Water Disposal Plan. 6-09.3(5)A General The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: All areas of the deck that are inaccessible to the selected scarifying machine shall be scarified to remove the concrete surface matrix to a maximum nominal scarification depth shown in the Plans by a method acceptable to the Engineer. This section is supplemented with the following: Concrete process water generated by scarifying concrete surface and removing existing concrete overlay operations shall be contained, collected, and disposed of in accordance with Section 5-01.3(11) and Section 6-09.3(5)C, and the Section 6-09.3(2) Runoff Water Disposal Plan. 6-09.3(5)B Testing of Hydro -Demolition and Shot Blasting Machines This section's title is revised to read: Testing of Hydro -Demolition Machines The second paragraph is revised to read: In the "sound" area of concrete, the equipment shall be programmed to remove concrete to the nominal scarification depth shown in the Plans with a single pass of the machine. 6-09.3(5)D Shot Blasting This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-09.3(5)D Vacant 6-09.3(5)E Rotomilling This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-09.3(5)E Removing Existing Concrete Overlay Layer by Rotomilling When the Contractor elects to remove the upper layer of existing concrete overlay, when present, by rotomilling prior to final scarifying, the entire concrete surface of the bridge deck shall be milled to remove the surface matrix to the depth specified in the Plans with a tolerance as specified in Section 6-08.3(5)B. The operating parameters of the rotary milling machine shall be monitored in order to prevent the unnecessary removal of concrete below the specified removal depth. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 63 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6-09.3(6) Further Deck Preparation The first paragraph is revised to read:: Once the lane or strip being overlaid has been cleaned of debris from scarifying, the Contractor, with the Engineer, shall perform a visual inspection of the scarified surface. The Contractor shall mark those areas of the existing bridge deck that are authorized by the Engineer for further deck preparation by the Contractor. Item number 4 of the second paragraph is deleted. The first sentence of the third paragraph is deleted. 6-09.3(6)A Equipment for Further Deck Preparation This section is revised to read: Further deck preparation shall be performed using either power driven hand tools conforming to Section 6-09.3(1)A, or hydro -demolition machines conforming to Section 6-09.3(1)C. 6-09.3(6)B Deck Repair Preparation The second paragraph is deleted. The last sentence of the second paragraph (after the preceding Amendment is applied) is revised to read: In no case shall the depth of a sawn vertical cut exceed 3/4 inch or to the top of the top steel reinforcing bars, whichever is less. The first sentence of the third to last paragraph is revised to read: Where existing steel reinforcing bars inside deck repair areas show deterioration greater than 20-percent section loss, the Contractor shall furnish and place steel reinforcing bars alongside the deteriorated bars in accordance with the details shown in the Standard Plans. The last paragraph is deleted. 6-09.3(7) Surface Preparation for Concrete Overlay The first seven paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following: Following the completion of any required further deck preparation the entire lane or strip being overlaid shall be cleaned to be free from oil and grease, rust and other foreign material that may still be present. These materials shall be removed by detergent - cleaning or other method accepted by the Engineer followed by sandblasting. After detergent cleaning and sandblasting is completed, the entire lane or strip being overlaid shall be cleaned in final preparation for placing concrete. Hand tool chipping, sandblasting and cleaning in areas adjacent to a lane or strip being cleaned in final preparation for placing concrete shall be discontinued when final preparation is begun. Scarifying and hand tool chipping shall remain suspended until 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 64 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 the concrete has been placed and the requirement for curing time has been satisfied. Sandblasting and cleaning shall remain suspended for the first 24 hours of curing time after the completion of concrete placing. Scarification, and removal of the upper layer of concrete overlay when present, may proceed during the final cleaning and overlay placement phases of the Work on adjacent portions of the Structure so long as the scarification and concrete overlay removal operations are confined to areas which are a minimum of 100 feet away from the defined limits of the final cleaning or overlay placement in progress. If the scarification and concrete overlay removal impedes or interferes in any way with the final cleaning or overlay placement as determined by the Engineer, the scarification and concrete overlay removal Work shall be terminated immediately and the scarification and concrete overlay removal equipment removed sufficiently away from the area being prepared or overlaid to eliminate the conflict. If the grade is such that water and contaminants from the scarification and concrete overlay removal operation will flow into the area being prepared or overlaid, the scarification and concrete overlay removal operation shall be terminated and shall remain suspended for the first 24 hours of curing time after the completion of concrete placement. 6-09.3(11) Placing Concrete Overlay The first sentence of item number 3 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Concrete shall not be placed when the temperature of the concrete surface is less than 450F or greater than 75°F, and wind velocity at the construction site is in excess of 10 mph. 6-09.3(12) Finishing Concrete Overlay The third paragraph is deleted. The last paragraph is deleted. 6-09.3(13) Curing Concrete Overlay The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: As the finishing operation progresses, the concrete shall be immediately covered with a single layer of clean, new or used, wet burlap. The last sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. The following two new paragraphs are inserted after the second paragraph: As an alternative to the application of burlap and fog spraying described above, the Contractor may propose a curing system using proprietary curing blankets specifically manufactured for bridge deck curing. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of details of the proprietary curing blanket system, including product literature and details of how the system is to be installed and maintained. The wet curing regimen as described shall remain in place for a minimum of 42-hours. The last paragraph is deleted. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 65 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 6-09.3(14) Checking for Bond 2 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 3 4 After the requirements for curing have been met, the entire overlaid surface shall be 5 sounded by the Contractor, in a manner accepted by and in the presence of the 6 Engineer, to ensure total bond of the concrete to the bridge deck. 7 8 The last sentence of the first paragraph is deleted. 9 10 The second paragraph is deleted. 11 12 6-10.AP6 13 Section 6-10, Concrete Barrier 14 August 6, 2018 15 6-10.2 Materials 16 In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: 17 18 Cement 9-01 19 20 6-10.3(6) Placing Concrete Barrier 21 The first two sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: 22 23 Precast concrete barriers Type 2, Type 4, Type F, precast single slope barrier, and 24 transitions shall rest on a paved foundation shaped to a uniform grade and section. The 25 foundation surface for precast concrete barriers Type 2, Type 4, Type F, precast single 26 slope barrier, and transitions shall meet this test for uniformity: When a 10-foot 27 straightedge is placed on the surface parallel to the centerline for the barrier, the 28 surface shall not vary more than '/4 inch from the lower edge of the straightedge. 29 30 6-11.AP6 31 Section 6-11, Reinforced Concrete Walls 32 April 2, 2018 33 6-11.2 Materials 34 In the first paragraph, the reference to "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" is revised 35 to read: 36 37 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 38 39 6-12.AP6 40 Section 6-12, Noise Barrier Walls 41 August 6, 2018 42 6-12.2 Materials 43 In the first paragraph, the reference to "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" is revised 44 to read: 45 46 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 47 48 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following new material reference: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 66 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Noise Barrier Wall Access Door 9-06.17 6-12.3(9) Access Doors and Concrete Landing Pads The second paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following: All frame and door surfaces, except stainless steel surfaces, shall be painted in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9). Primer shall be applied to all non -stainless steel surfaces. All primer coated exposed metal surfaces shall be field painted with the remaining Section 6-07.3(9)A paint system coats. The top coat, when dry, shall match the color specified in the Plans or Special Provisions. This section is supplemented with the following: Access door deadbolt locks shall be capable of accepting a Best CX series core. The Contractor shall furnish and install a spring -loaded construction core lock with each lock. The Engineer will furnish the permanent Best CX series core for the Contractor to install at the conclusion of the project. 6-13.AP6 Section 6-13, Structural Earth Walls August 6, 2018 6-13.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" is revised to read: Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 6-13.3(4) Precast Concrete Facing Panel and Concrete Block Fabrication Item number 1 of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: Vertical dimensions shall be ± 1/6 inch of the Plan dimension, and the rear height shall not exceed the front height. Item number 3 of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: 3. All other dimensions shall be ±'/4 inch of the Plan dimension. 6-14.AP6 Section 6-14, Geosynthetic Retaining Walls April 2, 2018 6-14.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" are revised to read: Cement 9-01 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 67 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 6-15.AP6 2 Section 6-15, Soil Nail Walls 3 January 7, 2019 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 6-15.3(7) Shotcrete Facing The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: After final tightening of the nut, the threads of the soil nail shall at a minimum be flush with the end of the nut. 6-16.AP6 Section 6-16, Soldier Pile and Soldier Pile Tieback Walls April 2, 2018 6-16.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" is revised to read: Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 6-18.AP6 Section 6-18, Shotcrete Facing April 1, 2019 6-18.2 Materials The reference to metakaolin is deleted. 6-18.3(3) Testing In the last sentence of the first paragraph, "AASHTO T 24" is revised to read "ASTM C1604". 6-18.3(3)B Production Testing In the last sentence, "AASHTO T 24" is revised to read "ASTM C1604". 6-18.3(4) Qualifications of Contractor's Personnel In the last sentence of the second paragraph, "AASHTO T 24" is revised to read "ASTM C 1604". 6-19.AP6 Section 6-19, Shafts January 7, 2019 6-19.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" are revised to read: Cement 9-01 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 6-19.3(1)A Shaft Construction Tolerances The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 68 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 The elevation of the top of the reinforcing cage for drilled shafts shall be within +6 2 inches and -3 inches from the elevation shown in the Plans. 3 4 6-19.3(2)D Nondestructive QA Testing Organization and Personnel 5 Item number 4 in the first paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 4. Personnel preparing test reports shall be a Professional Engineer, licensed under 8 Title 18 RCW, State of Washington, and shall seal the report in accordance with 9 WAC 196-23-020. 10 11 6-19.3(3)C Conduct of Shaft Casing Installation and Removal and Shaft 12 Excavation Operations 13 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 14 15 In no case shall shaft excavation and casing placement extend below the bottom of 16 shaft excavation as shown in the Plans. 17 18 6-19.3(6)E Thermal Wire and Thermal Access Point (TAPS) 19 The third sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 20 21 The thermal wire shall extend from the bottom of the reinforcement cage to the top of 22 the shaft, with a minimum of 5-feet of slack wire provided above the top of shaft. 23 24 The following new sentence is inserted after the third sentence of the third paragraph: 25 26 All thermal wires in a shaft shall be equal lengths. 27 28 6-19.3(9)D Nondestructive QA Testing Results Submittal 29 The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 30 31 Results shall be a Type 2E Working Drawing presented in a written report. 32 33 7-02.AP7 34 Section 7-02, Culverts 35 April 2, 2018 36 7-02.2 Materials 37 In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland 38 Cement Concrete" are revised to read: 39 40 Cement 9-01 41 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 42 43 7-02.3(6)A4 Excavation and Bedding Preparation 44 The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 45 46 The bedding course shall be a 6-inch minimum thickness layer of culvert bedding 47 material, defined as granular material either conforming to Section 9-03.12(3) or to 48 AASHTO Grading No. 57 as specified in Section 9-03.1(4)C. 49 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 69 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 7-05.AP7 2 Section 7-05, Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells 3 August 6, 2018 4 7-05.3 Construction Requirements 5 The fourth sentence of the third paragraph is deleted. 6 7 7-08.AP7 8 Section 7-08, General Pipe Installation Requirements 9 April 2, 2018 10 7-08.3(3) Backfilling 11 The fifth sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 12 13 All compaction shall be in accordance with the Compaction Control Test of Section 2- 14 03.3(14)D except in the case that 100% Recycled Concrete Aggregate is used. 15 16 The following new sentences are inserted after the fifth sentence of the fourth paragraph: 17 18 When 100% Recycled Concrete Aggregate is used, the Contractor may submit a written 19 request to use a test point evaluation for compaction acceptance. Test Point evaluation 20 shall be performed in accordance with SOP 738. 21 22 8-01.AP8 23 Section 8-01, Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control 24 April 1, 2019 25 8-01.1 Description 26 This section is revised to read: 27 28 This Work consists of furnishing, installing, maintaining, removing and disposing of best 29 management practices (BMPs), as defined in the Washington Administrative Code 30 (WAC) 173-201A, to manage erosion and water quality in accordance with these 31 Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer. 32 33 The Contracting Agency may have a National Pollution Discharge Elimination System 34 Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) as identified in the Contract Special 35 Provisions. The Contracting Agency may or may not transfer coverage of the CSWGP 36 to the Contractor when a CSWGP has been obtained. The Contracting Agency may not 37 have a CSWGP for the project but may have another water quality related permit as 38 identified in the Contract Special Provisions or the Contracting Agency may not have 39 water quality related permits but the project is subject to applicable laws for the Work. 40 Section 8-01 covers all of these conditions. 41 42 This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 43 44 8-01.1(1) Definitions 45 1. pH Affected Stormwater 46 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 70 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 a. Stormwater contacting green concrete (concrete that has set/stiffen but is still curing), recycled concrete, or engineered soils (as defined in the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP)) as a natural process b. pH monitoring shall be performed in accordance with the CSWGP, or Water Quality Standards (WQS in accordance with WAC 173-201A (surface) or 173- 200C (ground)) when the CSWGP does not apply c. May be neutralized and discharged to surface waters or infiltrated 2. pH Affected Non-Stormwater a. Conditionally authorized in accordance with CSWGP Special Condition S.1.C., uncontaminated water contacting green concrete, recycled concrete, or engineered soils (as defined in the CSWGP) b. Shall not be categorized as cementitious wastewater/concrete wastewater, as defined below c. Shall be managed and treated in accordance with the CSWGP, or WQS when the CSWGP does not apply d. pH adjustment and dechlorination may be necessary, as specified in the CSWGP or in accordance with WQS when the CSWGP does not apply e. May be neutralized, treated, and discharged to surface waters in accordance with the CSWGP, with the exception of water -only shaft drilling slurry. Water - only shaft drilling slurry may be treated, neutralized, and infiltrated but not discharged to surface waters (Refer to Special Conditions S1.C. Authorized Discharges and S1.d Prohibited Discharges of the CSWGP) 3. Cementitious Wastewater/Concrete Wastewater a. Any water that comes into contact with fine cementitious particles or slurry; any water used in the production, placement and/or clean-up of cementitious products; any water used to cut, grind, wash, or otherwise modify cementitious products b. When any water, including stormwater, commingles with cementitious wastewater/concrete wastewater, the resulting water is considered cementitious wastewater/concrete wastewater and shall be managed to prevent discharge to waters of the State, including ground water C. CSWGP Examples include: water used for or resulting from concrete truck/mixer/pumper/tool/chute rinsing or washing, concrete saw cutting and surfacing (sawing, coring, grinding, roughening, hydro -demolition, bridge and road surfacing) d. Cannot be neutralized and discharged or infiltrated 8-01.2 Materials The first paragraph is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 71 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe 9-05.1(6) Quarry Spalls and Permeable Ballast 9-13 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 9-14 Construction Geotextile 9-33 The second paragraph is deleted. 8-01.3(1) General This section is revised to read: Adaptive management shall be employed throughout the duration of the project for the implementation of erosion and water pollution control permit requirements for the current condition of the project site. The adaptive management includes the selection and utilization of BMPs, scheduling of activities, prohibiting unacceptable practices, implementing maintenance procedures, and other managerial practices that when used singularly or in combination, prevent or reduce the release of pollutants to waters of the State. The adaptive management shall use the means and methods identified in this section and means and methods identified in the Washington State Department of Transportation's Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual or the Washington State Department of Ecology's Stormwater Management Manuals for construction stormwater. The Contractor shall install a high visibility fence along the lines shown in the Plans or as instructed by the Engineer. Throughout the life of the project, the Contractor shall preserve and protect the delineated preservation area, acting immediately to repair or restore any high visibility fencing damaged or removed. All discharges to surface waters shall comply with surface water quality standards as defined in Washington Administrative Code (WAC) Chapter 173-201A. All discharges to groundwater shall comply with groundwater quality standards WAC Chapter 173-200. The Contractor shall comply with the CSWGP when the project is covered by the CSWGP. Work, at a minimum, shall include the implementation of: Sediment control measures prior to ground disturbing activities to ensure all discharges from construction areas receive treatment prior to discharging from the site. 2. Flow control measures to prevent erosive flows from developing. 3. Water management strategies and pollution prevention measures to prevent contamination of waters that will be discharged to surface waters or the ground. 4. Erosion control measures to stabilize erodible earth not being worked. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 72 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 5. Maintenance of BMPs to ensure continued compliant performance. 6. Immediate corrective action if evidence suggests construction activity is not in compliance. Evidence includes sampling data, olfactory or visual evidence such as the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, or oil sheen in discharges. To the degree possible, the Contractor shall coordinate this Work with permanent drainage and roadside restoration Work the Contract requires. Clearing, grubbing, excavation, borrow, or fill within the Right of Way shall never expose more erodible earth than as listed below: Western Washington (West of the Cascade Mountain Crest May 1 through 17 Acres September 30 October 1 through April 5 Acres 30 Eastern Washington (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest April 1 through 17 Acres October 31 November 1 through March 5 Acres 31 The Engineer may increase or decrease the limits based on project conditions. Erodible earth is defined as any surface where soils, grindings, or other materials may be capable of being displaced and transported by rain, wind, or surface water runoff. Erodible earth not being worked, whether at final grade or not, shall be covered within the specified time period (see the table below), using BMPs for erosion control. Western Washington (West of the Cascade Mountain Crest October 1 2 days through April 30 maximum May 1 to 7 days September 30 maximum Eastern Washington (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest October 1 5 days through June 30 maximum November 1 10 days through March 31 maximum When applicable, the Contractor shall be responsible for all Work required for compliance with the CSWGP including annual permit fees. If the Engineer, under Section 1-08.6, orders the Work suspended, the Contractor shall continue to comply with this division during the suspension. 8-01.3(1)A Submittals This section's content is deleted. This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 73 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 8-01.3(1)A1 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) Plans consist of a narrative section and plan sheets that meets the Washington State Department of Ecology's Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) requirement in the CSWGP. For projects that do not require a CSWGP but have the potential to discharge to surface waters of the state, an abbreviated TESC plan shall be used, which may consist of a narrative and/or plan sheets and shall demonstrate compliance with applicable codes, ordinances and regulations, including the water quality standards for surface waters; Chapter 173-201A of the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) and water quality standards for groundwaters in accordance with Chapter 173-200 WAC. The Contractor shall either adopt the TESC Plan in the Contract or develop a new TESC Plan. If the Contractor adopts the TESC Plan in scenarios in which the CSWGP is transferred to the Contractor, the Contractor shall modify the TESC Plan to match the Contractor's schedule, method of construction, and to include all areas that will be used to directly support construction activity such as equipment staging yards, material storage areas, or borrow areas. TESC Plans shall include all high visibility fence shown in the Plans. All TESC Plans shall meet the requirements of the current edition of the WSDOT Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual M 3109 and be adaptively managed throughout construction based on site inspections and required sampling to maintain compliance with the CSWGP, or WQS when no CSWGP applies. The Contractor shall develop a schedule for implementation of the TESC work and incorporate it into the Contractor's progress schedule. The Contractor shall submit their TESC Plan (either the adopted plan or new plan) as Type 2 Working Drawings. At the request of the Engineer, updated TESC Plans shall be submitted as Type 1 Working Drawings. 8-01.3(1)B Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall identify the ESC Lead at the preconstruction discussions and in the TESC Plan. The ESC Lead shall have, for the life of the Contract, a current Certificate of Training in Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control from a course approved by the Washington State Department of Ecology. The ESC Lead must be onsite or on call at all times throughout construction. The ESC Lead shall be listed on the Emergency Contact List required under Section 1-05.13(1). The ESC Lead shall implement the TESC Plan. Implementation shall include, but is not limited to: Installing, adaptively managing, and maintaining temporary erosion and sediment control BMPs to assure continued performance of their intended function. Damaged or inadequate BMPs shall be corrected immediately. 2. Updating the TESC Plan to reflect current field conditions. 3. Discharge sampling and submitting Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) to the Washington State Department of Ecology in accordance with the CSWGP. 4. Develop and maintain the Site Log Book as defined in the CSWGP. When the Site Log Book or portion thereof is electronically developed, the electronic 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 74 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 documentation must be accessible onsite. As a part of the Site Log Book, the 2 Contractor shall develop and maintain a tracking table to show that identified 3 TESC compliance issues are fully resolved within 10 calendar days. The table 4 shall include the date an issue was identified, a description of how it was 5 resolved, and the date the issue was fully resolved. 6 7 The ESC Lead shall also inspect all areas disturbed by construction activities, all on -site 8 erosion and sediment control BMPs, and all stormwater discharge points at least once 9 every calendar week and within 24-hours of runoff events in which stormwater 10 discharges from the site. Inspections of temporarily stabilized, inactive sites may be 11 reduced to once every calendar month. The Washington State Department of Ecology's 12 Erosion and Sediment Control Site Inspection Form, located at 13 https://ecology.wa.gov/Regulations-Permits/Permits-certifications/Stormwater-general- 14 permits/Construction-stormwater-permit, shall be completed for each inspection and a 15 copy shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than the end of the next working day 16 following the inspection. 17 18 8-01.3(1)C Water Management 19 This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 20 21 8-01.3(1)C5 Water Management for In -Water Work Below Ordinary High Water 22 Mark (OHWM) 23 Work over surface waters of the state (defined in WAC 173-201A-010) or below the 24 OHWM (defined in RCW 90.58.030) shall comply with water quality standards for 25 surface waters of the State of Washington. 26 27 8-01.3(1)C6 Environmentally Acceptable Hydraulic Fluid 28 All equipment containing hydraulic fluid that extends from a bridge deck over surface 29 waters of the state or below the OHWM, shall be equipped with a biodegradable 30 hydraulic fluid. The fluid shall achieve either a Pw1 Environmental Persistence 31 Classification stated in ASTM D6046 (>_60% biodegradation in 28 days) or equivalent 32 standard. Alternatively, hydraulic fluid that meets International Organization for 33 Standardization (ISO 15380), the European Union Ecolabel, or equivalent certification 34 will also be accepted. 35 36 The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of a manufacturer 37 catalog cut of the hydraulic fluid used. 38 39 The designation of biodegradable hydraulic fluid does not mean fluid spills are 40 acceptable. The Contractor shall respond to spills to land or water in accordance with 41 the Contract, the associated SPCC Plan, and all applicable local, state, and federal 42 regulations. 43 44 8-01.3(1)C7 Turbidity Curtain 45 All Work for the turbidity curtain shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's 46 recommendations for the site conditions. Removal procedures shall be developed and 47 used to minimize silt release and disturbance of silt. The Contractor shall submit a Type 48 2 Working Drawing, detailing product information, installation and removal procedures, 49 equipment and workforce needs, maintenance plans, and emergency 50 repair/replacement plans. 51 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 75 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Turbidity curtain materials, installation, and maintenance shall be sufficient to comply with water quality standards. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 10 days in advance of removing the turbidity curtain. All components of the turbidity curtain shall be removed from the project. 8-01.3(1)C1 Disposal of Dewatering Water This section is revised to read: When uncontaminated groundwater is encountered in an excavation on a project it may be infiltrated within vegetated areas of the right of way not designated as Sensitive Areas or incorporated into an existing stormwater conveyance system at a rate that will not cause erosion or flooding in any receiving surface water. Alternatively, the Contractor may pursue independent disposal and treatment alternatives that do not use the stormwater conveyance system provided it is in compliance with the applicable WACs and permits. 8-01.3(1)C2 Process Wastewater This section is revised to read: Wastewater generated on -site as a byproduct of a construction process shall not be discharged to surface waters of the State. Some sources of process wastewater may be infiltrated in accordance with the CSWGP. Some sources of process wastewater may be disposed via independent disposal and treatment alternatives in compliance with the applicable WACs and permits. 8-01.3(1)C3 Shaft Drilling Slurry Wastewater This section is revised to read: Wastewater generated on -site during shaft drilling activity shall be managed and disposed of in accordance with the requirements below. No shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be discharged to surface waters of the State. Neither the sediment nor liquid portions of the shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be contaminated, as detectable by visible or olfactory indication (e.g., chemical sheen or smell). Water -only shaft drilling slurry or water slurry with accepted flocculants may be infiltrated on -site. Flocculants used shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 14.5(1) or shall be chitosan products listed as General Use Level Designation (GULD) on the Washington State Department of Ecology's stormwater treatment technologies webpage for construction treatment. Infiltration is permitted if the following requirements are met: a. Wastewater shall have a pH of 6.5 — 8.5 prior to discharge. The amount of flocculant added to the slurry shall be kept to the minimum needed to adequately settle out solids. The flocculant shall be thoroughly mixed into the slurry. c. The slurry removed from the shaft shall be contained in a leak proof cell or tank for a minimum of 3 hours. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 76 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 d. The infiltration rate shall be reduced if needed to prevent wastewater from 2 leaving the infiltration location. The infiltration site shall be monitored 3 regularly during infiltration activity. All wastewater discharged to the 4 ground shall fully infiltrate and discharges shall stop before the end of 5 each work day. 6 7 e. Drilling spoils and settled sediments remaining in the containment cell or 8 tank shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 6-19.3(4)F. 9 10 f. Infiltration locations shall be in upland areas at least 150 feet away from 11 surface waters, wells, on -site sewage systems, aquifer sensitive recharge 12 areas, sole source aquifers, well head protection areas, and shall be 13 marked on the plan sheets before the infiltration activity begins. 14 15 g. Prior to infiltration, the Contractor shall submit a Shaft Drilling Slurry 16 Wastewater Management and Infiltration Plan as a Type 2 Working 17 Drawing. This Plan shall be kept on -site, adapted if needed to meet the 18 construction requirements, and updated to reflect what is being done in 19 the field. The Working Drawing shall include, at a minimum, the following 20 information: 21 22 i. Plan sheet showing the proposed infiltration location and all surface 23 waters, wells, on -site sewage systems, aquifer -sensitive recharge 24 areas, sole source aquifers, and well -head protection areas within 25 150 feet. 26 27 ii. The proposed elevation of soil surface receiving the wastewater for 28 infiltration and the anticipated phreatic surface (i.e., saturated soil). 29 30 iii. The source of the water used to produce the slurry. 31 32 iv. The estimated total volume of wastewater to be infiltrated. 33 34 v. The accepted flocculant to be used (if any). 35 36 vi. The controls or methods used to prevent surface wastewater runoff 37 from leaving the infiltration location. 38 39 vii. The strategy for removing slurry wastewater from the shaft and 40 containing the slurry wastewater once it has been removed from the 41 shaft. 42 43 viii. The strategy for monitoring infiltration activity and adapting methods 44 to ensure compliance. 45 46 ix. A contingency plan that can be implemented immediately if it 47 becomes evident that the controls in place or methods being used are 48 not adequate. 49 50 x. The strategy for cleaning up the infiltration location after the infiltration 51 activity is done. Cleanup shall include stabilizing any loose sediment 52 on the surface within the infiltration area generated as a byproduct of 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 77 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 suspended solids in the infiltrated wastewater or soil disturbance associated with BMP placement and removal. 2. Shaft drilling mineral slurry, synthetic slurry, or slurry with polymer additives not allowed for infiltration shall be contained and disposed of by the Contractor at an accepted disposal facility in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. Spoils that have come into contact with mineral slurry shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 6-19.3(4)F. 8-01.3(1)C4 Management of Off -Site Water This section is revised to read: Prior to clearing and grubbing, the Contractor shall intercept all sources of off -site surface water and overland flow that will run-on to the project. Off -site surface water run-on shall be diverted through or around the project in a way that does not introduce construction related pollution. It shall be diverted to its preconstruction discharge location in a manner that does not increase preconstruction flow rate and velocity and protects contiguous properties and waterways from erosion. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the method for performing this Work. 8-01.3(1)E Detention/Retention Pond Construction This section is revised to read: Permanent or temporary ponds shall be constructed before beginning other grading and excavation Work in the area that drains into that pond. Detention/retention ponds may be constructed concurrently with grading and excavation when allowed by the Engineer. Temporary conveyances shall be installed concurrently with grading in accordance with the TESC Plan so that newly graded areas drain to the pond as they are exposed. 8-01.3(2) Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching This section's title is revised to read: 8-01.3(2) Temporary Seeding and Mulching 8-01.3(2)A Preparation for Application This section is revised to read: A cleated roller, crawler tractor, or similar equipment, which forms longitudinal depressions at least 2 inches deep shall be used for compaction and preparation of the surface to be seeded. The entire area shall be uniformly covered with longitudinal depressions formed perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. The soil shall be conditioned with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until completion of the seeding. 8-01.3(2)A1 Seeding This section is deleted in its entirety. 8-01.3(2)A2 Temporary Seeding This section is deleted in its entirety. 8-01.3(2)B Seeding and Fertilizing This section, including title, is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 78 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 8-01.3(2)B Temporary Seeding Temporary grass seed shall be a commercially prepared mix, made up of low growing grass species that will grow without irrigation at the project location, and accepted by the Engineer. The application rate shall be two pounds per 1000 square feet. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer not less than 24 hours in advance of any seeding operation and shall not begin the Work until areas prepared or designated for seeding have been accepted. Following the Engineer's acceptance, seeding of the accepted slopes shall begin immediately. Temporary seeding may be sown at any time allowed by the Engineer. Temporary seeding shall be sown by one of the following methods: A hydro seeder that utilizes water as the carrying agent, and maintains continuous agitation through paddle blades. It shall have an operating capacity sufficient to agitate, suspend, and mix into a homogeneous slurry the specified amount of seed and water or other material. Distribution and discharge lines shall be large enough to prevent stoppage and shall be equipped with a set of hydraulic discharge spray nozzles that will provide a uniform distribution of the slurry. 2. Blower equipment with an adjustable disseminating device capable of maintaining a constant, measured rate of material discharge that will ensure an even distribution of seed at the rates specified. 3. Power -drawn drills or seeders. 4. Areas in which the above methods are impractical may be seeded by hand methods. When seeding by hand, the seed shall be incorporated into the top'/4 inch of soil by hand raking or other method that is allowed by the Engineer. Seed applied using a hydroseeder shall have a tracer added to visibly aid uniform application. This tracer shall not be harmful to plant, aquatic, or animal life. If Short - Term Mulch is used as a tracer, the application rate shall not exceed 250 pounds per acre. Seed and fertilizer may be applied in one application provided that the fertilizer is placed in the hydroseeder tank no more than 1 hour prior to application. 8-01.3(2)D Mulching This section, including title, is revised to read: 8-01.3(2)D Temporary Mulching Temporary mulch shall be straw, wood strand, or HECP mulch and shall be used for the purpose of erosion control by protecting bare soil surface from particle displacement. Mulch shall not be applied below the anticipated water level of ditch slopes, pond bottoms, and stream banks. HECP mulch shall not be used within the Ordinary High Water Mark. Non-HECP mulches applied below the anticipated water level shall be 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 79 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 removed or anchored down so that it cannot move or float, at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Straw or wood strand mulch shall be applied at a rate to achieve at least 95 percent visual blockage of the soil surface. Short Term Mulch shall be hydraulically applied at the rate of 2500 pounds per acre and may be applied in one lift. Moderate Term Mulch and Long Term Mulch shall be hydraulically applied at the rate of 3500 pounds per acre with no more than 2000 pounds applied in any single lift. Mulch sprayed on signs or sign Structures shall be removed the same day. Areas not accessible by mulching equipment shall be mulched by accepted hand methods. 8-01.3(2)F Dates for Application of Final Seed, Fertilizer, and Mulch This section is deleted in its entirety. 8-01.3(2)G Protection and Care of Seeded Areas This section is deleted in its entirety. 8-01.3(2)H Inspection This section is deleted in its entirety. 8-01.3(2)1 Mowing This section is deleted in its entirety. 8-01.3(3) Placing Biodegradable Erosion Control Blanket This section's title is revised to read: 8-01.3(3) Placing Erosion Control Blanket The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Erosion Control Blankets are used as an erosion prevention device and to enhance the establishment of vegetation. The second paragraph is revised to read: When used to enhance the establishment of seeded areas, seeding and fertilizing shall be done prior to blanket installation. 8-01.3(4) Placing Compost Blanket This section is revised to read: Compost blankets are used for erosion control. Compost blanket shall be only be placed on ground surfaces that are steeper than 3-foot horizontal and 1-foot vertical though steeper slopes shall be broken by wattles or compost socks placed according to the Standard Plans. Compost shall be placed to a depth of 3 inches over bare soil. An organic tackifier shall be placed over the entire composted area when dry or windy 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 80 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 conditions are present or expected. The tackifier shall be applied immediately after the application of compost to prevent compost from leaving the composted area. Medium compost shall be used for the compost blanket. Compost may serve the purpose of soil amendment as specified in Section 8-02.3(6). 8-01.3(5) Plastic Covering The first paragraph is revised to read: Erosion Control — Plastic coverings used to temporarily cover stockpiled materials, slopes or bare soils shall be installed and maintained in a way that prevents water from intruding under the plastic and prevents the plastic cover from being damaged by wind. Plastic coverings shall be placed with at least a 12-inch overlap of all seams and be a minimum of 6 mils thick. Use soil stabilization and energy dissipation BMPs to minimize the erosive energy flows coming off sloped areas of plastic (e.g., toe of slope). When feasible, prevent the clean runoff from plastic from hitting bare soil. Direct flows from plastic to stabilized outlet areas. 8-01.3(7) Stabilized Construction Entrance The first paragraph is revised to read: Temporary stabilized construction entrance shall be constructed in accordance with the Standard Plans, prior to construction vehicles entering the roadway from locations that generate sediment track out on the roadway. Material used for stabilized construction entrance shall be free of extraneous materials that may cause or contribute to track out. 8-01.3(8) Street Cleaning This section is revised to read: Self-propelled pickup street sweepers shall be used to remove and collect dirt and other debris from the Roadway. The street sweeper shall effectively collect these materials and prevent them from being washed or blown off the Roadway or into waters of the State. Street sweepers shall not generate fugitive dust and shall be designed and operated in compliance with applicable air quality standards. Material collected by the street sweeper shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. When allowed by the Engineer, power broom sweepers may be used in non -sensitive areas. The broom sweeper shall sweep dirt and other debris from the roadway into the work area. The swept material shall be prevented from entering or washing into waters of the State. Street washing with water will require the concurrence of the Engineer. 8-01.3(12) Compost Socks The first two sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: Compost socks are used to disperse flow and sediment. Compost socks shall be installed as soon as construction will allow but before flow conditions create erosive flows or discharges from the site. Compost socks shall be installed prior to any mulching or compost placement. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 81 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 8-01.3(13) Temporary Curb The last two sentences of the second paragraph are revised to read: Temporary curbs shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Temporary curb shall be installed so that ponding does not occur in the adjacent roadway. 8-01.3(14) Temporary Pipe Slope Drain The third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: The pipe fittings shall be water tight and the pipe secured to the slope with metal posts, wood stakes, or sand bags. The water shall be discharged to a stabilized conveyance, sediment trap, stormwater pond, rock splash pad, or vegetated strip, in a manner to prevent erosion and maintain water quality compliance. The last paragraph is deleted. 8-01.3(15) Maintenance This section is revised to read: Erosion and sediment control BMPs shall be maintained or adaptively managed as required by the CSWGP until the Engineer determines they are no longer needed. When deficiencies in functional performance are identified, the deficiencies shall be rectified immediately. The BMPs shall be inspected on the schedule outlined in Section 8-01.3(1)B for damage and sediment deposits. Damage to or undercutting of BMPs shall be repaired immediately. In areas where the Contractor's activities have compromised the erosion control functions of the existing grasses, the Contractor shall overseed at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. The quarry spalls of construction entrances shall be refreshed, replaced, or screened to maintain voids between the spalls for collecting mud and dirt. Unless otherwise specified, when the depth of accumulated sediment and debris reaches approximately'/3 the height of the BMP the deposits shall be removed. Debris or contaminated sediment shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2- 03.3(7)C. Clean sediments may be stabilized on -site using BMPs as allowed by the Engineer. 8-01.3(16) Removal This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall remove all temporary BMPs, all associated hardware and associated accumulated sediment deposition from the project limits prior to Physical Completion unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. When the temporary BMP materials are made of natural plant fibers unaltered by synthetic materials the Engineer may allow leaving the BMP in place. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 82 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The Contractor shall remove BMPs and associated hardware in a way that minimizes soil disturbance. The Contractor shall permanently stabilize all bare and disturbed soil after removal of BMPs. If the installation and use of the erosion control BMPs have compacted or otherwise rendered the soil inhospitable to plant growth, such as construction entrances, the Contractor shall take measures to rehabilitate the soil to facilitate plant growth. This may include, but is not limited to, ripping the soil, incorporating soil amendments, or seeding with the specified seed. At the request of the Contractor and at the sole discretion of the Engineer the CSWGP may be transferred back to the Contracting Agency. Approval of the Transfer of Coverage request will require the following: All other Work required for Contract Completion has been completed. 2. All Work required for compliance with the CSWGP has been completed to the maximum extent possible. This includes removal of BMPs that are no longer needed and the site has undergone all Stabilization identified for meeting the requirements of Final Stabilization in the CSWGP. 3. An Equitable Adjustment change order for the cost of Work that has not been completed by the Contractor. 4. Submittal of the Washington State Department of Ecology Transfer of Coverage form (Ecology form ECY 020-87a) to the Engineer. If the Engineer approves the transfer of coverage back to the Contracting Agency, the requirement in Section 1-07.5(3) for the Contractor's submittal of the Notice of Termination form to the Washington State Department of Ecology will not apply. 8-01.4 Measurement This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 8-01.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) When the Bid Proposal contains the item "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention" there will be no measurement of unit or force account items for Work defined in Section 8-01 except as described in Sections 8-01.4(3) and 8-01.4(4). Also, except as described in Section 8-01.4(3), all of Sections 8-01.4(2) and 8-01.5(2) are deleted. 8-01.4(2) Item Bids When the Proposal does not contain the items "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention", Section 8-01.4(1) and 8-01.5(1) are deleted and the Bid Proposal will contain some or all of the following items measured as noted. ESC lead will be measured per day for each day that an inspection is made and a report is filed. Erosion control blanket and plastic covering will be measured by the square yard along the ground slope line of surface area covered and accepted. Turbidity curtains will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the installed curtain. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 83 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Check dams will be measured per linear foot one time only along the ground line of the completed check dam. No additional measurement will be made for check dams that are required to be rehabilitated or replaced due to wear. Stabilized construction entrances will be measured by the square yard by ground slope measurement for each entrance constructed. Tire wash facilities will be measured per each for each tire wash installed. Street cleaning will be measured by the hour for the actual time spent cleaning pavement, refilling with water, dumping and transport to and from cleaning locations within the project limits, as authorized by the Engineer. Time to mobilize the equipment to or from the project limits on which street cleaning is required will not be measured. Inlet protections will be measured per each for each initial installation at a drainage structure. Silt fence, gravel filter, compost berms, and wood chip berms will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed barrier. Wattles and compost socks will be measured by the linear foot. Temporary curbs will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed installation. Temporary pipe slope drains will be measured by the linear foot along the flow line of the pipe. Coir logs will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed installation. Outlet protections will be measured per each initial installation at an outlet location. Temporary seeding, temporary mulching, and tackifiers will be measured by the acre by ground slope measurement. Compost blanket will be measured by the square yard by ground slope surface area covered and accepted. 8-01.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention The Contract Provisions may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with Section 8-01.4(1) and also include one or more of the items included above in Section 8-01.4(2). When that occurs, the corresponding measurement provision in Section 8- 01.4(2) is not deleted and the Work under that item will be measured as specified. 8-01.4(4) Items not included with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention Compost blanket will be measured by the square yard by ground slope surface area covered and accepted. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 84 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Temporary mulch will be measured by the acre by ground slope surface area covered and accepted. High visibility fence will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed fence. 8-01.5 Payment This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 8-01.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) Payment will be made for the following Bid item when it is included in the Proposal: "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention", lump sum. The lump sum Contract price for "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention" shall be full pay to perform the Work as described in Section 8-01 except for costs compensated by Bid Proposal items inserted through Contract Provisions as described in Section 8-01.4(2). Progress payments for the lump sum item "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention" will be made as follows: The Contracting Agency will pay 15 percent of the bid amount for the initial set up for the item. Initial set up includes the following: a. Acceptance of the TESC Plan provided by the Contracting Agency or submittal of a new TESC Plan, b. Submittal of a schedule for the installation of the BMPs, and c. Identifying water quality sampling locations. 2. 70 percent of the bid amount will be paid in accordance with Section 1- 09.9. 3. Once the project is physically complete and copies of the all reports submitted to the Washington State Department of Ecology have been submitted to the Engineer, and, if applicable, transference of the CSWGP back to the Contracting Agency is complete, the remaining 15 percent of the bid amount shall be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.9. 8-01.5(2) Item Bids "ESC Lead", per day. "Turbidity Curtain", per linear foot. "Erosion Control Blanket", per square yard. "Plastic Covering", per square yard. "Check Dam", per linear foot. "Inlet Protection", per each. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 85 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 "Gravel Filter Berm", per linear foot. "Stabilized Construction Entrance", per square yard. "Street Cleaning", per hour. "Silt Fence", per linear foot. "Wood Chip Berm", per linear foot. "Compost Berm", per linear foot. "Wattle", per linear foot. "Compost Sock", per linear foot. "Coir Log", per linear foot. "Temporary Curb", per linear foot. "Temporary Pipe Slope Drain", per linear foot. "Temporary Seeding", per acre. "Temporary Mulching", per acre. "Compost Blanket", per square yard. "Outlet Protection", per each. "Tackifier", per acre. "Erosion/Water Pollution Control", by force account as provided in Section 1-09.6. Maintenance and removal of erosion and water pollution control devices including removal and disposal of sediment, stabilization and rehabilitation of soil disturbed by these activities, and any additional Work deemed necessary by the Engineer to control erosion and water pollution will be paid by force account in accordance with Section 1-09.6. To provide a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the Proposal to become a part of the Contractor's total Bid. 8-01.5(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention The Contract may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with Section 8- 01.4(1) and also reinstate the measurement of one or more of the items described in Section 8-01.4(2), except for Erosion/Water Pollution Control, by force account. When that occurs, the corresponding payment provision in Section 8-01.5(2) is not deleted and the Work under that item will be paid as specified. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 86 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 8-01.5(4) Items not included with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention Payment will be made for the following Bid item when it is included in the Proposal: "High Visibility Fence", per linear foot. 8-02.AP8 Section 8-02, Roadside Restoration April 1, 2019 This section, including all subsections, is revised to read: 8-02.1 Description This Work consists of preserving, maintaining, establishing and augmenting vegetation on the roadsides and within mitigation or sundry site areas. It includes vegetation preservation, weed and pest control, furnishing and placing topsoil, compost, and soil amendments, and furnishing and planting seed, sod and plants of all forms and container types. It includes performing plant establishment activities and soil bioengineering. Work shall be performed in accordance with these Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer. Trees, whips, shrubs, ground covers, cuttings, live stakes, live poles, live branches, rhizomes, tubers, rootstock, and seedlings will hereinafter be referred to collectively as "plants" or "plant material". Grass, wildflowers, and other plant materials installed in seed form will hereinafter be referred to collectively as "seed". 8-02.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 9-14 Water 9-25.2 Botanical identification and nomenclature of plant materials shall be based on descriptions by Hitchcock and Cronquist in "Flora of the Pacific Northwest". Botanical identification and nomenclature of plant material not found in "Flora" shall be based on Bailey in "Hortus Third" or superseding editions and amendments or as referenced in the Plans. 8-02.3 Construction Requirements 8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction The Contractor shall prepare, install, and ensure adequate and proper care of all roadside seeded, planted, and lawn areas on the project until all plant establishment periods required by the Contract are complete or until Physical Completion of the project, whichever is last. Adequate and proper care shall include, but is not limited to, keeping all plant material in a healthy, growing condition by watering, pruning, and other actions deemed necessary for plant health. This Work shall include keeping the project area free from insect infestation, weeds or unwanted vegetation, litter, and other debris along with retaining the finished grades and mulch in a neat uniform condition. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 87 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Existing desirable vegetation shall be saved and protected unless removal is required by the Contract or allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the maintenance and appearance of the roadside restoration. 8-02.3(2) Work Plans Three Work Plan submittals exist under this Section: Roadside Work Plan: This plan is required when Work will disturb the roadside beyond 20 feet from the pavement or where trees or native vegetation will be removed, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing. 2. Weed and Pest Control Plan: This plan is required when the proposal contains the item "Weed and Pest Control," and prior to application of any chemicals or weed control activities, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing. 3. Plant Establishment Plan: This plan is required when the proposal contains the item "PSIPE_", and prior to completion of Initial Planting, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing. 8-02.3(2)A Roadside Work Plan The Roadside Work Plan shall define the expected impacts to the roadside and restoration resulting from Work necessary to meet all Contract requirements. The Contractor shall define how the roadside restoration Work included in the Contract will be phased and coordinated with project Work such as earthwork, staging, access, erosion and water pollution control, irrigation, etc. The Roadside Work Plan shall include the following: 2. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Limiting impacts to roadsides: a. Limits of Work including locations of staging or parking. b. Means and methods for vegetation protection (in accordance with Section 1-07.16(2)). c. Locations outside of clearing limits where vegetation shall be removed to provide access routes or other needs to accomplish the Work. d. Plans for removal, preservation and stockpile of topsoil or other native materials, if outside of clearing and grubbing limits and within the project limits. Roadside Restoration: a. Plan for propagation and procurement of plants, ground preparation for planting, and installation of plants. Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 88 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 b. Means and methods to limit soil compaction where seeding and planting are to occur, such as steel plates, hog fuel access roads, wood mats for sensitive areas (including removal) and decompaction for unavoidable impacts. c. Plan and timing to incorporate or remove erosion control items. 3. Lawn Installation: a. Schedule for lawn installation work. b. Establishment and maintenance of lawns. 8-02.3(2)B Weed and Pest Control Plan The Weed and Pest Control Plan shall describe all weed and pest control needs for the project. The plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed Commercial Pest Control Operator or Consultant. The plan for control of weeds and pests on the Contract in accordance with Section 8-02.3(3) shall include the following: Names of plan preparer and pesticide operators, including contact information. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer evidence that all operators are licensed with appropriate endorsements, and that the pesticide used is registered for use by the Washington State Department of Agriculture. 2. Means and methods of weed control, including mechanical and/or chemical. 3. Schedule for weed control including re-entry times for pesticide application by pesticide type. 4. Proposed pesticide use in accordance with Section 8-02.3(3)A: name, application rate, and Safety Data Sheets of all proposed pesticides. Include a copy of the current product label for each pesticide to be used. 5. Plan to ensure worker safety until pesticide re-entry periods are met. 8-02.3(2)C Plant Establishment Plan The Plant Establishment Plan shall describe activities necessary to ensure continued health and vigor of planted and seeded areas in accordance with the requirements of Sections 8-02.3(12) and 8-02.3(13). Should the plan become unworkable at any time during the first -year plant establishment, the Contractor shall submit a revised plan prior to proceeding with further Work. The Plant Establishment Plan shall include: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Proposed scheduling of joint inspection meetings, activities, materials, equipment to be utilized for the first -year plant establishment. Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 89 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 2. Proposed adaptive management activities to ensure successful establishment of seeded, sodded, and planted areas. 3. A contact person. 4. Management of the irrigation system, when applicable. 8-02.3(3) Weed and Pest Control The Contractor shall control weed and pest species within the project limits using integrated pest management principles consisting of mechanical, biological, and chemical controls that are outlined in the Weed and Pest Control Plan or as designated by the Engineer. Controlling weeds consists of killing and removing weeds by chemical, mechanical, and hand methods. 8-02.3(3)A Chemical Pesticides Chemical pesticides include, but are not restricted to, any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling or mitigating any pest, including but not limited to, insecticides, herbicides, fungicides, adjuvants, and additives, including plant regulators, defoliants and desiccants. The Contractor shall apply chemical pesticides in accordance with the label recommendations, the Washington State Department of Ecology, local sensitive area ordinances, and Washington State Department of Agriculture laws and regulations. Only those pesticides listed in the table Herbicides Approved for Use on WSDOT Rights of Way and accepted as part of the Weed and Pest Control Plan or by written authorization from the Engineer may be used (www.wsdot.wa.gov/maintenance/roadside/herbicide use.htm). The applicator shall be licensed by the State of Washington as a Commercial Applicator or Commercial Operator, with additional endorsements as required by the Special Provisions or the proposed weed control plan. All chemical pesticides shall be delivered to the job site in the original containers, or if pre- mixed off -site, a certification of the components and formulation from the supplier is required. The licensed applicator or operator shall complete WSDOT Form 540-509, Commercial Pesticide Application Record, each day the pesticide is applied and furnish a copy to the Engineer by the following business day. The Contractor shall ensure confinement of the chemicals within the designated areas. The use of spray chemical pesticides shall require the use of anti -drift and activating agents and a spray pattern indicator unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for rendering any area unsatisfactory for planting by reason of chemical application. Damage to adjacent areas, either on or off the Highway Right of Way, shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer or the property owner at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 8-02.3(3)B Planting and Lawn Area Weed Control Planting and lawn area weed control consists of controlling weeds and pests in planted and lawn areas shown in the Plans. This Work is included in the bid items for planting and lawn installation. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 90 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 All planting and lawn areas shall be prepared so that they are weed and debris free at the time of planting and until completion of the project. The planting areas shall include the entire ground surface, regardless of cover, areas around plants, and those areas shown in the Plans. Within planting or lawn areas, all species that are not shown in the Plans are unwanted and shall be controlled unless specifically allowed by the Engineer to remain. Grass growing within the mulch ring of a plant, including grass applied in accordance with Sections 8-01.3(2)A1, 8-02.3(9) or 8-02.3(10), shall be considered a weed and shall be controlled on the project in accordance with the weed and pest control plan. All applications of post -emergent herbicides shall be made while green and growing tissue is present. Residual herbicides shall not be used where rhizomatous species or perennial species are indicated. Should unwanted vegetation reach the flowering and seed stage in violation of these Specifications, the Contractor shall physically remove and bag the seed heads prior to seed dispersion. All physically removed vegetation and seed heads shall be disposed of off -site at no cost to the Contracting Agency. 8-02.3(3)C Project Area Weed and Pest Control The Contractor shall control weeds not otherwise covered in accordance with Section 8-02.3(3)B, in all areas within the project limits, including erosion control seeding areas and vegetation preservation areas, as designated by the Engineer. When the Bid Item "Project Area Weed and Pest Control" is included in the Contract, the Contractor shall also control all weeds specified as noxious by the Washington State Department of Agriculture, the local Weed District, or the County Noxious Weed Control Board outside of planting areas within the project limits. 8-02.3(4) Topsoil Topsoil shall not be worked or placed when the ground or topsoil is frozen, or excessively wet. The Contractor shall protect topsoil stockpiled for project use to prevent erosion and weed growth. Weed growth on topsoil stockpile sites shall be immediately eliminated in accordance with the accepted Weed and Pest Control Plan and Section 8-02.3(3)C. The subsoil where topsoil is to be placed shall be tilled to a depth of 1 foot or as specified in the Special Provisions or the Plans. Topsoil of the type specified shall be evenly spread over the specified areas to the depth shown in the Plans or as otherwise ordered by the Engineer. Topsoil depths greater than 6 inches shall be placed in lifts no more than 6 inches in depth. The first lift of topsoil shall be incorporated with sub -soil to a depth of 8 inches and subsequent lifts placed and lightly tamped between lifts. After the topsoil has been spread, all large clods, hard 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 91 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 lumps, and rocks 2 inches in diameter and larger, and litter shall be raked up, removed, and disposed. 8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A Topsoil Type A shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall submit a certification by the supplier that the contents of the Topsoil meet the requirements in the Special Provisions. 8-02.3(4)B Topsoil Type B Topsoil Type B shall be naturally occurring topsoil taken from within the project limits and shall meet the requirements of Section 9-14.1(2). Topsoil Type B shall be taken from areas shown in the Plans to the designated depth and stockpiled at locations that will not interfere with the construction of the project, and outside of sensitive areas, as allowed by the Engineer. A minimum of two weeks prior to excavation of Topsoil Type B, the Contractor shall pre -treat the vegetation on the designated Topsoil Type B areas according to the Weed and Pest Control Plan. Areas beyond the slope stakes shall be disturbed as little as possible in the above operations and under no circumstances shall Topsoil Type B be stockpiled within 10 feet of any existing tree or vegetation area designated to be saved and protected. The Contractor shall protect topsoil stockpile from weed infestation. The Contractor shall set aside sufficient material to satisfy the needs of the project. Upon completion of topsoil placement, the Contractor shall dispose of remaining stockpiled Topsoil Type B not required for use on the project at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 2- 03.3(7)C. Should a shortage of Topsoil Type B occur, and the Contractor has wasted or otherwise disposed of topsoil material, the Contractor shall furnish Topsoil Type A or C at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 8-02.3(4)C Topsoil Type C Topsoil Type C shall be naturally occurring topsoil obtained from a source provided by the Contractor outside of the Contracting Agency -owned Right of Way. Topsoil Type C shall meet the requirements of Sections 8-02.3(4)B and 9-14.1(3). The Contractor shall not begin removal of Topsoil Type C from the proposed source until the material has been allowed for use by the Engineer. 8-02.3(5) Roadside Seeding, Lawn and Planting Area Preparation This Work includes preparing worked areas for the installation of all types of permanent erosion control planting. Work shall be conducted so the flow lines in drainage channels are maintained. Material displaced by the Contractor's operations that interferes with drainage shall be removed from the channel and disposed of as allowed by the Engineer. 8-02.3(5)A Seeding Area Preparation The Contractor shall prepare roadside seeding areas as follows: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 92 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Remove all excess material, debris, stumps, and rocks greater than 3 inches in diameter from areas to be seeded. Dispose of removed materials offsite. 2. Prepare roadside seeding area to a weed free and bare condition. 3. Bring area to uniform grade and install topsoil, soil amendments, or compost as specified. Any slopes 3(H) to 1(V) or steeper shall not be tilled unless otherwise specified. 4. Compact to provide a reasonably firm but friable seedbed; tractor walk to uniformly cover the surface with longitudinal depressions at least 2 inches deep formed perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. Condition the soil with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until completion of the seeding. 5. Seed and mulch within 2 days of preparation. 8-02.3(5)B Lawn Area Preparation The Contractor shall prepare lawn areas as follows: Prepare lawn area to a weed free and bare condition in accordance with Section 8-02.3(3)B. 2. Remove excess material, stumps, wood or rocks over 3 inches in diameter and remove from site. 3. Bring area to uniform grade and install topsoil or soil amendments in accordance with Section 8-02.3(4) and 8-02.3(6). 4. Till to an 8-inch depth, rake to a smooth even grade without low areas that trap water, and compact with a 50-pound roller. The finished grade of the soil shall be 1 inch below the top of all curbs, junction and valve boxes, walks, driveways, and other Structures. 5. Seed or sod the area within two days of preparation. 8-02.3(5)C Planting Area Preparation The Contractor shall prepare planting areas as follows: 2. 4 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Prepare planting area to a weed free and bare condition in accordance with Section 8-02.3(3)B. Decompact soil to a depth of 18 inches where construction activities have taken place or where native soils are compacted. Return soil to uniform grade even with surrounding areas, leaving no holes or mounds over 3 inches in depth or height. Remove excess material, stumps, wood or rocks over 3 inches in diameter and remove from site. Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 93 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 5. Apply compost or other amendments as indicated in the plans and in accordance with Section 8-02.3(6). 6. Cultivate amendments to a depth of 12 inches to provide a reasonably firm but friable planting area. Do not till any slopes 3(H) to 1(V) or steeper. 7. Return soil to a uniform finished grade, 1 inch, or the specified depth of mulch plus 1 inch, below walks, curbs, junction and valve boxes, catch basins, and driveways, unless otherwise specified. 8. Begin planting and mulching the area within two days of final preparation. 8-02.3(6) Soil Amendments The Contractor shall place soil amendments of the type, quality, and quantities specified where shown in the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions. Areas receiving soil amendments shall be bare soil or vegetation free prior to application. All soil amendments shall be installed as shown in the Plans within 30 calendar days after delivery to the project site. 8-02.3(6)A Compost Compost used for soil amendments shall be Fine Compost unless otherwise designated in the Plans. When compost blanket is used for temporary erosion control, the compost blanket may be incorporated into the soil immediately prior to planting when used as compost soil amendment. The area shall be prepared in accordance with Section 8-02.3(5) prior to placing compost. 8-02.3(6)B Fertilizers The Contractor shall apply fertilizer in the form, mixture, and rate specified in the Special Provisions or as directed by the Engineer. Application procedures shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall submit a guaranteed fertilizer analysis label for the selected product a minimum of one week prior to application for acceptance. Following the Engineer's acceptance, fertilizing of the accepted ground or vegetated surfaces shall begin immediately. In seeding and lawn areas to be fertilized, the fertilizer shall be applied concurrently with the seed. When fertilizer is hydraulically applied, the fertilizer shall be suitable for application with seeding as specified in Section 8- 02.3(9)C. If hydroseeding, the fertilizer shall be placed in the hydroseeder tank no more than 1 hour prior to application. Fertilizers for planting areas shall be applied concurrently with compost and applied prior to incorporation, unless tablet form fertilizer is specified. Where tablet form fertilizer is specified, fertilizer shall be applied concurrently with plant installation. Fertilizer sprayed on signs or sign structures shall be removed the same day. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 94 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Areas not accessible by fertilizing equipment shall be fertilized by allowed hand methods. Second Application: A second application of fertilizer shall be applied as specified in the Special Provisions at the locations designated in the Plans. The fertilizer shall be applied during the months of March, April, or May of the following year after the initial seeding, planting, or lawn installation. The fertilizer shall be dry granular pellets or pearls and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or as specified in the Special Provisions. 8-02.3(7) Layout of Planting, Lawn and Seeding Areas The Contractor shall lay out and prepare planting and lawn areas and receive the Engineer's acceptance of layout and preparation prior to any installation activities. The Contractor shall stake the location of all trees larger than 1-inch caliper and the perimeter of all planting areas for acceptance by the Engineer prior to any installation activities. The Contractor shall locate all trees to be planted in mowable grass areas a minimum of 10 feet from the edge of planting areas, other trees, fence lines, and bottom of ditches unless otherwise specified. Tree locations shown in the Plans shall be considered approximate unless shown with stationing and offset distance. In irrigated areas, trees shall be located so their trunk is a minimum of/3 of the spray radius away from the nearest sprinkler head. Unless otherwise shown, planting areas located adjacent to Roadways shall begin 6 feet from the edge of shoulder on roadway fills and begin 5 feet up on the back slope from the bottom on roadway cut sections. Plants within planting areas shall be located such that mature branching pattern will not block sight distance, signs, or other traffic -related devices. No trees shall be placed where the mature canopy will grow to within 10 feet of existing power lines. Where roadside ditches are present, planting areas shall begin 5 feet from the centerline of the ditch unless shown otherwise in the Plans. 8-02.3(8) Planting 8-02.3(8)A Dates and Conditions for Planting No plant material shall be planted until it has been inspected and accepted for planting by the Engineer. Rejected material shall be removed from the project site immediately. All plants for the project or a sufficient quantity to plant 1-acre of the site, whichever is less, shall be received on site prior to the Engineer beginning inspection of the plants. Under no circumstances will planting be permitted during unsuitable soil or weather conditions as determined by the Engineer. Unsuitable conditions may include frozen soil, freezing weather, saturated soil, standing water, high winds, heavy rains, and high water levels. The ground shall be moist at the time of planting. All planting shall be accomplished during the following periods: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Non -Irrigated Plant Material Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 95 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Western Washington (West of the Cascade Mountain Crest) — October 1 to March 1. Eastern Washington (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest) — October 1 to November 15. 2. Irrigated Plant Material In irrigated areas, plant material shall not be installed until the irrigation system is fully operational and accepted by the Engineer. Trees and shrubs may be planted in irrigated areas during the non -irrigated planting window before the irrigation system is functional with the written concurrence of the Engineer only if the irrigation system is guaranteed to be operational prior to the end of the non -irrigated planting window. 8-02.3(8)B Plant Installation The Contractor shall handle plant material in the following manner: Root systems shall be kept covered and damp at all times. Plant material shall be kept in containers until the time of planting. 2. Roots shall not be bunched, curled, twisted, or unreasonably bent when placed in the planting hole. Bare root plant material shall be dormant at the time of harvesting and planting. The root systems of all bare root plant material shall be dipped in a slurry immediately prior to planting. 3. Plant material supplied in wrapped balls shall not be removed from the wrapping until the time of planting at the planting location. The root system of balled plant material shall be moist at the time of planting. Root balls shall be loosened prior to planting. All burlap, baskets, string, wire and other such materials shall be removed from the hole when planting balled plants. 4. Plant cutting material shall be dormant at the time of cutting and planting. All cuttings shall be installed immediately if buds begin to swell. 5. Plants shall be placed with the crown at the finished grade. In their final position, plants shall have their top true root (not adventitious root) no more than 1 inch below the soil surface, no matter where that root was located in the original root ball or container. The backfill material, including container and root ball soil, shall be thoroughly watered on the same day that planting occurs regardless of season. When installing plants, the Contractor shall dig planting holes three times the diameter of the container or root ball size. Any glazed surface of the planting hole shall be roughened prior to planting. 8-02.3(8)C Pruning, Staking, Guying, and Wrapping Plants shall be pruned at the time of planting, only to remove minor broken or damaged twigs, branches or roots. Pruning shall be performed with a sharp tool and shall be done in such a manner as to retain or to encourage natural 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 96 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 growth characteristics of the plants. All other pruning shall be performed only after the plants have been in the ground at least 1 year and when plants are dormant. Trees shall only be staked when so noted in the Plans. Each tree shall be staked or guyed before completion of the backfilling in accordance with the details shown in the Plans. Trees shall be wrapped when so noted in the Plans. 8-02.3(9) Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching For all seed, the Contractor shall furnish the following documentation to the Engineer: The state or provincial seed dealer license and endorsements. 2. Copies of Washington State Department of Agriculture (WSDA) test results on each lot of seed. Test results shall be within six months prior to the date of application. 8-02.3(9)A Dates for Application of Seed Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall apply seed for permanent erosion control during the following periods: Western Washington' Eastern Washington (West of the Cascade Mountain (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest) Crest March 1 through May 15 October 1 through November 15 September 1 through October 1 'Seeding may be allowed outside these dates when allowed by the Engineer. All roadway excavation and embankment ground surfaces that are completed to final grades shall be prepared and seeded during the first available seeding window. When environmental conditions are not conducive to satisfactory results, the Engineer may suspend the seeding Work until such time that the desired results are likely to be obtained. If seeding is suspended, temporary erosion control methods according to Section 8-01 shall be used to protect the bare soil until seeding conditions improve. 8-02.3(9)B Seeding and Fertilizing The Contractor shall prepare the seeding area in accordance with Section 8- 02.3(5)A and apply seed at the rate and mix specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer within 5 days in advance of any seeding operation and shall not begin the Work until areas prepared or designated for seeding have been accepted. Following the Engineer's acceptance, seeding of the accepted ground surfaces shall begin immediately. Seeding shall not be done during windy weather or when the ground is frozen, or excessively wet. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 97 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 When seeding by hand, the seed shall be incorporated into the top % inch of soil by hand raking or other method that is allowed by the Engineer. Seed applied as a separate operation using a hydroseeder shall have a tracer added to visibly aid uniform application. The tracer shall be HECP Short -Term Mulch applied at a rate of 200 to 250 pounds per acre and the tracer shall carry the measured specified seeding rate. 8-02.3(9)C Seeding with Fertilizers and Mulches When the Proposal includes any variation of seeding, fertilizing, and without mulching, the seed and fertilizer shall be applied in one application followed by mulching. West of the Cascade Mountains, seed, fertilizer, and mulch may be completely applied in one application. East of the Cascades, seeding, fertilizing, and mulching shall not be applied as a single application unless allowed by the Engineer in writing prior to application. The fertilizing and mulching shall meet the requirements of Sections 8-02.3(6) and 8-02.3(11). 8-02.3(9)D Inspection Seeded areas will be inspected upon completion of seeding, fertilizing, and mulching. The Work in any area will not be measured for payment until a uniform distribution of the materials is accomplished at the specified rate. Areas that have not received a uniform application of seed, fertilizer, and mulch at the specified rate, as determined by the Engineer, shall be re -seeded, re -fertilized, or re -mulched prior to payment for seeding within a designated area. 8-02.3(9)E Protection and Care of Seeded Areas The Contractor shall install and establish a stable and weed free stand of grass as specified within all designated permanent seeding areas. A stable stand of grass shall meet the following requirements: A dense and uniform canopy cover, 70% for Western Washington and 50% for Eastern Washington, of specified species covers all seeded areas after 3 months of active growth following germination during the growing season. Canopy cover is defined as the cover of living and vigorous grass blades, leaves, and shoots of specified species. Volunteer species, weeds, woody plants, or other undesirable vegetation shall not factor into the canopy cover. Growth and establishment may require supplemental irrigation to meet cover requirements. 2. Stand health is evident by vigorously growing planted species having a uniform rich -green appearance and with no dead patches or major gaps of growth. A stand of grass that displays rusting, wilting, stunted growth, disease, yellowing or browning of leaves, or bare patches does not meet the stand health requirement. 3. The Contractor shall establish a stable stand of grass free of all weeds, non -specified grasses, and other undesirable vegetation. Weed control shall be in accordance with the Weed and Pest Control Plan and occur on a monthly basis during the establishment period and through the life of the Contract. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 98 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 4. Remove all trash, rocks, construction debris, and other obstructions that may be detrimental to the continued establishment of future seeding. In addition to the requirements of Section 1-07.13(1), restoration of eroded areas including clean up, removal, and proper disposal of eroded material, filling and raking of eroded areas with Topsoil Type A or fine compost, and re- application of the specified seed, fertilizer, and mulch shall occur at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 8-02.3(10) Lawn Installation 8-02.3(10)A Dates and Conditions for Lawn Installation In irrigated areas, lawn installation shall not begin until the irrigation system is fully operational. Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, seeded lawn installation shall be performed during the following time periods at the location shown: Western Washington Eastern Washington (West of the Cascade Mountain (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest) Crest March 1 through May 15 October 1 through November 15 September 1 through October 1 When irrigation system is operational When irrigation system is operational March 1 through October 1 March 1 through November 1 8-02.3(10)B Lawn Seeding and Sodding The Contractor shall prepare the lawn area in accordance with Section 8- 02.3(5) and apply seed at the mix and rate of application as specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall have the option of sodding in lieu of seeding for lawn installation at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Seeding in lieu of sodding will not be allowed. Seed placed by hand shall be raked into the soil. Following raking, the seeded soil shall be rolled with a smooth 50-pound roller. Sod strips shall be placed within 48 hours of being cut. Placement shall be without voids and have the end joints staggered. Following placement, the sod shall be rolled with a smooth roller to establish contact with the soil. Barriers shall be erected, with warning signs where necessary, to preclude pedestrian traffic access to the newly placed lawn during the establishment period. 8-02.3(10)C Lawn Establishment Lawn establishment shall consist of caring for all new lawn areas within the limits of the project. The lawn establishment period shall begin immediately after the lawn seeding or sodding has been accepted by the Engineer and shall extend to the end of 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 99 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 four mowings or 20 working days whichever is longer. The mowings shall be done in accordance with Section 8-02.3(10)D. During the lawn establishment period, the Contractor shall ensure the continuing healthy growth of the turf. This care shall include keeping the project in a presentable condition including, but not limited to, removal of litter, mowing, trimming, removal of grass clippings, edging, fertilization, insecticide and fungicide applications, weed control, watering, repairing the irrigation system, and repair and reseeding all damaged areas. Temporary barriers shall be removed only when directed by the Engineer. All Work performed under lawn establishment shall comply with established turf management practices. Acceptance of lawn planting as specified will be based on a uniform stand of grass and a uniform grade at the time of final inspection. The Contractor shall recultivate, re -grade, reseed, and refertilize areas that are bare or have a poor stand of grass or not having a uniform grade through any cause before final inspection at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 8-02.3(10)D Lawn Mowing Lawn mowing shall begin immediately after the lawn establishment period has been accepted by the Engineer and shall extend to the end of the Contract or the first -year plant establishment, whichever is last. The Contractor shall accomplish the following minimum requirements: Mow, trim, and edge as often as conditions dictate, at a minimum, once per week between April and September. Maximum height of lawn shall not exceed 3 inches. The cutting height shall be 2 inches. Cuttings, trimmings, and edgings shall be disposed of off the project site. When the Engineer allows the use of a mulching mower, trimmings may be left in place. 2. Water as often as conditions dictate depending on weather and soil conditions. 3. Provide fertilizer, weed control, water, and other measures as necessary to establish and maintain a healthy stand of grass. 8-02.3(11) Mulch Mulches associated with seeding and planting shall be of the type specified in the Special Provisions or as indicated in the Plans. The Contractor shall evenly apply mulch at the rates indicated in the Plans. Mulches shall not be placed below the anticipated water level of ditch slopes, pond bank slopes, and stream banks, or in areas of standing or flowing water. 8-02.3(11)A Mulch for Seeding Areas The Contractor shall furnish and evenly apply Hydraulically Applied Erosion Control Product (HECP) Long Term Mulch at the rates indicated and in accordance with the Manufacturer's specifications unless otherwise specified. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 100 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 HECP Long Term Mulch shall be hydraulically applied at the rate of 3500 pounds per acre with no more than 2000 pounds applied in any single lift. HECP mulch shall not be used within the Ordinary High Water Mark. Mulch sprayed on signs or sign Structures shall be removed the same day. Areas not accessible by mulching equipment shall be mulched by accepted hand methods. HECP Long Term Mulch may be applied with seed and fertilizer west of the summit of the Cascade Range. East of the summit of the Cascade Range, seed and fertilizer shall be applied in a single application followed by the application of mulch. 8-02.3(11)B Bark or Woodchip Mulch The Contractor shall apply bark or wood chip mulch of the type and depth specified where shown in the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall complete final grading and placement/incorporation of soil amendments within the planting area prior to placement of mulch. Areas receiving bark mulch shall be bare soil or vegetation free before application, except where trees and other plants are specifically identified in the Plans or designated by the Engineer to be saved and protected. Bark or wood chip mulch shall be placed to a uniform non -compacted depth of 3 inches over all planting areas unless otherwise specified. Mulch shall be feathered to the base of the plant and 1 inch below the top of junction and valve boxes, curbs, and pavement edges. Any contamination of the mulch due to the Contractor's operations shall be corrected to its former condition at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Mulch placed to a thickness greater than specified shall be at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall keep plant material crowns, runners, and branches free of mulch at all times. 8-02.3(11)C Bark or Woodchip Mulch Rings The Contractor shall apply mulch rings around plants installed within existing vegetation areas or within seeded areas as shown in the Plans. Bark or wood chip mulch rings shall be applied to the surface of vegetation free amended soil in the isolated plant locations where shown in the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions. Bark or wood chip mulch shall be placed to a uniform non -compacted depth of 3 inches to a radius of 2 feet around all plants within interplanted plant locations. 8-02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting Upon completion of the initial planting within a designated area, the Engineer will make an inspection of all planting areas. The Engineer will notify the Contractor, in writing, of any replacements or corrective action necessary to meet the plant 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 101 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 installation requirements. The Contractor shall replace all plants and associated materials rejected or missing and correct unsatisfactory conditions. Completion of the initial planting within a designated area includes the following conditions: 100 percent of each of the plant material categories are installed as shown in the Plans. 2. Planting Area is cleaned up. 3. Repairs are completed, including but not limited to, full operation of the irrigation system. 4. Mulch coverage is complete. 5. All weeds are controlled. 8-02.3(13) Plant Establishment Plant establishment consists of caring for all plants and planting areas within the project limits. The provisions of Sections 1-07.13(2) and 1-07.13(3) do not apply to this Section. When the Proposal includes the bid item PSIPE (Plant Selection Including Plant Establishment), that bid item includes one year of plant establishment Work. The first year of plant establishment shall begin immediately upon written notification from the Engineer of the completion of initial planting for the project. The first -year plant establishment period shall be a minimum of one calendar year. The one calendar year shall be extended an amount equal to any periods where the Contractor does not comply with the plant establishment requirements and plan. During the first -year plant establishment period, the Contractor shall perform all Work necessary to ensure the resumption and continued growth of the transplanted material. This Work shall include, but is not limited to, applying water, removing foreign, dead, or rejected plant material, maintaining all planting areas in a weed - free condition, and replacing all unsatisfactory plant material planted under the Contract. If plants are stolen or damaged by the acts of others, the Contracting Agency will pay invoice cost only for the replacement plants with no mark-up and the Contractor will be responsible for the labor to install the replacement plants. Other weed control within the project limits but outside of planting, lawn, or seeding areas shall be as specified in Section 8-02.3(3)C. During the first year of plant establishment, the Contractor shall meet monthly or at an agreed upon schedule with the Engineer for the purpose of joint inspection of the planting material. The Contractor shall correct all unsatisfactory conditions identified by the Engineer within a 10-day period immediately following the inspection. If plant replacement is required, the Contractor shall, within the 10-day period, submit a plan and schedule for the plant procurement and replacement to occur during the planting period as designated in Section 8-02.3(8). At the end of the plant establishment period, plants that do not show normal growth shall be 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 102 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 replaced and all staking and guying that remain on the project shall be removed unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. All automatic irrigation systems shall be operated fully automatic during the plant establishment period and until final acceptance of the Contract. Payment for water used to water in plants, or hand watering of plant material or lawn areas unless otherwise specified, is the responsibility of the Contractor during the first -year plant establishment period. Subsequent year plant establishment periods shall begin immediately at the completion of the preceding year's plant establishment period. Each subsequent plant establishment period shall be one full calendar year in duration. During the plant establishment period(s) after the first year plant establishment, the Work necessary for the continued healthy and vigorous growth of all plants material shall be performed as directed by the Engineer. Payment for water used to water plants during the subsequent year(s) of plant establishment will be paid under the plant establishment item. 8-02.3(14) Plant Replacement The Contractor shall be responsible for growing or arrange to provide sufficient plants for replacement of all plant material rejected through first -year plant establishment. All replacement plant material shall be inspected and accepted by the Engineer prior to installation. All rejected plant material shall be replaced with acceptable plants meeting the specifications and installed according to the requirements of this Section at dates allowed by the Engineer. All replacement plants shall be of the same species as the plants they replace and meet the requirements of Section 9-14.8 unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. Plants may vary in size reflecting one season of growth should the Contractor elect to hold plant material under nursery conditions for an additional year to serve as replacement plants. Replacement plant material larger than specified in the Plans shall meet the applicable section requirements of the ASNS for container class, ball size, spread, and branching characteristics. 8-02.3(15) Bioengineering Bioengineering consists of using plant materials for the purpose of streambank or earthen slope construction and surface stabilization. This Work may include installing woody plant cuttings in various forms as well as part of streambank or earthen slope construction. 8-02.3(15)A Fascines Live fascines shall be constructed of live and dead cuttings bundled together with a diameter of 8 to 18 inches. Live cuttings shall be the species shown in the Plans. Dead branches may be cuttings from any woody, non-invasive plant native to the project area. Dead branches may be placed within the live fascine and on the side exposed to the air. Live branches shall be placed in contact with the soil along their entire length. Each live fascine must contain a minimum of eight live branches. Dead branches shall constitute no more than 40 percent of the total fascine content. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 103 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The total length of each live fascine shall be a minimum of 5 feet. Branches shall be bundled into log -like forms and bound with biodegradable twine spaced at 1-foot intervals along the entire length of the live fascine. Live fascines shall be installed horizontally in a trench whose depth shall be the diameter of the live fascine. Secure the live fascine with live stakes 3 feet in length and 3/4 inch in diameter placed at 18-inch intervals. A minimum of three live stakes shall be used per fascine. The live stakes shall be driven through the live fascine vertically into the slope. The ends of live fascines shall be woven together so that no gap remains between the two sections of the live fascine. Prior to being covered with soil, the fascine shall be thoroughly watered. Once the fascine is covered with 6 inches of soil, the soil covering the fascine shall be thoroughly watered. When used to remedy erosion areas, live fascines shall extend a minimum of two feet beyond the visible area of erosion and soil disturbance. The locations for live fascines and live stake rows shall be identified in the field for review and acceptance by the Engineer. The Engineer may require adjustment of fascine locations prior to installation in order to best accomplish the intended functions. Plant replacement during plant establishment for "PSIPE Live Fascine" will be required for any section void of live shoots for a length of 3 feet or more. Replacement shall consist of installing live stakes, spaced 1 foot apart above the fascine within the area void of live shoots. Live stakes shall be of the same species as the live fascine and shall have a minimum length of 3 feet and a minimum diameter of 3/4 inch. The requirements of Section 8-02.3(8) apply to PSIPE Live Fascine. 8-02.3(15)B Brush Mattress Live brush mattress shall be constructed of live branch cuttings, live poles, jute rope and topsoil. The live cuttings and live poles shall be from the plant species designated in the Plans. Live branch cuttings shall be placed with the cut ends oriented down slope as shown in the Plans. Cuttings shall overlap from side to side and from top to bottom as each layer is constructed. The live branches in each succeeding upper layer shall overlap the adjacent lower layer by a minimum of 6 inches. A maximum of 20 percent of the branches may be dead branches, but the live branches shall be distributed evenly to provide even rooting and growth over the entire area of the brush mattress. The Contractor shall anchor the live brush mattress to the slope using stakes and jute rope as shown in the Plans. Initially, the stakes shall be installed to protrude above the live brush mattress. The Contractor shall attach the jute rope to the stakes and tighten the rope by tamping the stakes further into the bank, pulling the live brush mattress tight against the soil surface. The Contractor shall cover the live brush mattress with sufficient stockpiled topsoil to ensure good soil contact with the live plant material. Plant replacement during plant establishment for "PSIPE Live Brush Mattress" will be required for any section void of live shoots for an area of 25 square feet or more. Replacement shall consist of installing live stakes, spaced 3 feet 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 104 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 apart in a triangular pattern within the area void of live shoots. Live stakes shall be of the same species as the live brush mattress and shall have a minimum length of 3 feet and a minimum diameter of 3/4 inch. The requirements of Section 8-02.3(8) apply to PSIPE Brush Mattress. 8-02.3(15)C Brush Layer Brush layers shall be constructed of live branch cuttings, randomly mixed, from the plant species listed under the brush layer heading in the Plans. The number of branches required will vary depending on the average branch diameter and layer thickness. Brush layers shall be placed in a trench dug at a 45 degree incline into the slope or stream bank. Two-thirds to three -fourths of the length of the live branches shall be buried. Soil shall be firmly tamped in place. Succeeding layers shall be spaced as detailed in the Plans. Brush layer placed in stream banks shall be angled downstream. Brush layers may include plant establishment when designated as PSIPE Brush Layer. Plant replacement for PSIPE Brush Layer will be required for each section void of live shoots for a continuous distance of 3 feet or more. The requirements of Section 8-02.3(8) apply to PSIPE Brush Layer. 8-02.3(16) Roadside Maintenance Under Construction When the Contract includes the item, Roadside Maintenance Under Construction, this Work includes roadside mowing and ditch maintenance, and noxious weed control outside of planting areas according to Section 8-02.3(3)C. 8-02.3(16)A Roadside Mowing The Contractor shall mow designated roadside grass areas to the limits designated by the Engineer. Roadside mowing is limited to slopes not steeper than 3(H) to 1(V). The Contractor shall mow according to the following requirements: Trim around traffic equipment, structures, planting areas, or other features extending above ground preceding or simultaneously with each mowing. 2. Maintain grass between 4 and 12 inches in height. 3. Operate mowing equipment with suitable guards to prevent throwing rocks or debris onto the traveled way or off of the Contracting Agency property. Power driven equipment shall not cause ruts, deformation, and compaction of the vegetated soil. 4. Removing clippings is required on the traveled way, shoulders, walkways, or Structures. 5. Restore soil rutting to a smooth and even grade at the direction of the Engineer. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 105 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 8-02.3(16)B Ditch Maintenance The Contractor shall maintain drainage for the duration of the Contract according to the following requirements: Maintain flow lines in drainage channels and roadside ditches. 2. Cutting or trimming vegetation within drainage channels to maintain positive flow. 3. Remove dirt and debris from inside of culverts or any drainage area where runoff has allowed accumulations and re -seed for erosion control. 4. Restore channels to previous operational condition. 8-02.4 Measurement Topsoil, bark or woodchip mulch and soil amendments will be measured by the acre or the square yard along the grade and slope of the area covered immediately after placement. Weed control pre-treatment of topsoil areas, excavation, and stockpiling are included in the bid item "Topsoil Type _. Bark or woodchip mulch rings will be measured per each. Compost will be measured by the acre or the square yard along the grade and slope of the area covered immediately after application. Seeding, fertilizing, and mulching will be measured by the acre or the square yard by ground slope measurement or through the use of design data. Seeding and fertilizing by hand will be measured by the square yard. No adjustment in area size will be made for the vegetation free zone around each plant. Seeded lawn, sod installation, and lawn mowing will be measured along the ground slope and computed in square yards of actual lawn completed, established, and accepted. Plant selection will be measured per each. PSIPE _ (Plant Selection Including Plant Establishment) will be measured per each. Live Pole will be measured per each. Live Stake Row will be measured by the linear foot along the ground slope line. The pay quantities for plant materials will be determined by count of the number of satisfactory plants in each category accepted by the Engineer. Fascine and PSIPE live fascine will be measured by the linear foot along the ground slope line. Brush mattress and PSIPE live brush mattress will be measured by the surface square yard along the ground slope line. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 106 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Brush layer and PSIPE brush layer will be measured by the linear foot along the ground slope line. Water will be measured in accordance with Section 2-07.4. Measurement will be made of only that water hauled in tank trucks or similar equipment. 8-02.5 Payment Payment will be made for each of the following listed Bid items that are included in the Proposal: "Project Area Weed and Pest Control" will be paid in accordance with Section 1- 09.6. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency entered an amount for "Project Area Weed and Pest Control" in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. Payment under this item will be made only when the Work is not already covered by other items. "Topsoil Type ", per acre. The unit Contract price per acre for "Topsoil Type " shall be full payment for all costs for the specified Work. "Fine Compost ", per acre or per square yard. "Medium Compost", per acre or per square yard. "Coarse Compost", per acre or per square yard. The unit Contract price per acre for "Fine Compost", "Medium Compost" or "Coarse Compost" shall be full pay for furnishing and spreading the compost onto the existing soil. "Soil Amendment", per acre. The unit Contract price per acre for "Soil Amendment" shall be full pay for furnishing and incorporating the soil amendment into the existing soil. "Plant Selection _", per each. The unit Contract price for "Plant Selection ", per each shall be full pay for all Work to perform the work as specified within the planting area prior to planting for weed control, planting area preparation and installation of plants with initial watering. As the plants that do not include plant establishment are obtained, propagated, and grown, partial payments will be made as follows: Payment of 15 percent of the unit Contract price per each when the plant materials have been contracted, propagated, and are growing under nursery conditions. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with certification that the plant material has been procured or contracted for delivery to the project for planting within the time limits of the project. The certification shall state the location, quantity, and size of all material. Payment will be increased to 100 percent of the unit Contract price per each for contracted plant material at the completion of the initial planting. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 107 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 All partial payments shall be limited to the actual number of healthy vigorous plants that meet the stage requirements, limited to plan quantity. Previous partial payments made for materials rejected or missing will be deducted from future payments due the Contractor. "PSIPE ", per each. The unit Contract price for "PSIPE _", per each, shall be full pay for all Work necessary to perform as specified within the planting area for weed control and planting area preparation, planting, cleanup, and water necessary to complete planting operations as specified to the end of first year plant establishment. As the plants that include plant establishment are obtained, propagated, and grown, partial payments will be made as follows after inspection by the Engineer: Payment of 5 percent of the unit Contract price, per each, when the plant materials have been contracted, propagated, and are growing under nursery conditions. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with certification that the plant material has been procured or contracted for delivery to the project for planting within the time limits of the project. The certification shall state the location, quantity, and size of all material. Payment will be increased to 15 percent of the unit Contract price, per each, upon completion of the initial weed control and planting area preparation Work. Payment will be increased to 60 percent of the unit Contract price per each for the contracted plant material in a designated unit area when planted. Payment will be increased to 70 percent of the unit Contract price per each for contracted plant material at the completion of the initial planting. Payment will be increased to the appropriate percentage upon reaching the following plant establishment milestones: June 30th September 30th 80 percent 90 percent Completion of first -year plant establishment or after all 100 percent replacement plants have been installed, whichever is later. Plant establishment milestones are achieved when planting areas meet conditions described in Section 8-02.3(13). "Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching", per acre. "Seeding and Fertilizing", per acre or per square yard. "Seeding and Fertilizing by Hand", per square yard. 51 "Second Application of Fertilizer", per acre. 52 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 108 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 "Seeding and Mulching", per acre. "Seeded Lawn Installation", per square yard. "Sod Installation", per square yard. "Lawn Mowing", per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for "Seeded Lawn Installation" or "Sod Installation" shall be full pay for all costs necessary to prepare the area, plant or sod the lawn, erect barriers, control weeds, and establish lawn areas and for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the Work as specified and shall be paid in the following sequence for healthy, vigorous lawn: Completion of Lawn Planting 60 percent of individual areas Mid Lawn Establishment (after two mowings) 85 percent of individual areas Completion of Lawn Establishment 100 percent of individual areas (after four mowings) "Plant Establishment Year " will be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency entered an amount for "Plant Establishment - Year" in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. "Live Pole", per each. "Live Stake Row", per linear foot. "Bark or Wood Chip Mulch", per acre. "Bark or Wood Chip Mulch Rings", per each. The unit Contract price per acre for "Bark or Wood Chip Mulch" shall be full pay for furnishing and spreading the mulch onto the existing soil. "Fascine" and "PSIPE Live Fascine", per linear foot. "Brush Mattress" and "PSIPE Live Brush Mattress", per square yard. "Brush Layer" and "PSIPE Brush Layer", per linear foot. When PSIPE is included with Fascine, Brush Mattress, or Brush Layer, the payment schedule for PSIPE will apply. "Roadside Maintenance under Construction" will be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for "Roadside Maintenance Under Construction" in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. "Water", per M Gal. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 109 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 8-04.AP8 2 Section 8-04, Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways 3 April 2, 2018 4 8-04.2 Materials 5 In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: 6 7 Cement 9-01 8 9 8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways 10 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 11 12 Roundabout truck apron cement concrete curb and gutter shall be constructed with air 13 entrained concrete Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 6-02. 14 15 8-06.AP8 16 Section 8-06, Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances 17 April 2, 2018 18 8-06.2 Materials 19 In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: 20 21 Cement 9-01 22 23 8-06.3 Construction Requirements 24 The first paragraph is revised to read: 25 26 Cement concrete driveway approaches shall be constructed with air entrained concrete 27 Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 6-02 or Portland Cement or 28 Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Pavement conforming to the requirements of 29 Section 5-05. 30 31 8-07.AP8 32 Section 8-07, Precast Traffic Curb 33 April 2, 2018 34 8-07.3(1) Installing Curbs 35 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 36 37 The curb shall be firmly bedded for its entire length and breadth on a mortar bed 38 conforming to Section 9-20.4(3) composed of one part Portland cement or blended 39 hydraulic cement and two parts sand. 40 41 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 42 43 All joints between adjacent pieces of curb except joints for expansion and/or drainage 44 as designated by the Engineer shall be filled with mortar composed of one part Portland 45 cement or blended hydraulic cement and two parts sand. 46 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 110 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 8-09.AP8 Section 8-09, Raised Pavement Markers April 1, 2019 8-09.5 Payment The last paragraph is revised to read: The unit Contract price per hundred for "Raised Pavement Marker Type 1", "Raised Pavement Marker Type 2", "Raised Pavement Marker Type 3 In.", and "Recessed Pavement Marker" shall be full pay for furnishing and installing the markers in accordance with these Specifications. 8-11.AP8 Section 8-11, Guardrail April 1, 2019 8-11.3(1)A Erection of Posts The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Posts shall be set to the true line and grade of the Highway after the grade is in place and compaction is completed. 8-11.3(1)C Terminal and Anchor Installation The first paragraph is revised to read: All excavation and backfilling required for installation of anchors shall be performed in accordance with Section 2-09, except that the costs thereof shall be included in the unit Contract price for the anchor installed. The first sentence of the second to last paragraph is revised to read: Assembly and installation of Beam Guardrail Non -flared Terminals for Type 31 guardrail shall be supervised at all times by a manufacturer's representative, or an installer who has been trained and certified by the manufacturer. The last paragraph is revised to read: Beam Guardrail Non -flared Terminals for Type 31 guardrail shall meet the crash test and evaluation criteria in the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH). 8-11.4 Measurement The third paragraph is revised to read: Measurement of beam guardrail terminal will be per each for the completed terminal. The fourth paragraph is revised to read: Measurement of beam guardrail Type 31 buried terminal Type 2 will be per linear foot for the completed terminal. The sixth paragraph is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 111 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Measurement of beam guardrail anchor Type 10 will be per each for the completed anchor, including the attachment of the anchor to the guardrail. 8-11.5 Payment The Bid item "Beam Guardrail Anchor Type _", per each is revised to read "Beam Guardrail Anchor Type 10", per each. The Bid item "Beam Guardrail Buried Terminal Type 1 ", per each is deleted from this section. The Bid item "Beam Guardrail Buried Terminal Type 2", per linear foot and the following paragraph are revised to read: "Beam Guardrail Type 31 Buried Terminal Type 2", per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Beam Guardrail Type 31 Buried Terminal Type 2" shall be full payment for all costs to obtain and provide materials and perform the Work as described in Section 8-11.3(1)C. : 5 E, Section 8-14, Cement Concrete Sidewalks April 2, 2018 8-14.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: Cement 9-01 In the second paragraph, each reference to "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 8-16.AP8 Section 8-16, Concrete Slope Protection April 2, 2018 8-16.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the last two material references are revised to read: Poured Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope Protection 9-13.5(2) Pneumatically Placed Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope Protection 9-13.5(3) 8-17.AP8 Section 8-17, Impact Attenuator Systems January 7, 2019 8-17.3 Construction Requirements This section is supplemented with the following: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 112 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 Permanent impact attenuators shall meet the crash test and evaluation criteria of the 2 Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH), except as otherwise noted in the Plans 3 or Special Provisions. 4 5 8-20.AP8 6 Section 8-20, Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation 7 Systems, and Electrical 8 August 6, 2018 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code The last paragraph is revised to read: Persons performing electrical Work shall be certified in accordance with and supervised as required by RCW 19.28.161. Proof of certification shall be worn at all times in accordance with WAC 296-46B-942. Persons failing to meet these certification requirements may not perform any electrical work, and shall stop any active electrical work, until their certification is provided and worn in accordance with this Section. 8-20.2(2) Equipment List and Drawings This section is renumbered: 8-20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings 8-20.3(4) Foundations The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Concrete for Type II, III, IV, V, and CCTV signal standards and light standard foundations shall be Class 4000P and does not require air entrainment. 8-20.3(5)A General The last two sentences of the last paragraph is deleted. This section is supplemented with the following: All conduits shall include a pull tape with the equipment grounding conductor. The pull tape shall be attached to the conduit near the end bell or grounded end bushing, or to duct plugs or caps if present, at both ends of the conduit. 8-20.3(8) Wiring The seventeenth paragraph is supplemented with the following: Pulling tape shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.1(10). Pull string may not be used. 8-20.3(14)C Induction Loop Vehicle Detectors Item number 2 is deleted. Item numbers 3 through 12 are renumbered to 2 through 11, respectively. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 113 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 8-21.AP8 2 Section 8-21, Permanent Signing 3 January 7 2019 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 8-21.3(5) Sign Relocation The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Where the existing sign Structure is mounted on concrete pedestals, the Contractor shall remove the pedestal to a minimum of 2 feet below finished grade and backfill the remaining hole with material similar to that surrounding the hole. 8-21.3(9)F Foundations Item number 3 of the twelfth paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: Class 4000P concrete for roadside sign structures does not require air entrainment. 8-22.AP8 Section 8-22, Pavement Marking January 7, 2019 8-22.3(2) Preparation of Roadway Surfaces The second paragraph is revised to read: Remove all other contaminants from pavement surfaces that may adversely affect the installation of new pavement marking. 8-22.3(3)F Application Thickness The second to last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: After grinding, clean the groove. 11 • Section 9-00, Definitions and Tests January 7, 2019 9-00.4 Sieves for Testing Purposes This section is revised to read: Test sieves shall be made of either: (1) woven wire cloth conforming to ASTM El 1, or (2) square -hole, perforated plates conforming to ASTM E323. 9-00.7 Galvanized Hardware, AASHTO M 232 The first sentence is revised to read: An acceptable alternate to hot -dip galvanizing in accordance with AASHTO M 232 will be zinc coatings mechanically deposited in accordance with ASTM B695, providing the minimum thickness of zinc coating is not less than that specified in AASHTO M 232, and the process will not produce hydrogen embrittlement in the base metal. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 114 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 9-02.AP9 2 Section 9-02, Bituminous Materials 3 January 7, 2019 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 9-02.1 Asphalt Material, General The second paragraph is revised to read: The Asphalt Supplier of Performance Graded (PG) asphalt binder and emulsified asphalt shall have a Quality Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with WSDOT QC 2 "Standard Practice for Asphalt Suppliers That Certify Performance Graded and Emulsified Asphalts". The Asphalt Supplier's QCP shall be submitted and receive the acceptance of the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory. Once accepted, any change to the QCP will require a new QCP to be submitted for acceptance. The Asphalt Supplier of PG asphalt binder and emulsified asphalt shall certify through the Bill of Lading that the PG asphalt binder or emulsified asphalt meets the Specification requirements of the Contract. 9-02.1(4) Performance Graded Asphalt Binder (PGAB) This section's title is revised to read: Performance Graded (PG) Asphalt Binder The first paragraph is revised to read: PG asphalt binder meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 332 Table 1 of the grades specified in the Contract shall be used in the production of HMA. For HMA with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA, or any amount of RAS, the new asphalt binder, recycling agent and recovered asphalt (RAP and/or RAS) when blended in the proportions of the mix design shall meet the PG asphalt binder requirements of AASHTO M 332 Table 1 for the grade of asphalt binder specified by the Contract. The second paragraph, including the table, is revised to read: In addition to AASHTO M 332 Table 1 specification requirements, PG asphalt binders shall meet the following requirements: Additional Requirements by Performance Grade PG Asphalt Binders Property Test PG58S- PG58H- PG58V- PG64S-28 PG64H- PG64V- Method 22 22 22 28 28 RTFO Residue: Average AASHTO Percent T 350' 30% Min. 20% Min. 25% Min. 30% Min. Recovery @ 3.2 kPa 'Specimen conditioned in accordance with AASHTO T 240 - RTFO. The third paragraph is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 115 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 The RTFO Jr,,diff and the PAV direct tension specifications of AASHTO M 332 are not 2 required. 3 4 5 9-02.1(6) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 6 This section is revised to read: 7 8 Cationic Emulsified Asphalt meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 208 Table 1 of the 9 grades specified in the Contract shall be used. 10 11 9-02.5 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) Additive 12 This section, including title, is revised to read: 13 14 9-02.5 HMAAdditive 15 Additives for HMA shall be accepted by the Engineer. 16 17 9-03.AP9 18 Section 9-03, Aggregates 19 January 7, 2019 20 9-03.1 Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 21 This section's title is revised to read: 22 23 Aggregates for Concrete 24 25 9-03.1(1) General Requirements 26 The first two sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: 27 28 Concrete aggregates shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus, or sand and gravel 29 in accordance with the provisions of Section 3-01. Reclaimed aggregate may be used if 30 it complies with the specifications for concrete. 31 32 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 33 34 Aggregates for concrete shall meet the following test requirements: 35 36 The second sentence of the second to last paragraph is revised to read: 37 38 The Contractor shall submit test results according to ASTM C1567 through the Engineer 39 to the State Materials Laboratory that demonstrate that the proposed fly ash when used 40 with the proposed aggregates and cement will control the potential expansion to 0.20 41 percent or less before the fly ash and aggregate sources may be used in concrete. 42 43 9-03.1(2) Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete 44 This section's title is revised to read: 45 46 Fine Aggregate for Concrete 47 48 9-03.1(4) Coarse Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete 49 This section's title is revised to read: 50 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 116 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Coarse Aggregate for Concrete 9-03.1(4)C Grading The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Coarse aggregate for concrete when separated by means of laboratory sieves shall conform to one or more of the following gradings as called for elsewhere in these Specifications, Special Provisions, or in the Plans: 9-03.1(5) Combined Aggregate Gradation for Portland Cement Concrete This section's title is revised to read: Combined Aggregate Gradation for Concrete 9-03.1(5)B Grading In the last paragraph, "WSDOT FOP for WAQTC/AASHTO T 27/T 11" is revised to read "FOP for WAQTC/AASHTO T 27/T 11 ". 9-03.2 Aggregate for Job -Mixed Portland Cement Mortar This section's title is revised to read: Aggregate for Job -Mixed Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Mortar The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Fine aggregate for portland cement or blended hydraulic cement mortar shall consist of sand or other inert materials, or combinations thereof, accepted by the Engineer, having hard, strong, durable particles free from adherent coating. 9-03.4(1) General Requirements The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Aggregate for bituminous surface treatment shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus, or gravel, in accordance with Section 3-01. Aggregates for Bituminous Surface Treatment shall meet the following test requirements: 9-03.8(1) General Requirements The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Aggregates for Hot Mix Asphalt shall meet the following test requirements: 9-03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements The two tables in the second paragraph are replaced with the following three tables: Mix Criteria HMA Class % inch '/2 inch % inch 1 inch Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Voids in Mineral Aggregate VMA), % 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 Voids Filled With Asphalt (VFA), % ESAL's millions VFA 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 117 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 F" 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 < 0.3 70 80 70 80 70 80 67 80 0.3 to < 3 65 78 65 78 65 78 65 78 >_ 3 73 76 65 75 65 75 65 75 Dust/Asphalt Ratio 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 Test Method ESAL's millions Number of Passes Hamburg Wheel -Track Testing, FOP for AASHTO T 324 Minimum Number of < 0.3 10,000 Passes with no Stripping Inflection 0.3 to < 3 12,500 Point and Maximum Rut Depth of 10mm ? 3 15,000 Indirect Tensile (IDT) Strength (psi) of Bituminous Materials FOP for ASTM 175 Maximum D6931 ESAL's millions N initial N design N maximum %Gmm <0.3 s91.5 96.0 s98.0 0.3to<3 s90.5 96.0 s98.0 > 3 589.0 96.0 598.0 Gyratory Compaction (number of gyrations) < 0.3 6 50 75 0.3 to < 3 7 75 115 > 3 8 100 160 9-03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments In the table in item number 1, the fifth row is revised to read: Asphalt binder -0.4% to 0.5% ±0.7% In the table in item number 1, the following new row is inserted before the last row: Voids in Mineral -1.0% Aggregate, VMA 9-03.9(1) Ballast The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Aggregates for ballast shall meet the following test requirements: 9-03.14(4) Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Wall The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The material shall be substantially free of shale or other soft, poor durability particles, and shall not contain recycled materials, such as glass, shredded tires, concrete rubble, or asphaltic concrete rubble. 9-03.21(1)B Recycled Concrete Aggregate Approval and Acceptance The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Recycled concrete aggregate may be used as coarse aggregate or blended with coarse aggregate for Commercial Concrete, Class 3000 concrete, or Cement Concrete Pavement. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 118 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Item number 4 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 4. For Cement Concrete Pavement mix designs using recycled concrete aggregates, the Contractor shall submit evidence that ASR mitigating measures control expansion in accordance with Section 9-03.1(1). This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 9-03.21(1)B1 Recycled Concrete Aggregate Approval and Acceptance Recycled concrete aggregate may be approved through a three tiered system that consists of the following: Tier 1 Approval Requirements Approval of the Reclamation Facility is not required. Acceptance Requirements Certification of toxicity characteristics in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1). Field acceptance testing in accordance with Section 3- 04. Approved to provide the following Aggregate Materials: 9-03.10 Aggregate for Gravel Base 9-03.12(1)B Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class B 9-03.12(2) Gravel Backfill for Walls 9-03.12(3) Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding 9-03.14(1) Gravel Borrow 9-03.14(2) Select Borrow 9-03.14(2) Select Borrow (greater than 3 feet below subgrade and side slope) 9-03.14(3) Common Borrow 9-03.14(3) Common Borrow (greater than 3 feet below subgrade and side slope) 9-03.17 Foundation Material Class A and Class B 9-03.18 Foundation Material Class C 9-03.19 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Tier 2 Approval Requirements The Reclamation Facility shall have a Quality Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with WSDOT QC 9 "Standard Practice for Approval of Reclamation Facilities of WSDOT Recycled Concrete and Returned Concrete". The Reclamation Facility's QCP shall be submitted and approved by the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory. Once accepted, any changes to the QCP will require a new QCP to be submitted for acceptance. Evaluation of aggregate source properties (LA Wear and Degradation) for the recycled concrete aggregate is not required. Acceptance Requirements Certification of toxicity characteristics in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1), required if requested. Field acceptance testing in accordance with Section 3- 04 is required. Provide certification in accordance with WSDOT QC 9 for every lot. A lot shall be no larger than 10,000 tons. Approved to provide the following Aggregate Materials: Tier 1 aggregate materials 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 119 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9-03.1 Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete or Concrete class 3000 9-03.9(1) Ballast 9-03.9(2) Permeable Ballast 9-03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing 9-03.12(1)A Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class A Tier 3 Approval Requirements The Reclamation Facility shall have a Quality Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with WSDOT QC 10 "Standard Practice for Approval of Reclamation Facilities of Recycled Concrete Aggregates from Stockpiles of Unknown Sources". The Reclamation Facility's QCP shall be submitted and approved by the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory. Once accepted, any changes to the QCP will require a new QCP to be submitted for acceptance. Evaluation of aggregate source properties (LA Wear and Degradation) for the recycled concrete aggregate is required. Acceptance Requirements Certification of toxicity characteristics in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1) is required. Field acceptance testing in accordance with Section 3- 04 is required. Provide certification in accordance with WSDOT QC 10 for every lot. A lot shall be no larger than 10,000 tons Approved to provide the following Aggregate Materials: Tier 1 aggregate materials 9-03.1 Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete or Concrete class 3000 9-03.9(1) Ballast 9-03.9(2) Permeable Ballast 9-03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing 9-03.12 1 A Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class A For Reclamation Facilities that do not participate in Tier 2 and Tier 3, approval of recycled concrete aggregate will be in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1), and acceptance will be in accordance with Section 3-04. 9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material "Portland Cement" is deleted from the first two rows in the table. The following new row is inserted after the second row: Coarse Aggregate for Concrete Pavement 1 9-03.1 4 0 1 100 1 0 1 0 The first column of the fourth row (after the preceding Amendment is applied) is revised to read: Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete and Class 3000 Concrete 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 120 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 9-04.AP9 2 Section 9-04, Joint and Crack Sealing Materials 3 January 7, 2019 4 This section's title is revised to read: 5 6 Joint Sealing Materials 7 8 9-04.1(2) Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints 9 In this section, each reference to "AASHTO T 42" is revised to read "ASTM D 545". 10 11 9-04.2(1)A1 Hot Poured Sealant for Cement Concrete Pavement 12 This section is supplemented with the following: 13 14 Hot poured sealant for cement concrete pavement is acceptable for installations in joints 15 where cement concrete pavement abuts a bituminous pavement. 16 17 9-04.2(1)A2 Hot Poured Sealant for Bituminous Pavement 18 This section is supplemented with the following: 19 20 Hot poured sealant for bituminous pavement is acceptable for installations in joints 21 where cement concrete pavement abuts a bituminous pavement. 22 23 9-04.2(1)B Sand Slurry for Bituminous Pavement 24 Item number 2 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 25 26 2. Two percent portland cement or blended hydraulic cement, and 27 28 9-04.3 Joint Mortar 29 The first paragraph is revised to read: 30 31 Mortar for hand mortared joints shall conform to Section 9-20.4(3) and consist of one 32 part portland cement or blended hydraulic cement, three parts fine sand, and sufficient 33 water to allow proper workability. 34 35 9-04.5 Flexible Plastic Gaskets 36 In the table, the Test Method value for Specific Gravity at 770F is revised to read "ASTM 37 D71 ". 38 39 In the table, the Test Method value for Flash Point COC, F is revised to read "ASTM D93 40 REV A". 41 42 In the table, the Test Method value for Volatile Matter is revised to read "ASTM D6". 43 44 9-05.AP9 45 Section 9-05, Drainage Structures and Culverts 46 January 7, 2019 47 9-05.3(1)A End Design and Joints 48 The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 49 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 121 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 The joints and gasket material shall meet the requirements of ASTM C990. 9-05.3(1)C Age at Shipment The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Unless it is tested and accepted at an earlier age, it shall not be considered ready for shipment sooner than 28 days after manufacture when made with Type II portland cement or blended hydraulic cement, nor sooner than 7 days when made with Type II I portland cement. 9-05.7(3) Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints The second sentence is revised to read: The joints and gasket material shall meet the requirements of ASTM C990. 9-05.7(4)A Hydrostatic Pressure on Pipes in Straight Alignment The first sentence is revised to read: Hydrostatic pressure tests on pipes in straight alignment shall be made in accordance with the procedure outlined in Section 10 of ASTM C990, except that they shall be performed on an assembly consisting of not less than three nor more than five pipe sections selected from stock by the Engineer and assembled in accordance with standard installation instructions issued by the manufacturer. 9-05.24(1) Polypropylene Culvert Pipe and Storm Sewer Pipe This section is revised to read: Polypropylene culvert and storm sewer pipe shall conform to the following requirements: For dual wall pipe sizes up to 60 inches: ASTM F2881 or AASHTO M 330, Type S or Type D. 2. For double or triple wall pipe sizes up to 60 inches: ASTM F2764. 3. Fittings shall be factory welded, injection molded, or PVC. 9-05.24(2) Polypropylene Sanitary Sewer Pipe This section is revised to read: Polypropylene sanitary sewer pipe shall conform to the following requirements: For pipe sizes up to 60 inches: ASTM F2764. 2. Fittings shall be factory welded, injection molded, or PVC. 9-06.AP9 Section 9-06, Structural Steel and Related Materials January 7, 2019 9-06.5 Bolts This section's title is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 122 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 Bolts and Rods 3 4 9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts 5 This section, including title, is revised to read: 6 7 9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts and Anchor Rods 8 Anchor bolts and anchor rods shall meet the requirements of ASTM F1554 and, unless 9 otherwise specified, shall be Grade 105 and shall conform to Supplemental 10 Requirements S2, S3, and S4. 11 12 Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 105 black anchor bolts and anchor rods shall conform to 13 ASTM A563, Grade D or DH. Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 105 galvanized anchor bolts 14 and anchor rods shall conform to either ASTM A563, Grade DH, or AASHTO M292, 15 Grade 2H, and shall conform to the overtapping, lubrication, and rotational testing 16 requirements in Section 9-06.5(3). Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 36 or 55 black or 17 galvanized anchor bolts and anchor rods shall conform to ASTM A563, Grade A or DH. 18 Washers shall conform to ASTM F436. 19 20 The bolts and rods shall be tested by the manufacturer in accordance with the 21 requirements of the pertinent Specification and as specified in these Specifications. 22 Anchor bolts, anchor rods, nuts, and washers shall be inspected prior to shipping to the 23 project site. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for acceptance a 24 Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance for the anchor bolts, anchor rods, nuts, and 25 washers, as defined in Section 1-06.3. If the Engineer deems it appropriate, the 26 Contractor shall provide a sample of the anchor bolt, anchor rod, nut, and washer for 27 testing. 28 29 All bolts, rods, nuts, and washers shall be marked and identified as required in the 30 pertinent Specification. 31 32 9-06.15 Welded Shear Connectors 33 The third paragraph is revised to read: 34 35 Mechanical properties shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO T 244. 36 37 9-06.17 Vacant 38 This section, including title, is revised to read: 39 40 9-06.17 Noise Barrier Wall Access Door 41 Access door frames shall be formed of 14-gauge steel to the size and dimensions 42 shown in the Plans. The access door frame head and jamb members shall be mitered, 43 securely welded, and ground smooth. Each head shall have two anchors and each jamb 44 shall have three anchors. The hinges shall be reinforced with'/4-inch by 12-inch plate, 45 width equal to the full inside width of the frame. 46 47 Access doors shall be full flush 1-3/4-inch thick seamless doors with a polystyrene core. 48 Door faces shall be constructed with smooth seamless 14-gauge roller -levered, cold- 49 rolled steel sheet conforming to ASTM A 792 Type SS, Grade 33 minimum, Coating 50 Designation AZ55 minimum. The vertical edges shall be neat interlocked hemmed edge 51 seam. The top and bottom of the door shall be enclosed with 14-gauge channels. 52 Mortise and reinforcement for locks and hinges shall be 10-gauge steel. Welded top cap 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 123 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 shall be ground and filled for exterior applications. The bottom channel shall have weep holes. Each access door shall have three hinges. Access door hinges shall be ASTM A 276 Type 316 stainless steel, 4-'/2-inches square, with stainless steel ball bearing and non - removable pins. Each access door shall have two pull plates. The pull plates shall be ASTM A 240 Type 316 stainless steel, with a grip handle of one -inch diameter and 8 to 10-inches in length. The door assembly shall be fabricated and assembled as a complete unit including all hardware specified prior to shipment. 9-06.18 Metal Bridge Railing The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Steel used for metal railings, when galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO M111, shall have a controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. 1 -.. Section 9-07, Reinforcing Steel January 7, 2019 9-07.5(1) Epoxy -Coated Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Rehabilitation) This section (including title) is revised to read: 9-07.5(1) Dowel Bars for Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation Dowel bars for Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation shall be 1'/2 inch outside diameter plain round steel bars or tubular bars 18 inches in length and meet the requirements of one of the following dowel bar types: Epoxy -coated dowel bars shall be round plain steel bars of the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. They shall conform to AASHTO M31, Grade 60 or ASTM A615, Grade 60 and shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A1078 Type 2 coating, except that the bars may be cut to length after being coated. Cut ends shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A1078 with a patching material that is compatible with the coating, inert in concrete and recommended by the coating manufacturer. The thickness of the epoxy coating shall be 10 mils plus or minus 2 mils. The Contractor shall furnish a written certification that properly identifies the coating material, the number of each batch of coating material used, quantity represented, date of manufacture, name and address of manufacturer, and a statement that the supplied coating material meets the requirements of ASTM A1078 Type 2 coating. Patching material, compatible with the coating material and inert in concrete and recommended by the manufacturer shall be supplied with each shipment for field repairs by the Contractor. 2. ASTM A513 steel tubes made from Grade 60 Carbon Steel Tube with a 1.625 inch outside diameter and a 0.120 inch wall thickness. Both the inside and outside of the tube shall be zinc coated with G40 galvanizing in accordance with ASTM A653. Following zinc coating the tubes shall be coated in 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 124 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 accordance with Section 9-07.5(1) item 1. The ends of the tube shall be capped to prevent intrusion of concrete or other materials. 9-07.5(2) Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement and Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation) The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Corrosion resistant dowel bars shall be 1'/2 inch outside diameter plain round steel bars or tubular bars 18 inches in length and meet the requirements of one of the following: Item number 4 and 5 of the first paragraph are revised to read: 4. Corrosion -resistant, low -carbon, chromium plain steel bars for concrete reinforcement meeting all the requirements of ASTM A 1035 Alloy Type CS Grade 100 or Alloy Type CS Grade 120. 5. Zinc Clad dowel bars shall be 1'/2 inch solid bars or 1.625 inch outside diameter by 0.120 inch wall tubular bars meeting the chemical and physical properties of AASHTO M 31, Grade 60, or AASHTO M 255, Grade 60. The bars shall have a minimum of 0.035 inches A710 Zinc alloy clad to the plain steel inner bar or tube. A710 Zinc shall be composed of: zinc: 99.5 percent, by weight, minimum; copper: 0.1-0.25 percent, by weight; and iron: 0.0020 percent, by weight, maximum. Each end of tubular bars shall be plugged using a snug -fitting insert to prohibit any intrusion of concrete or other materials. The numbered list in the first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 6. Multicoated fusion bonded epoxy bars shall consist of an ASTM A615 bar with alternating layers of ASTM A934 coating and an abrasion resistant overcoat (ARO). The ASTM A934 coating shall form the base and there shall be two layers of each coating material. The minimum thickness of the combined layers of the ASTM A934 coating and ARO coating shall be 20 mils. The ARO shall meet the following requirements: Test Method Specification Gouge Resistance NACE TM0215, 30 kg wt., LS-1 bit @ 25°C < 0.22 mm Gouge Resistance NACE TM0215, 50 kg wt., LS-1 bit @ 25°C < 0.44 mm 7. ASTM A513 steel tubes made from Grade 60 Carbon Steel Tube with a 1.625 inch outside diameter and a 0.120 inch wall thickness. Both the inside and outside of the tube shall be zinc coated with G90 galvanizing in accordance with ASTM A653. Following zinc coating the tubes shall be coated in accordance with Section 9- 07.5(1) item 1. The ends of the tube shall be capped to prevent intrusion of concrete or other materials. The last paragraph is revised to read: Stainless Steel Clad and Stainless Steel Tube Dowel bar ends shall be sealed with a patching material (primer and finish coat) used for patching epoxy -coated reinforcing steel as required in Section 9-07.3, item 6. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 125 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 9-07.7 Wire Mesh This section is supplemented with the following: Welded wire manufacturers shall participate in the NTPEP Audit Program for Reinforcing Steel (rebar) Manufacturers and shall be listed on the NTPEP audit program website displaying that they are NTPEP compliant. 9-08.AP9 Section 9-08, Paints and Related Materials January 7, 2019 9-08.1(1) Description The first sentence is revised to read: Paint used for highway and bridge structure applications shall be made from materials meeting the requirements of the applicable Federal and State Paint Specifications, Department of Defense (DOD), American Society of Testing of Materials (ASTM), and The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) specifications in effect at time of manufacture. 9-08.1(2) Paint Types This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 9-08.1(2)M NEPCOAT Qualified Products List Qualified products used shall be part of a NEPCOAT system supplied by the same manufacturer. 9-08.1(2)N NEPCOAT Qualified Products List B Qualified products used shall be part of a NEPCOAT system supplied by the same manufacturer. 9-08.1(2)D Organic Zinc -Rich Primer This section, including title, is revised to read: Vacant 9-08.1(2)E Epoxy Polyamide This section is revised to read: Epoxy polyamide shall be a two -component system conforming to MIL-DTL-24441 or SSPC Coating Standard No. 42. 9-08.1(2)H Top Coat, Single -Component, Moisture -Cured Polyurethane This section is revised to read: Vehicle Type: Moisture -cured aliphatic polyurethane. Color and Gloss: Meet the SAE AMS Standard 595 Color as specified in the table below. The Top Coat shall meet the following requirements: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 126 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 The resin shall be an aliphatic urethane. Minimum -volume solids 50 percent. The top coat shall be semi -gloss. Color Semi -Gloss Washington Gray 26357 Mt. Baker Gray 26134 Mt. St. Helens Gray 26306 Cascade Green 24158 9-08.1(2)1 Rust -Penetrating Sealer This section is revised to read: Rust -penetrating sealer shall be a two -component, chemically -cured, 100 percent solids epoxy. 9-08.1(2)J Black Enamel This section is revised to read: The enamel shall conform to Federal Specification MIL PRF 24635E Type II Class 2. 9-08.1(2)K Orange Equipment Enamel The first paragraph is revised to read: The enamel shall be an alkyd gloss enamel conforming to Federal Specification MIL- PRF-24635E Type II Class 1. The color, when dry, shall match that of SAE AMS Standard 595, color number 12246. 9-08.1(2)L Exterior Acrylic Latex Paint -White The first paragraph is revised to read: This paint shall conform to Federal Specification MIL-PRF-24635E Type II Class 1, 2 or 3. 9-08.1(7) Acceptance This section is revised to read: For projects with moisture -cured polyurethane quantities less than 20 gallons, acceptance will be by the Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. For projects with moisture -cured polyurethane quantities greater than 20 gallons, the product shall be listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). If the lot number is listed on the QPL, it may be accepted without additional testing. If the lot number is not listed on the QPL, a 1 quart sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory for testing and acceptance. For all other paint types, acceptance will be based on visual inspection. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 127 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 9-08.1(8) Standard Colors In the first paragraph, the reference to "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". The second paragraph is revised to read: Unless otherwise specified, all top or finish coats shall be semi -gloss, with the paint falling within the range of 35 to 70 on the 60-degree gloss meter. 9-08.2 Powder Coating Materials for Coating Galvanized Surfaces The last paragraph is revised to read: Repair materials shall be as recommended by the powder coating manufacturer and as specified in the Contractor's powder coating plan as accepted by the Engineer. 9-08.3 Pigmented Sealer Materials for Coating of Concrete Surfaces This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-08.3 Concrete Surface Treatments 9-08.3(1) Pigmented Sealer Materials The pigmented sealer shall be a semi -opaque, colored toner containing only methyl methacrylate-ethyl acrylate copolymer resins, toning pigments suspended in solution at all times by a chemical suspension agent, and solvent. Toning pigments shall be laminar silicates, titanium dioxide, and inorganic oxides only. There shall be no settling or color variation. Tinting shall occur at the factory at the time of manufacture and placement in containers, prior to initial shipment. Use of vegetable or marine oils, paraffin materials, stearates, or organic pigments in any part of coating formulation will not be permitted. The color of pigmented sealer shall be as specified by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall submit a 1-quart wet sample, a drawdown color sample, and spectrophotometer or colorimeter readings taken in accordance with ASTM D2244, for each batch and corresponding standard color card. The calculated Delta E shall not exceed 1.5 from the Commission Internationale de I'Eclairage (CIELAB) when measured at 10 degrees Standard Observer and Illuminant D 65. The 1-quart wet sample shall be submitted in the manufacturer's labeled container with product number, batch number, and size of batch. The companion drawdown color sample shall be labeled with the product number, batch number, and size of batch. The Contractor shall submit the specified samples and readings to the Engineer at least 14 calendar days prior to the scheduled application of the sealer. The Contractor shall not begin applying pigmented sealer until receiving the Engineer's written approval of the pigmented sealer color samples. 9-08.3(2) Exposed Aggregate Concrete Coatings and Sealers 9-08.3(2)A Retardant Coating Retardant coating shall exhibit the following properties: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Retards the set of the surface mortar of the concrete without preventing the concrete to reach the specified 28 day compressive strength. Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 128 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2. Leaves the aggregate with its original color and luster, and firmly 2 embedded in the concrete matrix. 3 4 3. Allows the removal of the surface mortar in accordance with the 5 methods specified in Section 6-02.3(14)E without the use of acidic 6 washing compounds. 7 8 4. Allows for uniform removal of the surface mortar. 9 10 If the Contractor proposes use of a retardant coating that is not listed in the 11 current WSDOT QPL, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing 12 consisting of a one quart product sample from a current lot along with 13 supporting product information, Safety Data Sheet, and a Manufacturer's 14 Certificate of Compliance stating that the product conforms to the above 15 performance requirements. 16 17 9-08.3(2)B Clear Sealer 18 The sealer for concrete surfaces with exposed aggregate finish shall be a 19 clear, non -gloss, penetrating sealer of either a silane, siloxane, or silicone 20 based formulation. 21 22 9-08.3(3) Permeon Treatment 23 Permeon treatment shall be a product of known consistent performance in 24 producing the SAE AMS Standard 595 Color No. 30219 target color hue 25 established by WSDOT, either selected from the WSDOT Qualified Products List 26 (QPL), or an equivalent product accepted by the Engineer. For acceptance of 27 products not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, the Contractor shall submit Type 3 28 Working Drawings consisting of a one quart product sample from a current lot, 29 supporting product information and a Safety Data Sheet. 30 31 9-13.AP9 32 Section 9-13, Riprap, Quarry Spalls, Slope Protection, and Rock for Erosion 33 and Scour Protection and Rock Walls 34 April 2, 2018 35 9-13.1(1) General 36 The last paragraph is revised to read: 37 38 Riprap and quarry spalls shall be free from segregation, seams, cracks, and other 39 defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather and shall meet the following test 40 requirements: 41 42 9-13.5 Concrete Slope Protection 43 This section is revised to read: 44 45 Concrete slope protection shall consist of reinforced portland cement or blended 46 hydraulic cement concrete poured or pneumatically placed upon the slope with a 47 rustication joint pattern or semi -open concrete masonry units placed upon the slope 48 closely adjoining each other. 49 50 9-13.5(2) Poured Portland Cement Concrete Slope Protection 51 This section's title is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 129 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 Poured Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope Protection 9-13.5(3) Pneumatically Placed Portland Cement Concrete Slope Protection This section's title is revised to read: Pneumatically Placed Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope Protection The first paragraph is revised to read: Cement — This material shall be portland cement or blended hydraulic cement as specified in Section 9-01. 9-13.7(1) Rock for Rock Walls and Chinking Material The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Rock for rock walls and chinking material shall be hard, sound and durable material, free from seams, cracks, and other defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather, and shall meet the following test requirements: 9-14.AP9 Section 9-14, Erosion Control and Roadside Planting August 6, 2018 9-14.4(2) Hydraulically Applied Erosion Control Products (HECPs) In Table 1, the last four rows are deleted. 9-14.4(2)A Long -Term Mulch The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Products containing cellulose fiber produced from paper or paper components will not be accepted. Table 2 is supplemented with the following new rows: Water Holding Capacity ASTM D 7367 800 percent minimum Organic Matter Content AASHTO T 267 90 percent minimum Seed Germination Enhancement ASTM D 7322 Long Term 420 percent minimum 9-14.4(2)B Moderate -Term Mulch This section is revised to read: Within 48 hours of application, the Moderate -Term Mulch shall bond with the soil surface to create a continuous, absorbent, flexible, erosion -resistant blanket. Moderate - Term Mulch shall effectively perform the intended erosion control function in accordance with Section 8-01.3(1) for a minimum of 3 months, or until temporary vegetation has been established, whichever comes first. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 130 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 Moderate -Term Mulch shall not be used in conjunction with permanent seeding. 2 3 9-14.4(2)C Short -Term Mulch 4 This section is revised to read: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Short -Term Mulch shall effectively perform the intended erosion control function in accordance with Section 8-01.3(1) for a minimum of 2 months, or until temporary vegetation has been established, whichever comes first. Short -Term Mulch shall not be used in conjunction with permanent seeding. 9-16.AP9 Section 9-16, Fence and Guardrail August 6, 2018 9-16.3(1) Rail Element The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: All rail elements shall be formed from 12-gage steel except for thrie beam reducer sections, reduced length thrie beam rail elements, thrie beams used for bridge rail retrofits, and Design F end sections, which shall be formed from 10-gage steel. 9-16.3(5) Anchors The last paragraph is revised to read: Cement grout shall conform to Section 9-20.3(4) and consist of one part portland cement or blended hydraulic cement and two parts sand. 9-18.AP9 Section 9-18, Precast Traffic Curb April 2, 2018 9-18.1(1) Aggregates and Proportioning Item number 1 of the first paragraph is revised to read: Portland cement or blended hydraulic cement shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-01 except that it may be Type I portland cement conforming to AASHTO M 85. 9-20.AP9 Section 9-20, Concrete Patching Material, Grout, and Mortar April 1, 2019 9-20.1 Patching Material This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-20.1 Patching Material for Cement Concrete Pavement Concrete patching material shall be prepackaged mortar extended with aggregate. The amount of aggregate for extension shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendation. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 131 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 Patching mortar and patching mortar extended with aggregate shall contain 2 cementitious material and conform to Sections 9-20.1(1) and 9-20.1(2). The 3 Manufacturer shall use the services of a laboratory that has an equipment calibration 4 verification system and a technician training and evaluation process in accordance with 5 AASHTO R 18 to perform all tests specified in Section 9-20.1. 6 7 9-20.1(1) Patching Mortar 8 Patching mortar shall conform to the following requirements: 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Compressive Strength ASTM Test Method Specification at 3 hours C 39 Minimum 3,000 psi at 24 hours C 39 Minimum 5,000 psi Length Change at 28 days C 157 0.15 percent maximum Total Chloride Ion Content C 1218 1 Ib/ d3 maximum Bond Strength at 24 hours C 882 (As modified by C 928, Section 9.5 Minimum 1,000 psi Scaling Resistance (at 25 cycles of freezing and thawing) C 672 (As modified by C 928, Section 9.4) 1 Ib/ft2 maximum 9-20.1(2) Patching Mortar Extended with Aggregate Patching mortar extended with aggregate shall meet the following requirements: Compressive Strength ASTM Test Method Specification at 3 hours C 39 Minimum 3,000 psi at 24 hours C 39 Minimum 5,000 psi Length Change at 28 days C 157 0.15 percent maximum Bond Strength at 24 hours C 882 (As modified by ASTM C928, Section 9.5 Minimum 1,000 psi Scaling Resistance (at 25 cycles of freezing and thawing) C 672 2 Maximum Visual Rating Freeze thaw C 666 Maximum expansion 0.10% Minimum durability 90.0% 9-20.1(3) Aggregate Aggregate used to extend the patching mortar shall conform to Section 9-03.1(4) and be AASHTO Grading No. 8. A Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance shall be submitted showing the aggregate source and the gradation. Mitigation for Alkali Silica Reaction (ASR) will not be required for the extender aggregate used for concrete patching material. 9-20.1(4) Water Water shall meet the requirements of Section 9-25.1. The quantity of water shall be within the limits recommended by the repair material manufacturer. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 132 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 9-20.2 Specifications This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-20.2 Patching Material for Concrete Structure Repair Concrete patching material shall be a prepackaged mixture of portland or blended hydraulic cement, aggregate, and admixtures. Fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag and microsilica fume may be used. The concrete patching material may be shrinkage compensated. The concrete patching material shall also meet the following requirements: • Compressive strength of 6000 psi or higher at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 22 (ASTM C 39), unless noted otherwise • Bond strength of 250 psi or higher at 28 days or less in accordance with ASTM C 1583 or ICRI 210.3R • Shrinkage shall be 0.05 percent (500 microstrain) or lower at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 160 (ASTM C 157) as modified by ICRI 320.3R • Permeability shall be 2,000 coulombs or lower at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 277 (ASTM C 1202) • Freeze -thaw resistance shall have a durability factor of 90 percent or higher after a minimum of 300 cycles in accordance with AASHTO T 161 Procedure A (ASTM C 666) • Soluble chloride ion limits in Section 6-02.3(2) shall be satisfied 9-20.2(1) Patching Mortar This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety. 9-20.2(2) Patching Mortar Extended with Aggregate This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety. 9-20.3(3) Grout Type 3 for Unconfined Bearing Pad Applications This section's title is revised to read: Grout Type 3 for Unconfined Applications This section is revised to read: Grout Type 3 shall be a prepackaged material that does not include expansive admixtures meeting the following requirements: Compressive strength shall be 4000 psi or higher at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 22 (ASTM C 39) for grout extended with coarse aggregate or AASHTO T 106 (ASTM C109) otherwise. Bond strength shall meet one of the following: 250 psi or higher at 28 days or less in accordance with ASTM C1583. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 133 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 2000 psi or higher at 28 days or less in accordance with ASTM C882. The following modification to ASTM C882 is acceptable: use Type 3 Grout in lieu of epoxy resin base bonding system and freshly mixed portland- cement mortar in the procedure for testing Type II and V systems. Drying shrinkage shall be 0.08 percent (800 microstrain) or lower at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 160 (ASTM C157). The following modification to AASHTO T 160 is acceptable: use a standard specimen size of 3 x 3 x 11-'/4 inches. 9-20.5 Bridge Deck Repair Material Item number 3 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 3. Permeability of less than 2,000 coulombs at 28-days or more in accordance with AASHTO T 277. 9-21.AP9 Section 9-21, Raised Pavement Markers (RPM) January 2, 2018 9-21.2 Raised Pavement Markers Type 2 This section's content is deleted. 9-21.2(1) Physical Properties This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-21.2(1) Standard Raised Pavement Markers Type 2 The marker housing shall contain reflective faces as shown in the Plans to reflect incident light from either a single or opposite directions and meet the requirements of ASTM D 4280 including Flexural strength requirements. 9-21.2(2) Optical Requirements This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-21.2(2) Abrasion Resistant Raised Markers Type 2 Abrasion Resistant Raised Markers Type 2 shall comply with Section 9-21.2(1) and meet the requirements of ASTM D 4280 with the following additional requirement: The coefficient of luminous intensity of the markers shall be measured after subjecting the entire lens surface to the test described in ASTM D 4280 Section 9.5 using a sand drop apparatus. After the exposure described above, retroreflected values shall not be less than 0.5 times a nominal unblemished sample. 9-21.2(3) Strength Requirements This section is deleted in its entirety. 'UPAWT06 Section 9-23, Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures April 1, 2019 9-23.12 Natural Pozzolan This section is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 134 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 Natural Pozzolans shall be ground Pumice and shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M295 Class N, including supplementary optional chemical requirements as set forth in Table 2. 9-23.13 Blended Supplementary Cementitious Material The second sentence is revised to read: Blended SCMs shall be limited to binary or ternary blends of fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag and microsilica fume. The second to last sentence is deleted. Section 9-26, Epoxy Resins January 7, 2019 9-26.1(1) General The following new sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: For pre -packaged cartridge kits, the epoxy bonding agent shall meet the requirements of ASTM C881 when mixed according to manufacturer instructions, utilizing the manufacturer's mixing nozzle. 9-26.1(2) Packaging and Marking The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The components of the epoxy system furnished under these Specifications shall be supplied in separate containers or pre -packaged cartridge kits that are non -reactive with the materials contained. The second paragraph is revised to read: Separate containers shall be marked by permanent marking that identify the formulator, "Component A" (contains the Epoxy Resin) and "Component B" (Contains the Curing Agent), type, grade, class, lot or batch number, mixing instructions and the quantity contained in pounds or gallons as defined by these Specifications. The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph: Pre -packaged cartridge kits shall be marked by permanent marking that identify the formulator, type, grade, class, lot or batch number, mixing instructions and the quantity contained in ounces or milliliters as defined by these Specifications. 9-28.AP9 Section 9-28, Signing Materials and Fabrication April 1, 2019 9-28.2 Manufacturer's Identification and Date The second sentence is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 135 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 In addition, the width and height dimension, in inches, the Contract number, and the number of the sign as it appears in the Plans shall be placed using 3-inch series C black letters on the back of destination, distance, and large special signs. 9-28.10 Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-28.10 Digital Printing Transparent and opaque durable inks used in digital printed sign messages shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. When properly applied, digital printed colors shall have a warranty life of the base retroreflective sign sheeting. Digital applied colors shall present a smooth surface, free from foreign material, and all messages and borders shall be clear and sharp. Digital printed signs shall conform to 70% of the retroreflective minimum values established for its type and color. Digitally printed signs shall meet the daytime color and luminance, and nighttime color requirements of ASTM D 4956. No variations in color or overlapping of colors will be permitted. Digital printed permanent traffic signs shall have an integrated engineered match component clear protective overlay recommended by the sheeting manufacturer applied to the entire face of the sign. On Temporary construction/maintenance signs printed with black ink only, the protective overlay film is optional, as long as the finished sign has a warranty of a minimum of three years from sign sheeting manufacturer. All digital printed traffic control signs shall be an integrated engineered match component system. The integrated engineered match component system shall consist of retroreflective sheeting, durable ink(s), and clear overlay film all from the same manufacturer applied to aluminum substrate conforming to Section 9-28.8. The sign fabricator shall use an approved integrated engineered match component system as listed on the Qualified Products List (QPL). Each approved digital printer shall only use the compatible retroreflective sign sheeting manufacturer's engineered match component system products. Each retroreflective sign sheeting manufacturer/integrated engineered match component system listed on the QPL shall certify a department approved sign fabricator is approved to operate their compatible digital printer. The sign fabricator shall re -certify annually with the retroreflective sign manufacturer to ensure their digital printer is still meeting manufacturer's specifications for traffic control signs. Documentation of each re -certification shall be submitted to the QPL Engineer annually. 9-28.11 Hardware The last paragraph is revised to read: All steel parts shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M111. Steel bolts and related connecting hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM F 2329. 9-28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: Anchor rods for sign bridge and cantilever sign structure foundations shall conform to Section 9-06.5(4), including Supplemental Requirement S4 tested at -20°F. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 136 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 MET In the second sentence of the fourth paragraph, "AASHTO M232" is revised to read "ASTM F 2329". The first sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: Except as otherwise noted, steel used for sign structures and posts shall have a controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: If such modifications are contemplated, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing of the proposed modifications. 9-29.AP9 Section 9-29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical April 1, 2019 9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 9-29.1(10) Pull Tape Pull tape shall be pre -lubricated polyester pulling tape. The pull tape shall have a minimum width of/2-inch and a minimum tensile strength of 500 pounds. Pull tape may have measurement marks. 9-29.1(11) Foam Conduit Sealant Foam conduit sealant shall be self -expanding waterproof foam designed to prevent both water and pest intrusion. The foam shall be designed for use in and around electrical equipment, including both insulated and bare conductors. 9-29.2(1) Junction Boxes The first paragraph is revised to read: For the purposes of this Specification concrete is defined as portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete and non -concrete is all others. 9-29.2(1)A2 Non -Concrete Junction Boxes The first paragraph is revised to read: Material for the non -concrete junction boxes shall be of a quality that will provide for a similar life expectancy as portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete in a direct burial application. 9-29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes In the table in the last paragraph, the fourth, fifth and sixth rows are revised to read: Slip Resistant Lid ASTM A36 steel Frame ASTM A36 steel Slip Resistant Frame ASTM A36 steel 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 137 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 9-29.3(2)A1 Single Conductor Current Carrying This second sentence is revised to read: Insulation shall be XLP (cross -linked polyethylene) or EPR (Ethylene Propylene Rubber), Type USE (Underground Service Entrance) or USE-2, and rated for 600-volts or higher. 9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards In the first sentence of the third paragraph, "AASHTO M232" is revised to read "ASTM F 2329". Item number 2 of the last paragraph is revised to read: 2. The steel light and signal standard fabricator's shop drawing submittal, including supporting design calculations, submitted as a Type 2E Working Drawing in accordance with Section 8-20.2(1) and the Special Provisions. 9-29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards In the second paragraph, "AASHTO M232" is revised to read "ASTM F 2329". The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Steel used for light and signal standards shall have a controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. 9-29.6(5) Foundation Hardware In the last paragraph, "AASHTO M232" is revised to read "ASTM F 2329". 9-29.10(1) Conventional Roadway Luminaires This section is revised to read: All conventional roadway luminaires shall meet 3G vibration requirements as described in ANSI C136.31. All luminaires shall have housings fabricated from aluminum. The housing shall be painted flat gray, SAE AMS Standard 595 color chip No. 26280, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Painted housings shall withstand a 1,000 hour salt spray test as specified in ASTM 13117. Each housing shall include a four bolt slip -fitter mount capable of accepting a nominal 2" tenon and adjustable within +/- 5 degrees of the axis of the tenon. The clamping bracket(s) and the cap screws shall not bottom out on the housing bosses when adjusted within the +/- 5 degree range. No part of the slipfitter mounting brackets on the luminaires shall develop a permanent set in excess of 0.2 inch when the cap screws used for mounting are tightened to a torque of 32 foot-pounds. Each luminaire shall include leveling reference points for both transverse and longitudinal adjustment. All luminaires shall include shorting caps when shipped. The caps shall be removed and provided to the Contracting Agency when an alternate control device is required to be installed in the photocell socket. House side shields shall be included when required by the Contract. Order codes shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to include the option for house side shields. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 138 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 9-29.10(1)A High Pressure Sodium (HPS) Conventional Roadway Luminaires HPS conventional roadway luminaires shall meet the following requirements: General shape shall be "cobrahead" style, with flat glass lens and full cutoff optics. 2. Light pattern distribution shall be IES Type III. 3. The reflector of all luminaires shall be of a snap -in design or secured with screws. The reflector shall be polished aluminum or prismatic borosilicate glass. 4. Flat lenses shall be formed from heat resistant, high -impact, molded borosilicate or tempered glass. 5. The lens shall be mounted in a doorframe assembly, which shall be hinged to the luminaire and secured in the closed position to the luminaire by means of an automatic latch. The lens and doorframe assembly, when closed, shall exert pressure against a gasket seat. The lens shall not allow any light output above 90 degrees nadir. Gaskets shall be composed of material capable of withstanding the temperatures involved and shall be securely held in place. 6. The ballast shall be mounted on a separate exterior door, which shall be hinged to the luminaire and secured in the closed position to the luminaire housing by means of an automatic type of latch (a combination hex/slot stainless steel screw fastener may supplement the automatic -type latch). 7. Each luminaire shall be capable of accepting a 150, 200, 250, 310, or 400 watt lamp complete and associated ballast. Lamps shall mount horizontally. 9-29.10(1)B Light Emitting Diode (LED) Conventional Roadway Luminaires LED Conventional Roadway Luminaires are divided into classes based on their equivalent High Pressure Sodium (HPS) luminaires. Current classes are 200W, 250W, 310W, and 400W. LED luminaires are required to be pre -approved in order to verify their photometric output. To be considered for pre -approval, LED luminaires must meet the requirements of this section. LED luminaires shall include a removable access door, with tool -less entry, for access to electronic components and the terminal block. The access door shall be removable, but include positive retention such that it can hang freely without disconnecting from the luminaire housing. LED drivers may be mounted either to the interior of the luminaire housing or to the removable door itself. LED drivers shall be removable for user replacement. All internal modular components shall be connected by means of mechanical plug and socket type quick disconnects. Wire nuts may not be used for any purpose. All external electrical connections to the luminaire shall be made through the terminal block. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 139 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 LED luminaires shall include a 7-pin NEMA photocell receptacle. The LED driver(s) shall be dimmable from ten volts to zero volts. LED output shall have a Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) of 4000K nominal (4000-4300K) and a Color Rendering Index (CRI) of 70 or greater. LED output shall be a minimum of 85% at 75,000 hours at 25 degrees Celsius. LED luminaires shall be available for 120V, 240V, and 480V supply voltages. Voltages refer to the supply voltages to the luminaires present in the field. LED power usage shall not exceed the following maximum values for the applicable wattage class: Class Max. Wattage 20OW 110W 250W 165W 310W 210W 40OW 275W Only one brand of LED conventional roadway luminaire may be used on a Contract. They do not necessarily have to be the same brand as any high -mast, underdeck, or wall -mount luminaires when those types of luminaires are specified in the Contract. LED luminaires shall include a standard 10 year manufacturer warranty. The list of pre -approved LED Conventional Roadway Luminaires is available at http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/Design/Traffic/ledluminaires.htm. 9-29.10(2) Decorative Luminaires This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-29.10(2) Vacant 9-29.12 Electrical Splice Materials This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 9-29.12(3) Splice Enclosures 9-29.12(3)A Heat Shrink Splice Enclosure Heat shrink splice enclosures shall be medium or heavy wall cross -linked polyolefin, meeting the requirements of AMS-DTL-23053/15, with thermoplastic adhesive sealant. Heat shrink splices used for "wye" connections require rubber electrical mastic tape. 9-29.12(3)B Molded Splice Enclosure Molded splice enclosures shall use epoxy resin in a clear rigid plastic mold. The material used shall be compatible with the insulation material of the insulated conductor or cable. The component materials of the resin insulation shall be packaged ready for convenient mixing without removing from the package. 9-29.12(4) Re -Enterable Splice Enclosure Re -enterable splice enclosures shall use either dielectric grease or a flexible resin contained in a two-piece plastic mold. The mold shall either snap together or use stainless steel hose clamps. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 140 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 9-29.12(5) Vinyl Electrical Tape for Splices Vinyl electrical tape in splicing applications shall meet the requirements of MIL-1- 24391 C. 9-29.12(1) Illumination Circuit Splices This section is revised to read: Underground illumination circuit splices shall be solderless crimped connections capable of securely joining the wires, both mechanically and electrically, as defined in Section 8-20.3(8). Aerial illumination splices shall be solderless crimp connectors or split bolt vice -type connectors. 9-29.12(1)A Heat Shrink Splice Enclosure This section is deleted in its entirety. 9-29.12(1)B Molded Splice Enclosure This section is deleted in its entirety. 9-29.12(2) Traffic Signal Splice Material This section is revised to read: Induction loop splices and magnetometer splices shall use an uninsulated barrel -type crimped connector capable of being soldered. 9-29.13(10)D Cabinets for Type 170E and 2070 Controllers The first sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: A disposable paper filter element with dimensions of 12" x 16" x 1" shall be provided in lieu of a metal filter. Item number 6 is revised to read: 6. LED light strips shall be provided for cabinet lighting, powered from the Equipment breaker on the Power Distribution Assembly. Each LED light strip shall be approximately 12 inches long, have a minimum output of 320 lumens, and have a color temperature of 4100K (cool white) or higher. There shall be three light strips for each rack within the cabinet. Lighting shall be ceiling mounted — rack mounted lighting is not permitted. Light strips shall be installed in the locations shown in the Standard Plans. Lighting shall not interfere with the proper operation of any other ceiling mounted equipment. All lighting fixtures above a rack shall energize automatically when either door to that respective rack is opened. Each door switch shall be labeled "Light". Item number 7 is revised to read: 7. Rack mounted equipment shall be as shown in the Standard Plans. The cabinet shall use PDA #2LX and Output File #1 LX. Where an Auxiliary Output File is required, Output File #2LX shall also be included. This section is supplemented with the following new item: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications TED4004057 141 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 9. The PCB connectors for Field Terminal Blocks FT1 through FT6 on Output Files #1 LX and #2LX shall be capable of accepting minimum 14 AWG field wiring, have a pitch of 5.08 mm, and use screw flange type locking to secure the plug and socket connection. The sockets on the Field Terminal Panel shall be secured to the panel such that unplugging a connector will not result in the socket moving or separating from the panel. 9-29.13(11) Traffic Data Accumulator and Ramp Meters Item number 2 is revised to read: 2. Rack mounted equipment shall be as shown in the Standard Plans. Item number 3 is revised to read: 3. PDA #3LX shall be furnished with three Model 200 Load Switches installed. PDA #3LX shall be modified to include a second Model 430 transfer relay, mounted on the rear of the PDA and wired as shown in the Standard Plans. 9-29.13(12) ITS Cabinet This section's title is revised to read: Type 331 L ITS Cabinet The first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: Basic ITS cabinets shall be Model 331 L Cabinets, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Type 331 L Cabinets shall be constructed in accordance with the TEES, with the following modifications: Item number 6 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 6. LED light strips shall be provided for cabinet lighting, powered from the Equipment breaker on the Power Distribution Assembly. Each LED light strip shall be approximately 12 inches long, have a minimum output of 320 lumens, and have a color temperature of 4100K (cool white) or higher. There shall be three light strips for each rack within the cabinet. Lighting shall be ceiling mounted — rack mounted lighting is not permitted. Light strips shall be installed in the locations shown in the Standard Plans. Lighting shall not interfere with the proper operation of any other ceiling mounted equipment. All lighting fixtures above a rack shall energize automatically when either door to that respective rack is opened. Each door switch shall be labeled "Light". 9-29.16(2)E Painting Signal Heads In the first sentence, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595" 9-29.17 Signal Head Mounting Brackets and Fittings In the first paragraph, item number 2 under Stainless Steel is revised to read: 2. Bands or cables for Type N mount. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 142 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 9-29.20 Pedestrian Signals In item 2C of the second paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-29.24 Service Cabinets The third sentence of item number 6 is revised to read: The dead front cover shall have cutouts for the entire breaker array, with blank covers where no circuit breakers are installed. Item number 8 is revised to read: 8. Lighting contactors shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.24(2). The last sentence of item number 10 is revised to read: Dead front panels shall prevent access to any exposed, live components, and shall cover all equipment except for circuit breakers (including blank covers), the photocell test/bypass switch, and the GFCI receptacle. 9-29.24(2) Electrical Circuit Breakers and Contactors This section is revised to read: All circuit breakers shall be bolt -on type, with the RMS-symmetrical interrupting capacity described in this Section. Circuit breakers for 120/240/277 volt circuits shall be rated at 240 or 277 volts, as applicable, with an interrupting capacity of not less than 10,000 amperes. Circuit breakers for 480 volt circuits shall be rated at 480 volts, and shall have an interrupting capacity of not less than 14,000 amperes. Lighting contactors shall be rated for tungsten or ballasted (such as sodium vapor, mercury vapor, metal halide, and fluorescent) lamp loads. Contactors for 120/240/277 volt circuits shall be rated at 240 volts maximum line to line voltage, or 277 volts maximum line to neutral voltage, as applicable. Contactors for 480 volt circuits shall be rated at 480 volt maximum line to line voltage. 9-33.AP9 Section 9-33, Construction Geosynthetic August 6, 2018 9-33.4(1) Geosynthetic Material Approval The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: If the geosynthetics material is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance including Certified Test Reports of each proposed geosynthetic shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation. The last paragraph is revised to read: Geosynthetics used as reinforcement in permanent geosynthetic retaining walls, reinforced slopes, reinforced embankments, and other geosynthetic reinforcement applications require proof of compliance with the National Transportation Product 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 143 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 Evaluation Program (NTPEP) in accordance with AASHTO Standard Practice R 69, 2 Standard Practice for Determination of Long -Term Strength for Geosynthetic 3 Reinforcement. 4 5 9-34.AP9 6 Section 9-34, Pavement Marking Material 7 January 7, 2019 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 9-34.2(2) Color The first sentence is revised to read: Paint draw -downs shall be prepared according to ASTM D823. Each reference to "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-34.2(3) Prohibited Materials This section is revised to read: Traffic paint shall not contain mercury, lead, chromium, diarylide pigments, toluene, chlorinated solvents, hydrolysable chlorine derivatives, ethylene -based glycol ethers and their acetates, nor any other EPA hazardous waste material over the regulatory levels in accordance with CFR 40 Part 261.24. 9-34.2(5) Low VOC Waterborne Paint The heading "Standard Waterborne Paint" is supplemented with "Type 1 and 2". The heading "High -Build Waterborne Paint" is supplemented with "Type 4". The heading "Cold Weather Waterborne Paint" is supplemented with "Type 5". In the row beginning with fO @900F", each minimum value is revised to read "60". In the row beginning with "Fineness of Grind, (Hegman Scale)", each minimum value is revised to read " Y. The last four rows are replaced with the following: Vehicle Composition ASTM D 100% acrylic emulsion 100% cross -linking 100% acrylic emulsion 2621 acrylic4 Freeze -Thaw ASTM D @ 5 cycles show no @ 5 cycles show no @ 3 cycles show no Stability, KU 2243 and D coagulation or change coagulation or change coagulation or change 562 in viscosity greater in viscosity greater in viscosity greater than ± 10 KU than ± 10 KU than ± 10 KU Heat Stability ASTM D ± 10 KU from the ± 10 KU from the ± 10 KU from the 5622 initial viscosity initial viscosity initial Viscosity Low Temperature ASTM D No Cracks* No Cracks Film Formation 28053 Cold Flexibility5 ASTM D522 Pass at 0.5 in mandrel* Test Deck ASTM D913 >_70% paint retention Durabilit 6 in wheel track* Mud Cracking See note 7 No Cracks No Cracks 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 144 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 After the preceding Amendments are applied, the following new column is inserted after the "Standard Waterborne Paint Type 1 and 2" column: Semi -Durable Waterborne Paint Type 3 White I Yellow Min. Max. I Min. I Max. Within ± 0.3 of qualification sample 80 95 80 95 60 60 77 77 65 65 43 43 1.25 1.25 3 3 0.98 0.96 88 50 100, 100, 9.5 9.5 10 10 100% acrylic emulsion @ 5 cycles show no coagulation or change in viscosity greater than ± 10 KU ± 10 KU from the initial viscosity No Cracks Pass at 0.25 in mandrel >_70% paint retention in wheel track No Cracks The footnotes are supplemented with the following: 4Cross-linking acrylic shall meet the requirements of federal specification TT-P-1952F Section 3.1.1. 5Cold Flexibility: The paint shall be applied to an aluminum panel at a wet film thickness of 15 mils and allowed to dry under ambient conditions (50±10% RH and 72±5 °F) for 24 hours. A cylindrical mandrel apparatus (in accordance with ASTM D522 method B) shall be put in a 40°F refrigerator when the paint is drawn down. After 24 hours, the aluminum panel with dry paint shall be put in the 40OF refrigerator with the mandrel apparatus for 2 hours. After 2 hours, the panel and test apparatus shall be removed and immediately tested to according to ASTM D522 to evaluate cold flexibility. Paint must show no evidence of cracking, chipping or flaking when bent 180 degrees over a mandrel bar of specified diameter. 6NTPEP test deck, or a test deck conforming to ASTM D713, shall be conducted for a minimum of six months with the following additional requirements: it shall be applied at 15 wet mils to a test deck that is located at 40N latitude or higher with at least 10,000 ADT and which was applied during the months of September through November. 7Paint is applied to an approximately 4"x12" aluminum panel using a drawdown bar with a 50 mil gap. The coated panel is allowed to dry under ambient conditions (50±10% RH and 72±5 °F) for 24 hours. Visual evaluation of the dry film shall reveal no cracks. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 145 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 9-34.3 Plastic In the first sentence of the last paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-34.3(2) Type B — Pre -Formed Fused Thermoplastic In the last two paragraphs, each reference to "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-34.3(4) Type D — Liquid Cold Applied Methyl Methacrylate The Test Method value for Adhesion to PCC or HMA, psi is revised to read "ASTM D4541' ". 9-34.4 Glass Beads for Pavement Marking Materials In the Test Method column of the table titled Metal Concentration Limits, "EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C" is revised to read "EPA 3052 SW-846 601 OD". 9-34.5(1) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Short Duration This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-34.5(1) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Short Duration (Removable) Temporary pavement marking tape for short duration (usage is for up to two months) shall conform to ASTM D4592 Type I except that black tape, black mask tape and the black portion of the contrast removable tape, shall be non -reflective. 9-34.5(2) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Long Duration This section's title is revised to read: Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Long Duration (Non -Removable) The first sentence is revised to read: Temporary pavement marking tape for long duration (usage is for greater than two months and less than one year) shall conform to ASTM D4592 Type II. ASTM E2176 is deleted from the second sentence. 9-34.7(1) Requirements The first paragraph is revised to read: Field performance evaluation is required for low VOC solvent -based paint per Section 9- 34.2(4), Type A — liquid hot applied thermoplastic per Section 9-34.3(1), Type B — preformed fused thermoplastic per Section 9-34.3(2), Type C — cold applied preformed tape per Section 9-34.3(3), and Type D — liquid applied methyl methacrylate per Section 9-34.3(4). The last paragraph is deleted. 9-34.7(1)C Auto No -Track Time The first paragraph is revised to read: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 146 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 1 2 3 4 Auto No -Track Time will only be required for low VOC solvent -based paint in accordance with Section 9-34.2(4). The second and third sentences of the second paragraph are deleted. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay TED4004057 Amendments to the 2018 Standard Specifications 147 (Revised 4/1/19) 2019 City of Renton Contract Provisions for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Special Provisions Table of Contents INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS....................................................................................... SP 1 DESCRIPTIONOF WORK......................................................................................................................... SP 2 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS......................................................................................... SP 4 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT................................................................................. SP 11 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK...................................................................................................................... SP 14 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK................................................................................................................. SP 14 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL........................................................................................................... SP 17 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC ..................................................... SP 17 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS................................................................................................ SP 25 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT.............................................................................................. SP 29 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL............................................................................................... SP 32 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT.................................................................................................................... SP 34 8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL......................................................... SP 66 APPENDICES......................................................................................................................................... SP 68 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP i Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 SPECIAL PROVISIONS INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) The work on this project shall be accomplished in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2018 edition, as issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association (APWA), Washington State Chapter (hereafter "Standard Specifications"). The Standard Specifications, as modified or supplemented by the Amendments to the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the Contract Documents, shall govern all of the Work. These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from various sources, which may have project -specific fill-ins; and project -specific Special Provisions. Each Provision either supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable Standard Specification, or is a new Provision. The deletion, amendment, alteration, or addition to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications is meant to pertain only to that particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted that the balance of the section does not apply. The project -specific Special Provisions are not labeled as such. The GSPs are labeled under the headers of each GSP, with the effective date of the GSP and its source, as follows: (May 18, 2013 APWA GSP) (April 1, 2013 WSDOT GSP) (*****) Project Specific Special Provision added by City of Renton Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are: • Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently adopted edition, with Washington State modifications, if any • Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, WSDOT/APWA, current edition • City of Renton Standard Details, City of Renton Public Works Department, Current Edition • Public Rights -Of -Way Accessibility Guidelines (PROWAG), current edition Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at Contractor's own expense. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 1 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 DIVISION 1— GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION OF WORK (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) This Contract provides for the improvement of 2019 Street Patch and Overlay and other work, all in accordance with the attached Contract Plans, these Contract Provisions, and the Standard Specifications. 1-01.3 Definitions (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) Delete the heading Completion Dates and the three paragraphs that follow it, and replace them with the following: Dates Bid Opening Date The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the Bids. Award Date The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive Bidder for the Work. Contract Execution Date The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the Agency to the Contract. Notice to Proceed Date The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins. Substantial Completion Date The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any remaining traffic disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or correction or repair remains for the Physical Completion of the total Contract. Physical Completion Date The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be furnished by the Contractor by this date. Completion Date The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor before establishment of this date. Final Acceptance Date The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the Work as complete. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 2 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Supplement this Section with the following: All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special Provisions, to the terms "State", "Department of Transportation", "Washington State Transportation Commission", "Commission", "Secretary of Transportation", "Secretary', "Headquarters", and "State Treasurer" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency". All references to the terms "State" or "state" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency" unless the reference is to an administrative agency of the State of Washington, a State statute or regulation, or the context reasonably indicates otherwise. All references to "State Materials Laboratory" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency designated location". All references to "final contract voucher certification" shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting Agency form(s) by which final payment is authorized, and final completion and acceptance granted. Additive A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base bid. Alternate One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods or material of construction for performing the same work. Business Day A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in Section 1-08.5. Contract Bond The definition in the Standard Specifications for "Contract Bond" applies to whatever bond form(s) are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a Payment Bond and a Performance Bond. Contract Documents See definition for "Contract". Contract Time The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which the Work must be physically completed. Notice of Award The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful Bidder signifying the Contracting Agency's acceptance of the Bid Proposal. Notice to Proceed The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which the Contract 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 3 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 time begins. Traffic Both vehicular and non -vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and equestrian traffic. 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed can be found in the Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the work. After award of the contract, Plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below: To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced Plans (11" x 17") N/A Furnished automatically upon award. Contract Provisions 5 Furnished automatically upon award. Large Plans (e.g., 22" x 34") N/A Furnished only upon request. Additional Plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the source stated in the Call for Bids, at the Contractor's own expense. 1-02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications and Site of Work 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 4 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 1-02.4(1) General (August 15, 2016 APWA GSP Option B) The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the Bid Documents, shall request the explanation or interpretation in writing by close of business, 5 days preceding the bid opening to allow a written reply to reach all prospective Bidders before the submission of their Bids. 1-02.4(2) Subsurface Information (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: The Summary of Geotechnical Conditions and the boring logs, if and when included as an appendix to the Special Provisions, shall be considered as part of the Contract. 1-02.5 Proposal Forms Delete Section 1-02.5 and replace it with the following: The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda; the bidder's name, address, telephone number, and signature; a State of Washington Contractor's Registration Number; Unified Business Identifier (UBI); Industrial Insurance Account Number, Employment Security Department Number and State Excise Tax Registration Number. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise specified. 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal Delete Section 1-02.6 and replace it with the following: The Contracting Agency will accept only those Proposals properly executed on the physical forms it provides, or electronic forms that the Bidder has been authorized to access. Unless it approves in writing, the Contracting Agency will not accept Proposals on forms attached to the Plans and stamped "Informational". All prices shall be in legible figures (not words) written in ink or typed, and expressed in U.S. dollars 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 5 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 and cents. The Proposal shall include: 1. A unit price for each item (omitting digits more than four places to the right of the decimal point), 2. An extension for each unit price (omitting digits more than two places to the right of the decimal point), and 3. The Total Bid Amount (the sum of all extensions). 4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. 5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. In the space provided on the signature sheet, the Bidder shall confirm that all Addenda have been received. The Bidder shall submit with the Bid a list of: 1. Subcontractors who will perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing as described in RCW 18.106 and electrical as described in RCW 19.28, and 2. The work those Subcontractors will perform on the Contract. 3. Shall not list more than one Subcontractor for each category of work identified, except, when Subcontractors vary with Bid alternates, in which case the Bidder shall identify which Subcontractor will be used for which alternate. If no Subcontractor is listed, the Bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any Subcontractor to perform those items of work. The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. Evidence of the signatory's authority to sign the Bid Proposal on behalf of the business entity shall be submitted with the Bid Proposal. Otherwise, the submitted Bid Proposal will be considered irregular and non -responsive and may be rejected. 1-02.6(1) Recycled Materials Proposal Section 1-02.6(1) is an added new section: The Bidder shall submit with the Bid, its proposal for incorporating recycled materials into the project, using the form provided in the Contract Provisions. Otherwise, the submitted Bid Proposal will be considered irregular and non -responsive and will be rejected. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 6 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 1-02.6(2) Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes Section 1-02.6(2) is an added new section: The Bidder shall submit with the Bid a completed and signed "Contractor Certification, Wage Law Compliance — Responsibility Criteria, Washington State Public Works Contracts" document where the Bidder under penalty of perjurty verifies that the Bidder is in compliance with reponsibile bidder criteria in RCW 39.04.350 subsection (1)(g), as required per Section 1-02.14. Otherwise, the submitted Bid Proposal will be considered irregular and non -responsive and will be rejected. The Bidder may use the form provided in the Bid Documents. The form is also available at http://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.html. The Bidder may download, print, complete and sign the form to include with Bid. The DOT Form, DOT Form Number and revision date must match the form included in the Bid Documents, otherwise the Bid will be regarded as irregular and non -responsive and the Bid will be rejected. 1-02.7 Bid Deposit (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: Bid bonds shall contain the following: 1. Contracting Agency -assigned number for the project; 2. Name of the project; 3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; 4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 5. Signature of the bidder's officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said signature; 6. The signature of the surety's officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of attorney. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the Contract Provisions. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, cash will not be accepted for a bid deposit. 1-02.7(1) Bid Bond, Cashier's Check, Postal Money Order 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 7 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Section 1-02.7(1) is an added new section: As evidence of good faith, pursuant to RCW 35.23.352(1), an original Bid Proposal Deposit in the form of either a bid bond, cashier's check or postal money order in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Total Bid Amount shall be submitted with the Bid Proposal. If the Bidder elects to provide a bid bond, the Proposal Bid Bond form included in the Bid Documents shall be used. Otherwise, the Bid Proposal will be considered irregular and non -responsive and the Bid Proposal will be rejected. If the Bidder elects to provide a cashier's check, it shall be made payable to the City of Renton. If the Bidder elects to provide a postal money order, it shall be made payable to the City of Renton. Cash will not be accepted for a bid deposit. 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal Delete Section 1-02.9 and replace it with the following: Each proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and Project Number as stated in the Call for Bids clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, or as otherwise required in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery. Proposals that are received as required will be publically opened and read as specified in Section 1- 02.12. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Bid Proposal that is received after the time specified in the Call for Bids for receipt of Bid Proposals, or received in a location other than that specified in the Call for Bids. 1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete this section, and replace it with the following: After submitting a physical Bid Proposal to the Contracting Agency, the Bidder may withdraw, revise, or supplement it if: The Bidder submits a written request signed by an authorized person and physically delivers it to the place designated for receipt of Bid Proposals, and The Contracting Agency receives the request before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, and The revised or supplemented Bid Proposal (if any) is received by the Contracting Agency before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals. If the Bidder's request to withdraw, revise, or supplement its Bid Proposal is received before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, the Contracting Agency will return the unopened Proposal package to the Bidder. The Bidder must then submit the revised or supplemented package in its entirety. If the Bidder does not submit a revised or supplemented package, then its bid shall be considered 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 8 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 withdrawn. Late revised or supplemented Bid Proposals or late withdrawal requests will be date recorded by the Contracting Agency and returned unopened. Mailed, e-mailed, or faxed requests to withdraw, revise or supplement a Bid Proposal are not acceptable. 1-02.12 Public Opening of Proposals Supplement Section 1-02.12 with the following: The Contracting Agency reserves the right to postpone the date and/or time that sealed bids are due and the bid opening. Notification to all bidders of any change will be by addenda. 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals Delete Section 1-02.13 and replace it with the following: 1. A proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required; b. The authorized proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; c. The completed proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate Bids, or conditions; d. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the Contract; e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; f. The Proposal form is not properly executed; h. The Bidder fails to submit with their Bid Proposal, an original Bid Proposal Deposit in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Total Bid Amount, as required in Section 1-02.7; i. The Bidder elects to provide a Bid Bond for the Bid Proposal Deposit and does not submit or properly execute the Proposal Bid Bond form included in the Bid Documents, as required in Section 1-02.7(1); j. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; k. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete the Proposal for Incorporating Recycled Materials into the Project document, as required in Section 1-02.6(1). I. The Bidder fails to submit or properly execute the Contractor Certification, Wage Law 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 9 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Compliance — Responsibility Criteria, Washington State Public Works Contractors document, as required in Section 1-02.6(2). m. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the Bid invitation; or n. More than one proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder under the same or different names. 2. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if: a. The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item; b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the amount of a reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the Contracting Agency; c. Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged; d. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or partnership submit Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both Bids may be rejected); or e. If Proposal form entries are not made in ink. 3. A Proposal will be considered irregular and may be rejected if: a. The Bidder fails to submit with their Bid Proposal, evidence of signatory's authority to sign the Bid Proposal on behalf of the business entity, as required in Section 1-02.6. 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders (May 17, 2018 APWA GSP, Option A) Delete this section and replace it with the following: A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), as amended. The Contracting Agency will verify that the Bidder meets the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1). To assess bidder responsibility, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to request documentation as needed from the Bidder and third parties concerning the Bidder's compliance with the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria. If the Contracting Agency determines the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1) and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the Contracting Agency shall notify the Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination. If the Bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within two (2) business days of the Contracting Agency's determination by presenting its appeal and any additional information to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will consider the appeal and any additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Contracting Agency will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until at least two business 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 10 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the Contracting Agency's final determination. 1-02.15 Pre Award Information (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder: A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used, 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time required for the various phases of the work, 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, 5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the work is located. 7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1-03.1 Consideration of Bids (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for correctness of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the price per unit and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder's unit or lump sum price is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price, to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected where necessary, including sales taxes where applicable and such additives and/or alternates as selected by the Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract bond. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 11 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 1-03.1(1) Identical Bid Totals (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: After opening Bids, if two or more lowest responsive Bid totals are exactly equal, then the tie -breaker will be the Bidder with an equal lowest bid, that proposed to use the highest percentage of recycled materials in the Project, per the form submitted with the Bid Proposal. If those percentages are also exactly equal, then the tie -breaker will be determined by drawing as follows: Two or more slips of paper will be marked as follows: one marked "Winner" and the other(s) marked "unsuccessful". The slips will be folded to make the marking unseen. The slips will be placed inside a box. One authorized representative from each Bidder shall draw a slip from the box. Bidders shall draw in alphabetic order by the name of the firm as registered with the Washington State Department of Licensing. The slips shall be unfolded and the firm with the slip marked "Winner" will be determined to be the successful Bidder and eligible for Award of the Contract. Only those Bidders who submitted a Bid total that is exactly equal to the lowest responsive Bid, and with a proposed recycled materials percentage that is exactly equal to the highest proposed recycled materials amount, are eligible to draw. 1-03.3 Execution of Contract (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Copies of the Contract Provisions, including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be available for signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following award. The number of copies to be executed by the Contractor will be determined by the Contracting Agencv. Within ten 10 calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency -prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1-07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4. Before execution of the contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre -award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1-02.15. Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting Agency nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency -furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency. If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the contract documents within the calendar days after the award date stated above, the Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of zero 0 additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it. 1-03.4 Contract Bond (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 12 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 The successful bidder shall provide an executed payment and performance bond(s) for the full contract amount. The bond may be combined payment and performance bond; or be separate payment and performance bonds. In the case of separate payment and performance bonds, each shall be for the full contract amount. The bond(s) shall: 1. Be on a Contracting Agency -furnished form; 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, duties, and conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty and obligation to indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against all losses and claims related directly or indirectly from any failure: a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform and comply with all contact obligations, conditions, and duties, or b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work; 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond(s) must be signed by the president or vice-president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond(s) to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney, or a letter to such effect signed by the president or vice-president). 1-03.7 Judicial Review (November 30, 2018 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Any decision made by the Contracting Agency regarding the Award and execution of the Contract or Bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review permitted under Washington Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of the county where the Contracting Agency headquarters is located, provided that where an action is asserted against a county. RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and iurisdiction. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 13 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications and Addenda (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 1. Addenda, 2. Proposal Form, 3. Special Provisions, 4. Contract Plans, 5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 6. Standard Specifications, 7. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans or Details (if any), and 8. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized work. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 14 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights provided by this Section. The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the work as required. 1-05.11 Final Inspection Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Contractor's request shall list the specific items of work that remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the work with the Contractor to determine the status of completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefore. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection. 1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection, the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 15 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1-05.7. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer's right hereunder. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have been fulfilled. 1-05.11(3) Operational Testing It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar work it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer's guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract. 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs of this section. 1-05.15 Method of Serving Notices (March 25, 2009 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: All correspondence from the Contractor shall be directed to the Project Engineer. All correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest, notice of dispute, or other correspondence constituting notification required to be furnished under the Contract, must be in 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 16 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 paper format, hand delivered or sent via mail delivery service to the Project Engineer's office. Electronic copies such as a -mails or electronically delivered copies of correspondence will not constitute such notice and will not comply with the requirements of the Contract. 1-05.16 Water and Power (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Section 1-05.16 is an added new section: The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and water as a pay item. 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL 1-06.6 Recycled Materials (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) Delete this section, including its subsections, and replace it with the following: The Contractor shall make their best effort to utilize recycled materials in the construction of the project. Approval of such material use shall be as detailed elsewhere in the Standard Specifications. Prior to Physical Completion the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled materials that were utilized in the construction of the project for each of the items listed in Section 9-03.21. The report shall include hot mix asphalt, recycled concrete aggregate, recycled glass, steel furnace slag and other recycled materials (e.g. utilization of on -site material and aggregates from concrete returned to the supplier). The Contractor's report shall be provided on DOT form 350-075 Recycled Materials Reporting. 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor's care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 17 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the Contractor's plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the project site. 1-07.2 State Taxes Delete this section, including its sub -sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 1-07.2 State Sales Tax (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. The Contractor shall include all Contractor -paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1-07.2(2) describes this exception. The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a FHWA- funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract -related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work. 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 170 WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or existing 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 18 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. 1-07.2(3) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 1-07.7 Load Limits (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) Section 1-07.7 is supplemented with the following: If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitates hauling over roads other than State Highways, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, make all arrangements for the use of the haul routes. 1-07.13 Contractor's Responsibility for Work 1-07.13(4) Repair of Damage (August 6, 2001 WSDOT GSP) Section 1-07.13(4) is revised to read: The Contractor shall promptly repair all damage to either temporary or permanent work as directed by the Engineer. For damage qualifying for relief under Sections 1-07.13(1), 1-07.13(2) or 1-07.13(3), payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.4. Payment will be limited to repair of damaged work only. No payment will be made for delay or disruption of work. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 19 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities 1-07.17(3) Transit Facilities Section 1-07.17(3) is a new section: King County Metro Any construction or installation activities affecting transit operations or facilities must be coordinated by the Contractor through the Metro Transit Construction Information Center. The Contractor shall prepare and submit the appropriate construction notification documentation for King County Metro Transit and provide copies of such documentation to the Engineer. For notification information and guidelines, refer to: http://www.kingcountV.gov/transportation/kcdot/MetroTransit/Construction.aspx 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 1-07.18 Insurance (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) 1-07.18(1) General Requirements A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain the insurance described in all subsections of section 1-07.18 of these Special Provisions, from insurers with a current A.M. Best rating of not less than A-: VII and licensed to do business in the State of Washington. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance provided, based on the insurer's financial condition. B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force without interruption from the commencement of the Contractor's work through the term of the Contract and for thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated below. C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims -made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months following the Completion Date or earlier termination of this Contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period ("tail") or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed. D. The Contractor's Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liability and Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance policies shall be primary and non-contributory insurance as respects the Contracting Agency's insurance, self-insurance, or self -insured pool coverage. Any insurance, 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 20 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 self-insurance, or self -insured pool coverage maintained by the Contracting Agency shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. E. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all additional insureds with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipts of such notice. F. The Contractor shall not being work under the Contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. G. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five business days' notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. H. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices of the Contract and no additional payment will be made. 1-07.18(2) Additional Insured All insurance policies, with the exception of Workers Compensation, and of Professional Liability and Builder's Risk (if required by this Contract), shall name the following listed entities as additional insured(s) using the forms or endorsements required herein: ■ the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and volunteers The above -listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability maintained by the Contractor, irrespective of whether such limits maintained by the Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1-07.18(4) describes limits lower than those maintained by the Contractor. For Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, the required additional insured endorsements shall be at least as broad as ISO forms CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations. 1-07.18(3) Subcontractors The Contractor shall cause each Subcontractor of every tier to provide insurance coverage that complies with all applicable requirements of the Contractor -provided insurance as set forth herein, except the Contractor shall have sole responsibility for determining the limits of coverage required to be obtained by Subcontractors. The Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors of every tier add all entities listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insureds, and provide proof of such on the policies as required by that section as detailed in 1-07.18(2) using an endorsement as least as broad as ISO CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 21 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency evidence of insurance and copies of the additional insured endorsements of each Subcontractor of every tier as required in 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage. 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. Failure of Contracting Agency to demand such verification of coverage with these insurance requirements or failure of the Contracting Agency to identify a deficiency from the insurance documentation provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. Verification of coverage shall include: 1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be equivalent. 2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor may submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its policies instead of a separate endorsement. 3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein. 4. A notation of coverage enhancements on the Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy these requirements — actual endorsements must be submitted. Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). If Builders Risk insurance is required on this Project, a full and certified copy of that policy is required when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. 1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Contractor's maintenance of insurance, its scope of coverage, and limits as required herein shall not be construed to limit the liability of the Contractor to the coverage provided by such insurance, or otherwise limit the Contracting Agency's recourse to any remedy available at law or in equity. All deductibles and self -insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible or self -insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. In the event an additional insured incurs a liability subject to any policy's deductibles or self -insured retention, said deductibles or self -insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be written on coverage forms at least as broad as ISO occurrence form CG 00 01, including but not limited to liability arising from premises, operations, stop gap liability, independent contractors, products -completed operations, personal and advertising 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 22 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. There shall be no exclusion for liability arising from explosion, collapse or underground property damage. The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide a per project general aggregate limit, using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent endorsement. Contractor shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance arising out of the Contractor's completed operations for at least three years following Substantial Completion of the Work. Such policy must provide the following minimum limits: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 General Aggregate $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury, each offence $1,000,000 Stop Gap / Employers' Liability each accident 1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability Automobile Liability shall cover owned, non -owned, hired, and leased vehicles; and shall be written on a coverage form at least as broad as ISO form CA 00 01. If the work involves the transport of pollutants, the automobile liability policy shall include MCS 90 and CA 99 48 endorsements. Such policy must provide the following minimum limit: $1,000,000 Combined single limit each accident 1-07.18(5)C Workers' Compensation The Contractor shall comply with Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the state of Washington. 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic (January 2, 2012 WSDOT GSP) Section 1-07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: Work Zone Clear Zone The Work Zone Clear Zone (WZCZ) applies during working and nonworking hours. The WZCZ applies only to temporary roadside objects introduced by the Contractor's operations and does not apply to preexisting conditions or permanent Work. Those work operations that are actively in progress shall be in accordance with adopted and approved Traffic Control Plans, and other contract requirements. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 23 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 During nonworking hours equipment or materials shall not be within the WZCZ unless they are protected by permanent guardrail or temporary concrete barrier. The use of temporary concrete barrier shall be permitted only if the Engineer approves the installation and location. During actual hours of work, unless protected as described above, only materials absolutely necessary to construction shall be within the WZCZ and only construction vehicles absolutely necessary to construction shall be allowed within the WZCZ or allowed to stop or park on the shoulder of the roadway. The Contractor's nonessential vehicles and employees private vehicles shall not be permitted to park within the WZCZ at any time unless protected as described above. Deviation from the above requirements shall not occur unless the Contractor has requested the deviation in writing and the Engineer has provided written approval. Minimum WZCZ distances are measured from the edge of traveled way and will be determined as follows: Regulatory Posted Speed Distance From Traveled Way (Feet) 35 mph or less 10 40 mph 15 45 to 55 mph 20 60 mph or greater 30 * or 2-feet beyond the outside edge of sidewalk Minimum Work Zone Clear Zone Distance (January 5, 2015 WSDOT GSP) Section 1-07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: Lane closures are subject to the following restrictions: With the exception of holidays, lane closues are limited to the hours of 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM, Monday through Friday. If the Engineer determines that permitted closure hours adversely affect traffic, the Engineer may adjust the hours accordingly. The Engineer will notify the Contract in writing of any change in the closure hours. Lane closures are not allowed on any of the following: 1. A holiday, 2. A holiday weekend; holidays that occur on Friday, Saturday, Sunday or Monday are considered a holiday weekend. A holiday weekend includes Saturday, Sunday, and the holiday. 3. After 12:00 PM (noon) on the day prior to a holiday or holiday weekend, and 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 24 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 4. Before 8:30 AM on the day after the holiday or holiday weekend. 1-07.24 Rights of Way Section 1-07.24 is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address, and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the Completion Date will be established. 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Add the following new section: 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Add the following new section: 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: 1. To review the initial progress schedule; 2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work; 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc.; 4. To establish normal working hours for the work; 5. To review safety standards and traffic control; 6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work; The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction meeting the following: 1. A breakdown of all lump sum items; 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 25 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 2. A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals; and 3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable. Add the following new section: 1-08.0(2) Hours of Work (December 8, 2014 APWA GSP) Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the normal working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, exclusive of a lunch break. If the Contractor desires different than the normal working hours stated above, the request must be submitted in writing prior to the preconstruction conference, subject to the provisions below. The working hours for the Contract shall be established at or prior to the preconstruction conference. All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such as noise ordinances). If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor shall submit a written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state what hours are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later than 2 weeks prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the hours. If the Contracting Agency approves such a deviation, such approval may be subject to certain other conditions, which will be detailed in writing. For example. On non -Federal aid projects, requiring the Contractor to reimburse the Contracting Agency for the costs in excess of straight -time costs for Contracting Agency representatives who worked during such times. (The Engineer may require designated representatives to be present during the work. Representatives who may be deemed necessary by the Engineer include, but are not limited to: survey crews; personnel from the Contracting Agency's material testing lab; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees or third party consultants when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such work necessitates their presence.) Considering the work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working days with regard to the contract time. 3. Considering multiple work shifts as multiple working days with respect to contract time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24-hour period. 4. If a 4-10 work schedule is requested and approved the non -working day for the week will be charged as a working day. S. If David Bacon wage rates apply to this Contract, all requirements must be met and recorded properly on certified payroll. 1-08.1 Subcontracting 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 26 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Section 1-08.1 is supplemented with the following: Prior to any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor beginning work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer written certification that a written agreement between the Contractor and the subcontractor or between the subcontractor and any lower tier subcontractor has been executed. A Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor will not be permitted to perform any work under the contract until the following documents have been completed and submitted to the Engineer: 1. Request to Sublet Work (WSDOT Form 421-012, revised 07/2016). The Contractor's records pertaining to the requirements of this Special Provision shall be open to inspection or audit by representatives of the Contracting Agency during the life of the contract and for a period of not less than three years after the date of acceptance of the contract. The Contractor shall retain these records for that period. The Contractor shall also guarantee that these records of all Subcontractors and lower tier Subcontractors shall be available and open to similar inspection or audit for the same time period. The eigth paragraph of Section 1-08.1 is deleted and replaced with the following: On all projects, the Contractor shall certify to the actual amount received from the Contracting Agency (Final Contract Voucher Certification) and amounts paid to all firms that were used as Subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, manufacturers, regular dealers, or services providers on the Contract. Upon physical completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Agency, a list of all firms paid under this contract and the final actual amounts paid to each firm listed. 1-08.3 Progress Schedule 1-08.3(2)A Type A Progress Schedule (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: The Contractor shall submit five (5) copies of a Type A Progress Schedule no later than at the pre - construction conference, or some other mutually agreed upon submittal time. The schedule may be a critical path method (CPM) schedule, bar chart, or other standard schedule format. Regardless of which format used, the schedule shall identify the critical path. The Engineer will evaluate the Type A Progress Schedule and approve or return the schedule for corrections within 15 calendar days of receiving the submittal. 1-08.4 Prosecution of the Work Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of Work (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 27 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project site within ten days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. When shown in the Plans, the first order of work shall be the installation of high visibility fencing to delineate all areas for protection or restoration, as described in the Contract. Installation of high visibility fencing adjacent to the roadway shall occur after the placement of all necessary signs and traffic control devices in accordance with 1-10.1(2). Upon construction of the fencing, the Contractor shall request the Engineer to inspect the fence. No other work shall be performed on the site until the Contracting Agency has accepted the installation of high visibility fencing, as described in the Contract. 1-08.4(1) Daily Notification of Planned Work Location Section 1-08.4(1) is a new section. For each day work is scheduled to be performed, the Contractor shall contact and inform the Engineer of the location and the anticipated start time. 1-08.5 Time for Completion (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) Section 1-08.5 is supplemented with the follo wing: This project shall be physically completed within 30 working days. (November 30, 2018 APWA GSP, Option A) Revise the third and fourth paragraphs to read: Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed Date. Each working day shall be charged to the contract as it occurs, until the contract work is physically complete. If substantial completion has been granted and all the authorized working days have been used, charging of working days will cease. Each week the Engineer will provide the Contractor a statement that shows the number of working days: (1) charged to the contract the week before; (2) specified for the physical completion of the contract; and (3) remaining for the physical completion of the contract. The statement will also show the nonworking days and any partial or whole day the Engineer declares as unworkable. Within 10 calendar days after the date of each statement, the Contractor shall file a written protest of any alleged discrepancies in it. To be considered by the Engineer, the protest shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of time disputed. By not filing such detailed protest in that period, the Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement as correct. If the Contractor is approved to work 10 hours 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 28 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 a day and 4 days a week (a 4-10 schedule) and the fifth day of the week in which a 4-10 shift is worked would ordinarily be charged as a working day then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a working day whether or not the Contractor works on that day. Revise the sixth paragraph to read: The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the contract after all the Contractor's obligations under the contract have been performed by the Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be established: 1. The physical work on the project must be complete; and 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the contract and required by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the contract. The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date: a. Certified Payrolls (per Section 1-07.9(5)). b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents. C. Monthly Reports of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the Contract Provisions. d. Final Contract Voucher Certification e. Copies of the approved "Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid" for the Contractor and all Subcontractors f. Property owner releases per Section 1-07.24 1-08.9 Liquidated Damages (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Revise the fourth paragraph to read: When the Contract Work has progressed to Substantial Completion as defined in the Contract, the Engineer may determine that the work is Substantially Complete. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the Substantial Completion Date. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the date so established, the formula for liquidated damages shown above will not apply. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the Substantial Completion Date, liquidated damages shall be assessed on the basis of direct engineering and related costs assignable to the project until the actual Physical Completion Date of all the Contract Work. The Contractor shall complete the remaining Work as promptly as possible. Upon request by the Project Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a written schedule for completing the physical Work on the Contract. 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1-09.2 Weighing Equipment 1-09.2(5) Measurement (May 2, 2017 APWA GSP) 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 29 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Revise the first paragraph to read: Scale Verification Checks — At the Engineer's discretion, the Engineer may perform verification checks on the accuracy of each batch, hopper, or platform scale used in weighing contract items of Work. 1-09.6 Force Account (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: The Contracting Agency has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, the Contracting Agency does not warrant expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work actually authorized by Engineer. 1-09.9 Payments (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Delete the first four paragraphs and replace them with the following: The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of Work performed according to the Contract and as specified for payment. The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of the cost of lump sum bid items at the Preconstruction Conference, to enable the Project Engineer to determine the Work performed on a monthly basis. A breakdown is not required for lump sum items that include a basis for incremental payments as part of the respective Specification. Absent a lump sum breakdown, the Project Engineer will make a determination based on information available. The Project Engineer's determination of the cost of work shall be final. Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the preconstruction conference. The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payments. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the final payment. The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of work completed multiplied by the unit price. 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — based on the approved Contractor's lump sum breakdown for that item, or absent such a breakdown, based on the Engineer's determination. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 30 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 3. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to Job site or other storage area approved by the Engineer. 4. Change Orders —entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra work as determined by the Engineer. Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 1. Retainage per Section 1-09.9(1), on non FHWA-funded projects; 2. The amount of progress payments previously made; and 3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents. Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any work has been satisfactorily completed. The determination of payments under the contract will be final in accordance with Section 1-05.1. 1-09.11 Disputes and Claims 1-09.11(3) Time Limitation and Jurisdiction (November 30, 2018 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: For the convenience of the parties to the Contract it is mutually agreed by the parties that any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the Contracting Agency arising from the Contract shall be brought within 180 calendar days from the date of final acceptance (Section 1-05.12) of the Contract by the Contracting Agency; and it is further agreed that any such claims or causes of action shall be brought only in the Superior Court of the county where the Contracting Agency headquarters is located, provided that where an action is asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and jurisdiction. The parties understand and agree that the Contractor's failure to bring suit within the time period provided, shall be a complete bar to any such claims or causes of action. It is further mutually agreed by the parties that when any claims or causes of action which the Contractor asserts against the Contracting Agency arising from the Contract are filed with the Contracting Agency or initiated in court, the Contractor shall permit the Contracting Agency to have timely access to any records deemed necessary by the Contracting Agency to assist in evaluating the claims or action. 1-09.13 Claim Resolution 1-09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration (November 30, 2018 APWA GSP) Revise the third paragraph to read: The Contracting Agency and the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in the Superior 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 31 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Court of the county in which the Contracting Agency's headquarters is located, provided that where claims subiect to arbitration are asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and jurisdiction of the Superior Court. The decision of the arbitrator and the specific basis for the decision shall be in writing. The arbitrator shall use the Contract as a basis for decisions. 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1-10.2 Traffic Control Management 1-10.2(1) General (January 3, 2017 WSDOT GSP) Section 1-10.2(1) is supplemented with the following: Only training with WSDOT TCS card and WSDOT training curriculum is recognized in the State of Washington. The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one of the following: The Northwest Laborers -Employers Training Trust 27055 Ohio Ave. Kingston, WA 98346 (360) 297-3035 Evergreen Safety Council 12545 135t" Ave. NE. Kirkland, WA 98034-8709 1-800-521-0778 or The American Traffic Safety Services Association 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 Fredericksburg, Virginia 22406-1022 Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642-4637 Phone: (540) 368-1701 1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures, and Devices 1-10.3(3)F Notification to Properties Section 1-10.3(3)F is deleted and replaced with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for delivering notification to all properties that front on, or have access to, any street included in the Work. The first notification shall be made approximately one week prior to the day the work is scheduled to begin. The second notification shall be made twenty- four hours (24 hours) prior to the beginning of work. The Contacting Agency shall supply the Contractor with standard notification forms that the Contractor shall complete and deliver. All work and materials associated with this work shall be incidental to the contract lump sum price for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 32 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 "Project Temporary Traffic Control". 1-10.3(3)L No Parking Signs Section 1-10.3(3)L is a new section: Along any street included in the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for posting "No Parking" signs a minimum of 72 hours in advance of the start of work. The signs shall specify the dates) and time(s) that parking restrictions will be in effect. The name and phone number of the Contractor shall be clearly visible on each sign. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with the Engineer and/or Renton Police Department if the need arises to tow any vehicle(s) violating a posted "No Parking" sign. The Contractor shall make a reasonable effort to contact the vehicle owner prior to initiating the process to tow a vehicle. All work and materials associated with this work shall be incidental to the contract lump sum price for "Project Temporary Traffic Control". 1-10.4 Measurement 1-10.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items With Lump Sum Traffic Control (August 2, 2004 WSDOT GSP) Section 1-10.4(3) is supplemented with the following: The bid proposal contains the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control", lump sum and the additional temporary traffic control items listed below. The provisions of Section 1-10.4(1), Section 1-10.4(3), and Section 1-10.5(3) shall apply. "Flaggers" "Portable Changeable Message Sign" END OF DIVISION 1 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 33 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 DIVISION 5 — SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT (July 18, 2018APWA GSP) Delete Section 5-04 and amendments, Hot Mix Asphalt and replace it with the following: 5-04.1 Description This Work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant -mixed hot mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these Specifications. and the lines, ,,Fade thick Rd typicaleras-,;+, .n_ she .,n ;n the ol-,n. The Contractor shall maintain the existing street surface contours (e.g. street profile and cross section, etc.), unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The manufacture of HMA may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in accordance with these Spec- ifications. WMA processes include organic additives, chemical additives, and foaming. HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, mixed in the propor- tions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mixture. See Appendix A for the Summary of Quantities that lists the streets to receive an overlay, the paving limits and the thickness of HMA. All HMA to be placed in this contract shall be HMA Cl. %" PG 64-22. 5-04.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6) Anti -Stripping Additive 9-02.4 HMA Additive 9-02.5 Aggregates 9-03.8 Recycled Asphalt Pavement 9-03.8(3)B Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5) Recycled Material 9-03.21 Portland Cement 9-01 Sand 9-03.1(2) (As noted in 5-04.3(5)C for crack sealing) Joint Sealant 9-04.2 Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A The Contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for the manufac- ture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. If the documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the Contracting Agency, the Con- tractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the amounts required for the designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine aggregates, and mineral filler. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 34 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements removed under the Contract, if any, or pavement material from an existing stockpile. The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional sampling or testing of the RAP. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of one sample for every 1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. The asphalt content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting Agency when submitting the mix design for approval on the QPL. The Contractor shall include the RAP as part of the mix design as defined in these Speci- fications. The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt binder from dif- ferent sources is not permitted. The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of HMA with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for ap- proval the process that is proposed and how it will be used in the manufacture of HMA. Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01. Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02. 5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL If the contractor wishes to submit a mix design for inclusion in the Qualified Products List (QPL), please follow the WSDOT process outlined OR Stan aFd Speeification Cas follows: Comply with each of the following: • Develop the mix design in accordance with WSDOT SOP 732. • Develop a mix design that complies with Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6). • Develop a mix design no more than 6 months prior to submitting it for QPL evaluation. • Submit mix designs to the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater. includine WSDOT Form isn-w • Include representative samples of the materials that are to be used in the HMA production as part of the mix design submittal. • Identify the brand, type, and percentage of anti -stripping additive in the mix design submittal. • Include with the mix design submittal a certification from the asphalt binder supplier that the anti - stripping additive is compatible with the crude source and the formulation of asphalt binder proposed for use in the mix design. • Do not include warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives when developing a mix design or submitting a mix design for QPL evaluation. The use of warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives is not part of the process for obtaining approval for listing a mix design on the QPL. Refer to Section 5-04.2(2)B. 5-04.2(1)A Vacant 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 35 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 5-04.2(2) Mix Design — Obtaining Project Approval No paving shall begin prior to the approval of the mix design by the Engineer. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA in the contract documents. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as ap- proved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. The Proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of nonstatistical evaluation. Nonstatistical Mix Design. Fifteen days prior to the first day of paving the contractor shall provide one of the following mix design verification certifications for Contracting Agency review; The WSDOT Mix Design Evaluation Report from the current WSDOT QPL, or one of the mix de- sign verification certifications listed below. The proposed HMA mix design on WSDOT Form 350-042 with the seal and certification (stamp & sig-nature) of a valid licensed Washington State Professional Engineer. The Mix Design Report for the proposed HMA mix design developed by a qualified City or County laboratory that is within one year of the approval date.** ** The mix design report shall be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority such as Labora- tory Accreditation Bureau, L-A-B for Construction Materials Testing, The Construction Materials Engi- neering Council (CMEC's) ISO 17025 or AASHTO Accreditation Program (AAP) and shall supply evidence of participation in the AASHTO: resource proficiency sample program. Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall; Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2), except that Hamburg testing for ruts and stripping are at the discretion of the Engineer, and 9- 03.8(6). Have anti -strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design determined in accordance with AASHTO T 283 or T 324, or based on historic anti -strip and aggregate source compatibility from previous WSDOT lab testing. At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept verified mix designs older than 12 months from the original verification date with a certification from the Contractor that the materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original mix design. Commercial Evaluation. Approval of a mix design for "Commercial Evaluation" will be based on a review of the Contractor's submittal of WSDOT Form 350-042 (For commercial mixes, AASHTO T 324 evaluation 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 36 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 is not required) or a Mix Design from the current WSDOT QPL or from one of the processes allowed by this section. Testing of the HMA by the Contracting Agency for mix design approval is not required. For the Bid Item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of HMA and design level of Equiva- lent Single Axle Loads (ESAL's) appropriate for the required use. 5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes The Contractor may elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming processes. The use of Additives is subject to the following: Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature more than allowed in Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of mixtures. Before using additives, obtain the Engineer's approval using WSDOT Form 350-076 to describe the proposed additive and process. 5-04.3 Construction Requirements 5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations Do not place HMA for wearing course on any Traveled Way beginning October 1st through March 31st of the following year without written concurrence from the Engineer. Do not place HMA on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are less than those specified below, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the proper handling or finishing of the HMA. Minimum Surface Temperature for Paving Compacted Thickness (Feet) Wearing Course Other Courses Less than 0.10 55-F 45-F 0.10 to .20 45oF 35-F More than 0.20 35oF 35-F 5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic When the Roadway being paved is open to traffic, the requirements of this Section shall apply. The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times except when paving the intersection or paving across the intersection. During such time, and provided that there has been an advance warn- ing to the public, the intersection may be closed for the minimum time required to place and compact the mixture. In hot weather, the Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to ac- celerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. Before closing an intersection, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall also be placed marking the detour or alternate route. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 37 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the Roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8-23. All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these requirements, except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit Contract prices for the various Bid items involved in the Contract. 5-04.3(3) Equipment 5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following requirements: Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder — Tanks for the storage of asphalt binder shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required temperatures. The heating shall be accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or other approved means so that no flame shall be in contact with the storage tank. The circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be designed to ensure proper and continuous circulation during the operating period. A valve for the purpose of sampling the asphalt binder shall be placed in either the storage tank or in the supply line to the mixer. Thermometric Equipment — An armored thermometer, capable of detecting temperature ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be fixed in the asphalt binder feed line at a location near the charging valve at the mixer unit. The thermometer location shall be convenient and safe for access by Inspectors. The plant shall also be equipped with an approved dial -scale thermometer, a mercury actuated thermometer, an electric pyrometer, or another ap- proved thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to automatically register or indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates. This device shall be in full view of the plant operator. 3. Heating of Asphalt Binder —The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer nor shall it be below the mini- mum temperature required to maintain the asphalt binder in a homogeneous state. The as- phalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local variations in heating. The heat- ing method shall provide a continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25°F. Also, when a WMA addi- tive is included in the asphalt binder, the temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. 4. Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials — The HMA plant shall be equipped with a me- chanical sampler for the sampling of the mineral materials. The mechanical sampler shall meet the requirements of Section 1-05.6 for the crushing and screening operation. The Con- tractor shall provide for the setup and operation of the field testing facilities of the Contract- ing Agency as provided for in Section 3-01.2(2). 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 38 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 5. Sampling HMA—The HMA plant shall provide for sampling HMA by one of the following methods: A mechanical sampling device attached to the HMA plant. Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the hauling vehicle without entering the hauling vehicle. 5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds and shall have a cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the mixture from adverse weather. Whenever the weather conditions during the work shift include, or are forecast to include, precipitation or an air tem- perature less than 45°F or when time from loading to unloading exceeds 30 minutes, the cover shall be securely attached to protect the HMA. The contractor shall provide an environmentally benign means to prevent the HMA mixture from adher- ing to the hauling equipment. Excess release agent shall be drained prior to filling hauling equipment with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating material that contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA shall not be used. For live bed trucks, the conveyer shall be in operation during the process of applying the release agent. 5-04.3(3)C Pavers HMA pavers shall be self-contained, power -propelled units, provided with an internally heated vibratory screed and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA plant mix material in lane widths required bythe paving section S"^;•0^ On the Dlans listed in the Summary of Quantities located in Appendix A. The HMA paver shall be in good condition and shall have the most current equipment available from the manufacturer for the prevention of segregation of the HMA mixture installed, in good condition, and in working order. The equipment certification shall list the make, model, and year of the paver and any equipment that has been retrofitted. The screed shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall effec- tively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, segre- gating, or gouging the mixture. A copy of the manufacturer's recommendations shall be provided upon request by the Contracting Agency. Extensions will be allowed provided they produce the same results, including ride, density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed. Extensions without au- gers and an internally heated vibratory screed shall not be used in the Traveled Way. When specified in the Contract or directed by the Engineer, reference lines for vertical control will be required. Lines shall be placed on both outer edges of the Traveled Way of each Roadway. Horizontal control utilizing the reference line will be permitted. The grade and slope for intermediate lanes shall be controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of a mat referencing device and a slope con- trol device. When the finish of the grade prepared for paving is superior to the established tolerances and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, further improvement to the line, grade, cross-section, and smoothness can best be achieved without the use of the reference line, a mat referencing device may 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 39 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 be substituted for the reference line. Substitution of the device will be subject to the continued approval of the Engineer. A joint matcher may be used subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reference line may be removed after the completion of the first course of HMA when approved by the Engineer. Whenever the Engineer determines that any of these methods are failing to provide the necessary verti- cal control, the reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and accessories nec- essary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment. If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Engineer may suspend Work as al- lowed by Section 1-08.6. Any cleaning or solvent type liquids spilled on the pavement shall be thor- oughly removed before paving proceeds. 5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle A Material Transfer Device/Vehicle (MTD/V) shall only be used with the Engineer's approval, unless oth- erwise required by the contract. A MTD/V is not required for this contract. When used, the MTD/V shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to laydown by the paving machine. Mixing of the HMA shall be sufficient to obtain a uniform temperature through- out the mixture. If a windrow elevator is used, the length of the windrow may be limited in urban areas or through intersections, at the discretion of the Engineer. To be approved for use, an MTV: 1. Shall be self-propelled vehicle, separate from the hauling vehicle or paver. 2. Shall not be connected to the hauling vehicle or paver. 3. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 4. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 5. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. To be approved for use, an MTD: 1. Shall be positively connected to the paver. 2. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 3. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 4. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. 5-04.3(3)E Rollers Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, oscillatory, or pneumatic tire type, in good condition and capable of reversing without backlash. Operation of the roller shall be in accordance with the manufac- turer's recommendations. When ordered by the Engineer for any roller planned for use on the project, 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 40 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 the Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer's recommendation for the use of that roller for compaction of HMA. The number and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture in compliance with the requirements of Section 5-04.3(10). The use of equipment that results in crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard, uneven compaction of the surface, displacement of the mixture or other undesirable results shall not be used. 5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall bring it to a uni- form grade and cross-section as shown on the Plans or approved by the Engineer. Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as approved by the Engineer. Compaction of preleveling HMA shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer and may require the use of small steel wheel rollers, plate compactors, or pneumatic rollers to avoid bridging across preleveled ar- eas by the compaction equipment. Equipment used for the compaction of preleveling HMA shall be ap- proved by the Engineer. Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the pavement shall be clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other objectionable matter shall be entirely re- moved from the existing pavement. All pavements or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled with an appropriate class of HMA. The surface of the patched area shall be leveled and compacted thor- oughly. Prior to the application of tack coat, or paving, the condition of the surface shall be approved by the Engineer. A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA is to be placed or abutted; except that tack coat may be omitted from clean, newly paved surfaces at the discretion of the Engineer. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover the existing pavement with a thin film of re- sidual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots at a rate between 0.02 and 0.10 gallons per square yard of retained asphalt. The rate of application shall be approved by the Engineer. A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all joints. For Roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be lim- ited to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift. The spreading equipment shall be equipped with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack coat material. Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If the Contractor's operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement of the HMA. The tack coat shall be CSS-1, or CSS-1h emulsified asphalt. The CSS-1 and CSS-1h emulsified asphalt may be diluted once with water at a rate not to exceed one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. The tack coat shall have sufficient temperature such that it may be applied uniformly at the specified rate of application and shall not exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the emulsified as- phalt manufacturer. All utility appurtenances (e.g. manhole covers, valve covers, etc.) located within the paving limits shall be 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 41 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 coated with a biodegradable soap to prevent the tack coat and HMA from sticking to them. Diesel shall not be used for this purpose. After application of the biodegradable soap, all catch basins shall be covered to prevent tack and HMA from entering into them. 5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing 5-04.3(4)A1 General When the Proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, seal all cracks % inch in width and greater. Cleaning: Ensure that cracks are thoroughly clean, dry and free of all loose and foreign material when filling with crack sealant material. Use a hot compressed air lance to dry and warm the pavement sur- faces within the crack immediately prior to filling a crack with the sealant material. Do not overheat pavement. Do not use direct flame dryers. Routing cracks is not required. Sand Slurry: For cracks that are to be filled with sand slurry, thoroughly mix the components and pour the mixture into the cracks until full. Add additional CSS-1 cationic emulsified asphalt to the sand slurry as needed for workability to ensure the mixture will completely fill the cracks. Strike off the sand slurry flush with the existing pavement surface and allow the mixture to cure. Top off cracks that were not completely filled with additional sand slurry. Do not place the HMA overlay until the slurry has fully cured. The sand slurry shall consist of approximately 20 percent CSS-1 emulsified asphalt, approximately 2 per- cent portland cement, water (if required), and the remainder clean Class 1 or 2 fine aggregate per sec- tion 9-03.1(2). The components shall be thoroughly mixed and then poured into the cracks and joints until full. The following day, any cracks or joints that are not completely filled shall be topped off with additional sand slurry. After the sand slurry is placed, the filler shall be struck off flush with the existing pavement surface and allowed to cure. The HMA overlay shall not be placed until the slurry has fully cured. The requirements of Section 1-06 will not apply to the portland cement and sand used in the sand slurry. In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: 1. Cracks % inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. 2. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width — fill with sand slurry. Hot Poured Sealant: For cracks that are to be filled with hot poured sealant, apply the material in ac- cordance with these requirements and the manufacturer's recommendations. Furnish a Type 1 Working Drawing of the manufacturer's product information and recommendations to the Engineer prior to the start of work, including the manufacturer's recommended heating time and temperatures, allowable storage time and temperatures after initial heating, allowable reheating criteria, and application tem- perature range. Confine hot poured sealant material within the crack. Clean any overflow of sealant from the pavement surface. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor's method of sealing the 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 42 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 cracks with hot poured sealant results in an excessive amount of material on the pavement surface, stop and correct the operation to eliminate the excess material. 5-04.3(4)A2 Crack Sealing Areas Prior to Paving In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. 5-04.3(4)A3 Crack Sealing Areas Not to be Paved In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: a. Cracks % inch to 1 inch in width —fill with hot poured sealant. b. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width — fill with sand slurry. 5-04.3(4)B Vacant 5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as marked in the field. The Contractor shall conduct the excava- tion operations in a manner that will protect the pavement that is to remain. Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as a result of the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the Con- tractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall ex- cavate only within one lane at a time unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not excavate more area than can be completely finished during the same shift, unless approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the Engineer, excavate to a depth of 1.0 feet. The Engineer will make the final determination of the excavation depth required. The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 40 inches unless shown otherwise in the Plans. Before any excavation, the existing pavement shall be sawcut or shall be removed by a pavement grinder. Excavated materials will become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a Contractor -provided site off the Right of Way or used in accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-03.21. Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5-04.3(4). A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all surfaces of existing pavement in the pavement repair area. Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts not to exceed 0.35-foot compacted depth. Lifts that exceed 0.35-foot of compacted depth may be accomplished with the approval of the Engineer. Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted by a mechanical tamper or a roller. 5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP Aggregates and RAP shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3-02. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate and RAP. Materials shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure minimal segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 43 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 5-04.3(5)A Vacant 5-04.3(6) Mixing After the required amount of mineral materials, asphalt binder, recycling agent and anti -stripping addi- tives have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials is en- sured. When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing temperature by more than 25°F as shown on the reference mix design report or as approved by the Engineer. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, the discharge temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. A maximum water con- tent of 2 percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these problems, the moisture con- tent shall be reduced as directed by the Engineer. Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted with approval of the Engi- neer, but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 24 hours. HMA held for more than 24 hours after mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage facility shall have an accessible device located at the top of the cone or about the third point. The device shall indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be ac- cepted from the storage facility when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone of the storage facility, except as the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the working shift. Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) utilized in the production of HMA shall be sized prior to entering the mixer so that a uniform and thoroughly mixed HMA is produced. If there is evidence of the recycled as- phalt pavement not breaking down during the heating and mixing of the HMA, the Contractor shall im- mediately suspend the use of the RAP until changes have been approved by the Engineer. After the re- quired amount of mineral materials, RAP, new asphalt binder and asphalt rejuvenator have been intro- duced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, and RAP is ensured. 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade and elevation established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5-04.3(3) shall be used to distribute the mixture. Un- less otherwise directed by the Engineer, the nominal compacted depth of any layer of any course shall not exceed the following: HMA Class 1" 0.35 feet HMA Class %" and HMA Class %" wearing course 0.30 feet other courses 0.35 feet HMA Class %" 0.15 feet 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 44 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finish- ing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other equipment or by hand. When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for each JMF shall be placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. The intermingling of HMA produced from more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA placed during a work shift shall conform to a single JMF established for the class of HMA specified unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF. All cast off rock from raking shall be removed prior to compaction of final HMA lift. 5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA For HMA accepted by nonstatistical evaluation the aggregate properties of sand equivalent, uncom- pacted void content and fracture will be evaluated in accordance with Section 3-04. Sampling and test- ing of aggregates for HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. 5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical, or commercial evaluation. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA unless Commercial Evaluation is speci- fied. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, temporary pave- ment, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evalua- tion shall be as approved by the Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evalua- tion will be at the option of the Engineer. The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may request a change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Engineer and may be made in accord- ance with this section. HMA Tolerances and Adjustments 1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances — The constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall be within tolerance. The tolerance limits will be established as follows: For Asphalt Binder and Air Voids (Va), the acceptance limits are determined by adding the toler- ances below to the approved JMF values. These values will also be the Upper Specification Limit (USL) and Lower Specification Limit (LSL) required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2. Property Non -Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation Asphalt Binder +/- 0.5% +/- 0.7% Air Voids, Va 2.5% min. and 5.5% max N/A 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 45 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 For Aggregates in the mixture: a. First, determine preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits by applying the following tol- erances to the approved JMF. Aggregate Percent Passing Non -Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation 1", %", %2 ", and 3/8" sieves +/- 6% +/- 8% No. 4 sieve +/-6% +/- 8% No. 8 Sieve +/- 6% +/-8% No. 200 sieve +/- 2.0% +/- 3.0% b. Second, adjust the preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits determined from step (a) the minimum amount necessary so that none of the aggregate properties are outside the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). The resulting values will be the upper and lower ac- ceptance limits for aggregates, as well as the USL and LSL required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2. 2. Job Mix Formula Adjustments — An adjustment to the aggregate gradation or asphalt binder content of the JMF requires approval of the Engineer. Adjustments to the JMF will only be considered if the change produces material of equal or better quality and may require the development of a new mix design if the adjustment exceeds the amounts listed below. a. Aggregates —2 percent for the aggregate passing the 1%", 1", W, %", W', and the No. 4 sieves, 1 percent for aggregate passing the No. 8 sieve, and 0.5 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. The adjusted JMF shall be within the range of the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). b. Asphalt Binder Content — The Engineer may order or approve changes to asphalt binder content. The maximum adjustment from the approved mix design for the asphalt binder content shall be 0.3 percent. 5-04.3(9)A Vacant 5-04.3(9)B Vacant 5-04.3(9)C Mixture Acceptance — Nonstatistical Evaluation HMA mixture which is accepted by Nonstatistical Evaluation will be evaluated by the Contracting Agency by dividing the HMA tonnage into lots. 5-04.3(9)C1 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation — Lots and Sublots A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for ac- ceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day's production or 800 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 400 tons and may be increased to 1200 tons. All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples from a given lot shall be evaluated collec- tively. If the Contractor requests a change to the JMF that is approved, the material produced after the change will be evaluated on the basis of the new JMF for the remaining sublots in the current lot and for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 46 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 acceptance of subsequent lots. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor's request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. Sampling and testing for evaluation shall be performed on the frequency of one sample per sublot. 5-04.3(9)C2 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation Sampling Samples for acceptance testing shall be obtained by the Contractor when ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall sample the HMA mixture in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with AASH- TO T 168. A minimum of three samples should be taken for each class of HMA placed on a project. If used in a structural application, at least one of the three samples shall to be tested. Sampling and testing HMA in a Structural application where quantities are less than 400 tons is at the discretion of the Engineer. For HMA used in a structural application and with a total project quantity less than 800 tons but more than 400 tons, a minimum of one acceptance test shall be performed. In all cases, a minimum of 3 sam- ples will be obtained at the point of acceptance, a minimum of one of the three samples will be tested for conformance to the JMF: • If the test results are found to be within specification requirements, additional testing will be at the Engineer's discretion. • If test results are found not to be within specification requirements, additional testing of the re- maining samples to determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) shall be performed. 5-04.3(9)C3 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation — Acceptance Testing Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will at the option of the Contracting Agency. If tested, compliance of Va will use WSDOT SOP 731. Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will not be performed by the Con- tracting Agency for this contract. Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308. Testing for compliance of gradation will be by FOP for WAQTC T 27/T 11. 5-04.3(9)C4 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation — Pay Factors For each lot of material falling outside the tolerance limits in 5-04.3(9), the Contracting Agency will de- termine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) using the following price adjustment factors: 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 47 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor "f" All aggregate passing: 1%", 1", %", %", %8" and No.4 sieves 2 All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Asphalt binder 40 Air Voids (Va) (where applicable) 20 Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evalu- ation. When one or more constituents fall outside the nonstatistical tolerance limits in the Job Mix For- mula shown in Table of Price Adjustment Factors, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the calcula- tion of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the Roadway shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. 5-04.3(9)C5 Vacant 5-04.3(9)C6 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation — Price Adjustments For each lot of HMA mix produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The total job mix compliance price adjustment will be calcu- lated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(9)C7 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation - Retests The Contractor may request a sublot be retested. To request a retest, the Contractor shall submit a writ- ten request within 7 calendar days after the specific test results have been received. A split of the origi- nal acceptance sample will be retested. The split of the sample will not be tested with the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, as- phalt binder content, and, at the option of the agency, Va. The results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of the HMA in place of the original sublot sample test results. The cost of testing will be de- ducted from any monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $500 per sample. 5-04.3 (9)D Mixture Acceptance —Commercial Evaluation If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 48 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the commercial tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in 5-04.3(9), the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to de- termine the appropriate CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for eval- uation. For each lot of HMA mix produced and tested under Commercial Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance HMA mixture accepted by nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic lanes, including lanes for inter- sections, ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10-foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of relative density. The speci- fied level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2, using a LSL of 92.0 (minimum of 92 percent of the maximum density). The maximum density shall be determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 729. The specified level of den- sity attained will be determined by the evaluation of the density of the pavement. The density of the pavement shall be determined in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8, except that gauge cor- relation will be at the discretion of the Engineer, when using the nuclear density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when using cores to determine density. Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance with the required pro- cedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores after completion of the finish rolling. If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the mix is placed and prior to opening to traffic. Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the Contractor in ac- cordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4-inches minimum, unless otherwise ap- proved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by the Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166. If the Contract includes the Bid item "Roadway Core" the cores shall be obtained by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at locations designated by the Engi- neer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item "Roadway Core" the Contracting Agency will obtain the cores. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 49 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor's request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point den- sity, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used for preleveling wheel rutting shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Test Results For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum of 92 per- cent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core be used for determination of the relative density of the sublot. The relative density of the core will replace the relative density deter- mined by the nuclear density gauge for the sublot and will be used for calculation of the CPF and ac- ceptance of HMA compaction lot. When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall be re- quested by noon of the next workday after the test results for the sublot have been provided or made available to the Contractor. Core locations shall be outside of wheel paths and as determined by the En- gineer. Traffic control shall be provided by the Contractor as requested by the Engineer. Failure by the Contractor to provide the requested traffic control will result in forfeiture of the request for cores. When the CPF for the lot based on the results of the HMA cores is less than 1.00, the cost for the coring will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $200 per core and the Contractor shall pay for the cost of the traffic control. 5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction — General Compaction Requirements Compaction shall take place when the mixture is in the proper condition so that no undue displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. Areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment shall be compacted by other mechanical means. Any HMA that becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or defi- ciency of asphalt, or is in any way defective, shall be removed and replaced with new hot mix that shall be immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area. The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence shall generally be the Contractor's option, provided the specified densities are attained. Unless the Engineer has approved otherwise, rollers shall only be operated in the static mode when the internal temperature of the mix is less than 175°F. Regardless of mix temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode that results in checking or cracking of the mat. Rollers shall only be operated in static mode on bridge decks. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 50 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction — Cyclic Density Low cyclic density areas are defined as spots or streaks in the pavement that are less than 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. At the Engineer's discretion, the Engineer may evaluate the HMA pavement for low cyclic density, and when doing so will follow WSDOT SOP 733. A $500 Cyclic Density Price Adjustment will be assessed for any 500-foot section with two or more density readings below 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. 5-04.3(10)C Vacant 5-04.3(10)D HMA Nonstatistical Compaction 5-04.3(10)D1 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction — Lots and Sublots HMA compaction which is accepted by nonstatistical evaluation will be based on acceptance testing per- formed by the Contracting Agency dividing the project into compaction lots. A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for ac- ceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day's production or 400 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 200 tons and may be increased to 800 tons. Testing for compaction will be at the rate of 5 tests per sublot per WSDOT T 738. The sublot locations within each density lot will be determined by the Engineer. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor's request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point den- sity, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used to prelevel wheel ruts shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 5-04.3(10)D2 HMA Compaction Nonstatistical Evaluation — Acceptance Testing The location of the HMA compaction acceptance tests will be randomly selected by the Engineer from within each sublot, with one test per sublot. 5-04.3(10)D3 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction — Price Adjustments For each compaction lot with one or two sublots, having all sublots attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density the HMA shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When a sublot does not attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appro- priate CPF. The maximum CPF shall be 1.00, however, lots with a calculated CPF in excess of 1.00 will be used to offset lots with CPF values below 1.00 but greater than 0.90. Lots with CPF lower than 0.90 will 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 51 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 be evaluated for compliance per 5-04.3(11). Additional testing by either a nuclear moisture -density gauge or cores will be completed as required to provide a minimum of three tests for evaluation. For compaction below the required 92% a Non -Conforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) will be deter- mined. The NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of CPF, the quantity of HMA in the com- paction control lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. 5-04.3(11) Reject Work 5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General Work that is defective or does not conform to Contract requirements shall be rejected. The Contractor may propose, in writing, alternatives to removal and replacement of rejected material. Acceptability of such alternative proposals will be determined at the sole discretion of the Engineer. HMA that has been rejected is subject to the requirements in Section 1-06.2(2) and this specification, and the Contractor shall submit a corrective action proposal to the Engineer for approval. 5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and replace it with new material. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and evaluated for acceptance. 5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction) The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of Roadway that appears defec- tive. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the pavement. Any rejected sec- tion of Roadway shall be removed. No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the materials unless the Contrac- tor requests that the rejected material be tested. If the Contractor elects to have the rejected material tested, a minimum of three representative samples will be obtained and tested. Acceptance of rejected material will be based on conformance with the nonstatistical acceptance Specification. If the CPF for the rejected material is less than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected material; in addition, the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor. If the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, the cost of sampling and testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency. If the material is rejected before placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of the unit Contract price added for the cost of removal and disposal. 5-04.3(11)D Rejection - A Partial Sublot In addition to the random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also isolate from a normal sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in relative density, gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an original sample location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect material will be obtained and tested. The material will then be statistically evalu- ated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 52 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 5-04.3(11)E Rejection - An Entire Sublot An entire sublot that is suspected of being defective may be rejected. When a sublot is rejected a mini- mum of two additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained. These additional samples and the original sublot will be evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). 5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until such time as the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced: 1. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 2. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below 0.95 and the Con- tractor is taking no corrective action, or 3. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is less than 0.75. 5-04.3(11)G Rejection - An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction) An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected. 5-04.3(12) Joints 5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints 5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled transverse joints will be allowed and the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture only when the placement of the course must be discontinued for such a length of time that the mixture will cool below compaction tem- perature. When the Work is resumed, the previously compacted mixture shall be cut back to produce a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course. A temporary wedge of HMA constructed on a 20H:1V shall be constructed where a transverse joint as a result of paving or planing is open to traffic. The HMA in the temporary wedge shall be separated from the permanent HMA by strips of heavy wrapping paper or other methods approved by the Engineer. The wrapping paper shall be removed and the joint trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course prior to resumption of paving. The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new mix shall be laid against the cut. Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint. All transverse (butt) ioints between new and existing asphalt shall be milled to the full overlay depth as listed on the Summary of Quantities located in Appendix A. All transverse (butt) joints shall be sealed after paving. See Section 5-04.3(17) for requirements. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 53 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course shall be lo- cated at a lane line or an edge line of the Traveled Way. A notched wedge joint shall be constructed along all longitudinal joints in the wearing surface of new HMA unless otherwise approved by the Engi- neer. The notched wedge joint shall have a vertical edge of not less than the maximum aggregate size or more than %2 of the compacted lift thickness and then taper down on a slope not steeper than 4H:1V. The sloped portion of the HMA notched wedge joint shall be uniformly compacted. 5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals 5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal Prior to placing HMA on the bridge deck, establish sawcut alignment points at both ends of the bridge paving joint seals to be placed at the bridge ends, and at interior joints within the bridge deck when and where shown in the Plans. Establish the sawcut alignment points in a manner that they remain func- tional for use in aligning the sawcut after placing the overlay. Submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the sealant manufacturer's application procedure. Construct the bridge paving joint seal as specified ion the Plans and in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plans. Construct the sawcut in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plan. Construct the sawcut in accordance with Section 5-05.3(8)B and the manufacturer's application proce- dure. 5-04.3(12)B2 Paved Panel Joint Seal Construct the paved panel joint seal in accordance with the requirements specified in section 5- 04.3(12)B1 and the following requirement: 1. Clean and seal the existingjoint between concrete panels in accordance with Section 5-01.3(8) and the details shown in the Standard Plans. 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than A -inch % inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than % inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope S"^;•ffl OR the D1-a^s. of the existing street surface. When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high place in the HMA, the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the following methods: 1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding machine, or 2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or 3. By other method approved by the Engineer. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 54 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater than the allow- able tolerances. Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA and deviations re- sulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not produce satis- factory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The Engineer shall deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor the sum of $500.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in which any excessive deviations described above are found. When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes are located in the traveled way, the utility appurtenances shall be adjusted to the finished grade prior to paving. This requirement may be waived when requested by the Contractor, at the discretion of the Engineer or when the adjustment de- tails provided in the project plan or specifications call for utility appurtenance adjustments after the completion of paving. For this contract, utility appurtenances shall be adjusted to final grade after pav- ing, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. See Section 5-04.3(20) for requirements. Utility appurtenance adjustment discussions will be included in the Pre -Paving planning planing (5- 04.3(14)B3). Submit a written request to waive this requirement to the Engineer prior to the start of paving. 5-04.3(14) Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement The g planing plan must be approved by the Engineer and a pre planniRg planing meeting must be held prior to the start of any planing. See Section 5-04.3(14)B2 for information on planing planing sub- mittals. Prior to planing operations, existing induction loop vehicle detectors shall be disconnected. Induction loop vehicle detectors shall be removed during planing operations. The planing operation on any street and/or street segment shall not precede the HMA paving operation by more than three (3) calendar days, unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. 6ec-atmens of existing s Ffaei g to be planed are as `hev.m On the Drawings Refer to the Summary of Quantities in Appendix A for the list of streets and/or street segments to be planed in this contract. The depth of planing shall match the thickness of HMA to be placed, as listed on the Summary of Quantities. Where planing an existing pavement is specified in the Contract, the Contractor must remove existing surfacing material and to reshape the surface to remove irregularities. The finished product must be a prepared surface acceptable for receiving an HMA overlay. Use the cold milling method for planing unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Do not use the planer on the final wearing course of new HMA. Conduct planing operations in a manner that does not tear, break, burn, or otherwise damage the surface which is to remain. The finished planed surface must be slightly grooved or roughened and must be free from gouges, deep grooves, ridges, or other imperfections. The Contractor must repair any damage to the surface by the Contractor's planing equipment, using an Engineer approved method. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 55 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Repair or replace any metal castings and other surface improvements damaged by planing, as deter- mined by the Engineer. A tapered wedge cut must be planed longitudinally along curb lines sufficient to provide a minimum of 4- 0nehes 2-inches of curb reveal after placement and compaction of the final wearing course. The dimen- sions of the wedge mu -St "^ ^< <"^••g^ ^^ the Drawings 6-feet wide or as specified by the Engineer. A tapered wedge cut must also be made at transitions to adjoining pavement surfaces (meet lines) where butt joints are she AM ^^ the DFawings listed in the Summary of Quantities in Appendix A. Cut butt joints in a straight line with vertical faces 2 inches or more in height, producing a smooth transition to the existing adjoining pavement. After planing is complete, planed surfaces must be swept, cleaned, and if required by the Contract or as directed by the Engineer, patched and preleveled. before opening planed areas to traffic. In the Summary of Quantities in Appendix A, the streets listed that are 2-inches thick shall be ground down 2-inches deep and paved with 2-inches of HMA. Streets listed that are 4-inches thick shall be ground down 4-inches deep and paved 4-inches in two 2-inch lifts. Before the installation of the 2 inches or 4-inches of HMA, the streets shall be bladed and compacted to a uniform grade and cross-section as approved by the Engineer. The preparation of the base shall be in- cidental to the bid item for HMA Cl. %" PG 64-22. Subbase material, which is determined by the Engineer to be unsuitable shall be removed under Roadway Excavation Including Haul and replaced with Crushed Surfacing Top Course prior to the application of HMA. All work associated with Map Number 3 must not start until after the 2019 Lake Youngs Ct SE Storm and Water Improvement Protect is completed, approximately around the middle of August 2019. The Contractor shall provide for safe vehicular travel over existing utility appurtenances during and after planing operations. For utility appurtenances not lowered prior to planing operations, the Contractor shall place temporary fillets of HMA, with a minimum slope of 4H:1V, around all exposed utility appurtenances if any vehicular traffic will be permitted to travel through the work area prior to paving. The HMA used for this purpose shall be considered an incidental use of HMA as described in Section 5-04.3(18). The Contractor shall provide for safe vehicular travel over driveway entrances during and after planing operations. If the depth of exposed curb or drop off exceeds two (2) inches at a driveway and paving will not occur in the same work shift, the Contractor shall place temporary fillets of HMA along the driveway to provide a transition with a minimum slope of 4H:1V. The HMA used for this purpose shall be considered incidental use of HMA as described in Section 5-04.3(18). The Engineer may direct additional depth planing. Before performing this additional depth planing, the Contractor must conduct a hidden metal in pavement detection survey as specified in Section 5- 04.3(14)A. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 56 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 5-04.3(14)A Pre -Planing Metal Detection Check Before starting planing of pavements, and before any additional depth planing required by the Engineer, the Contractor must conduct a physical survey of existing pavement to be planed with equipment that can identify hidden metal objects. Should such metal be identified, promptly notify the Engineer. See Section 1-07.16(1) regarding the protection of survey monumentation that may be hidden in pave- ment. The Contractor is solely responsible for any damage to equipment resulting from the Contractor's failure to conduct a pre -planing metal detection survey, or from the Contractor's failure to notify the Engineer of any hidden metal that is detected. 5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic 5-04.3(14)B1 General In addition the requirements of Section 1-07.23 and the traffic controls required in Section 1-10, and un- less the Contract specifies otherwise or the Engineer approves, the Contractor must comply with the fol- lowing: 1. Intersections: a. Keep intersections open to traffic at all times, except when paving or planing operations through an intersection requires closure. Such closure must be kept to the minimum time re- quired to place and compact the HMA mixture, or plane as appropriate. For paving, schedule such closure to individual lanes or portions thereof that allows the traffic volumes and schedule of traffic volumes required in the approved traffic control plan. Schedule work so that adjacent intersections are not impacted at the same time and comply with the traffic control restrictions required by the Traffic Engineer. Each individual intersection closure or partial closure, must be addressed in the traffic control plan, which must be submitted to and accepted by the Engi- neer, see Section 1-10.2(2). b. When planing or paving and related construction must occur in an intersection, consider scheduling and sequencing such work into quarters of the intersection, or half or more of an intersection with side street detours. Be prepared to sequence the work to individual lanes or portions thereof. c. Should closure of the intersection in its entirety be necessary, and no trolley service is im- pacted, keep such closure to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mix- ture, plane, remove asphalt, tack coat, and as needed. d. Any work in an intersection requires advance warning in both signage and a number of Working Days advance notice as determined by the Engineer, to alert traffic and emergency services of the intersection closure or partial closure. e. Allow new compacted HMA asphalt to cool to ambient temperature before any traffic is allowed on it. Traffic is not allowed on newly placed asphalt until approval has been obtained from the Engineer. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 57 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 2. Temporary centerline marking, post -paving temporary marking, temporary stop bars, and maintaining temporary pavement marking must comply with Section 8-23. 3. Permanent pavement marking must comply with Section 8-22. 5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals — Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan The Contractor must submit a separate planing plan and a separate paving plan to the Engineer at least 5 Working Days in advance of each operation's activity start date. These plans must show how the mov- ing operation and traffic control are coordinated, as they will be discussed at the pre -planing briefing and pre -paving briefing. When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor must provide each operation's traffic control plan on'^esh 11 x 17 inch or larger size Shop Drawings with a scale showing both the area of operation and sufficient detail of traffic beyond the area of operation where detour traffic may be required. The scale on the Shop Drawings is 1 inch = 20 feet 100 feet, which may be changed if the Engineer agrees sufficient detail is shown. The planing operation and the paving operation include, but are not limited to, metal detection, removal of asphalt and temporary asphalt of any kind, tack coat and drying, staging of supply trucks, paving trains, rolling, scheduling, and as may be discussed at the briefing. When intersections will be partially or totally blocked, provide adequately sized and noticeable signage alerting traffic of closures to come, a minimum 2 Working Days in advance. The traffic control plan must show where police officers will be stationed when signalization is or may be, countermanded, and show areas where flaggers are proposed. At a minimum, the planing and the paving plan must include: 1. A copy of the accepted traffic control plan, see Section 1-10.2(2), detailing each day's traffic con- trol as it relates to the specific requirements of that day's planing and paving. Briefly describe the sequencing of traffic control consistent with the proposed planing and paving sequence, and scheduling of placement of temporary pavement markings and channelizing devices after each day's planing, and paving. 2. A copy of each intersection's traffic control plan. 3. Haul routes from Supplier facilities, and locations of temporary parking and staging areas, in- cluding return routes. Describe the complete round trip as it relates to the sequencing of paving operations. 4. Names and locations of HMA Supplier facilities to be used. 5. List of all equipment to be used for paving. 6. List of personnel and associated job classification assigned to each piece of paving equipment. 7. Description (geometric or narrative) of the scheduled sequence of planing and of paving, and intended area of planing and of paving for each day's work, must include the directions of pro- posed planing and of proposed paving, sequence of adjacent lane paving, sequence of skipped lane paving, intersection planing and paving scheduling and sequencing, and proposed notifica- tions and coordinations to be timely made. The plan must show HMA joints relative to the final pavement marking lane lines. 8. Names, job titles, and contact information for field, office, and plant supervisory personnel. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 58 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 9. A copy of the approved Mix Designs. 10. Tonnage of HMA to be placed each day. 11. Approximate times and days for starting and ending daily operations. 5-04.3(14)B3 Pre -Paving and Pre -Planing Briefing At least 2 Working Days before the first paving operation and the first planing operation, or as scheduled by the Engineer for future paving and planing operations to ensure the Contractor has adequately pre- pared for notifying and coordinating as required in the Contract, the Contractor must be prepared to discuss that day's operations as they relate to other entities and to public safety and convenience, in- cluding driveway and business access, garbage truck operations, Metro transit operations and working around energized overhead wires, school and nursing home and hospital and other accesses, other con- tractors who may be operating in the area, pedestrian and bicycle traffic, and emergency services. The Contractor, and Subcontractors that may be part of that day's operations, must meet with the Engineer and discuss the proposed operation as it relates to the submitted planing plan and paving plan, ap- proved traffic control plan, and public convenience and safety. Such discussion includes, but is not lim- ited to: 1. General for both Paving Plan and for Planing Plan: a. The actual times of starting and ending daily operations. b. In intersections, how to break up the intersection, and address traffic control and signaliza- tion for that operation, including use of peace officers. c. The sequencing and scheduling of paving operations and of planing operations, as applica- ble, as it relates to traffic control, to public convenience and safety, and to other con -trac- tors who may operate in the Project Site. d. Notifications required of Contractor activities, and coordinating with other entities and the public as necessary. e. Description of the sequencing of installation and types of temporary pavement markings as it relates to planning and to paving. f. Description of the sequencing of installation of, and the removal of, temporary pavement patch material around exposed castings and as may be needed g. Description of procedures and equipment to identify hidden metal in the pavement, such as survey monumentation, monitoring wells, street car rail, and castings, before planning, see Section 5-04.3(14)B2. h. Description of how flaggers will be coordinated with the planing, paving, and related opera- tions. i. Description of sequencing of traffic controls for the process of rigid pavement base repairs. j. Other items the Engineer deems necessary to address. 2. Paving —additional topics: a. When to start applying tack and coordinating with paving. b. Types of equipment and numbers of each type equipment to be used. If more pieces of equipment than personnel are proposed, describe the sequencing of the personnel operat- ing the types of equipment. Discuss the continuance of operator personnel for each type equipment as it relates to meeting Specification requirements. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 59 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 c. Number of JMFs to be placed, and if more than one JMF how the Contractor will ensure dif- ferent JMFs are distinguished, how pavers and MTVs are distinguished if more than one JMF is being placed at the time, and how pavers and MTVs are cleaned so that one JMF does not adversely influence the other JMF. d. Description of contingency plans for that day's operations such as equipment breakdown, rain out, and Supplier shutdown of operations. e. Number of sublots to be placed, sequencing of density testing, and other sampling and test- ing. 5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces Apply a fog seal where shown in the plans. Construct the fog seal in accordance with Section 5-02.3. Un- less otherwise approved by the Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to opening to traffic. 5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked by the Engi- neer. The Work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5-04. 5-04.3(17) Construction Joint Sealing Transverse Joints - Joints between new and existing asphalt shall be sealed within five (5) calendar days after final rolling of the final lift of HMA. The seal shall be CSS-1 emulsified asphalt. The emulsified asphalt shall be placed in a way to be smooth and flush with roadway surface with minimal overbanding. This work is considered incidental to the bid item "HMA CL. %" PG 64-22". 5-04.3(18) Incidental Uses for HMA Incidental uses for HMA shall consist of restoration and adiustment to paved areas and other such uses as directed by the Engineer. For example, a thickened edge may be required for some streets and/or street segment(s). Incidental uses for HMA shall be measured and paid under the "HMA CL. %" PG 64-22" bid item. 5-04.3(19) Edge of Pavement Alignment Where curb and gutter do not exist, the Contractor shall maintain a ± 2 inches per 100 linear feet tolerance for the edge of pavement. The Contractor may establish a reference line as a guide at their discretion or as directed by the Engineer. This work is considered incidental to the bid item "HMA CL. %" PG 64-22". 5-04.3(20) Adjusting Utility Covers and Monument Cases to Final Grade The following section only applies to existing utility covers and monument cases covered by HMA. The work shall be completed after the final rolling of the final lift of HMA. The work consists of locating and marking these features and then adjusting them final grade. The Contractor shall locate all utility covers and monument cases covered by HMA immediately after pav- ing operations are complete for a street and/or street segment. Each location shall be marked with paint and identify the type of buried feature. The Contractor shall completely expose all water valve boxes and gas valves for access within five (5) calendar days after final rolling of the final lift of HMA. The Contractor shall adjust the following features to final grade per the requirements listed below. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 60 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Manholes — Refer to Renton Standard Plan 106 included in Appendix C. Water Valve Boxes — Refer to Renton Standard Plan 330.1 in Aaaendix C. Gas Valves — Same as Water Valve Boxes. Monument Cases — Refer to Renton Standard Plan 113 in Appendix C. J-boxes. Electrical Vaults. Communications Vaults —These features shall not to be covered with HMA. 5-04.3(21) Temporary Pavement Markin The furnishing and installing of temoorary pavement marking shall be as described in Section 8-23. For this contract, all temporary pavement marking is considered short duration. 5-04.4 Measurement HMA Cl. _ PG _, HMA for _ Cl. _ PG _, and Commercial HMA will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of asphalt binder, mineral filler, or any other component of the mixture. If the Contractor elects to remove and replace mix as al- lowed by Section 5-04.3(11), the material removed will not be measured. Roadway cores will be measured per each for the number of cores taken. Preparation of untreated roadway will be measured by the mile once along the centerline of the main line Roadway. No additional measurement will be made for ramps, Auxiliary Lanes, service roads, Front- age Roads, or Shoulders. Measurement will be to the nearest 0.01 mile. Soil residual herbicide will be measured by the mile for the stated width to the nearest 0.01 mile or by the square yard, whichever is designated in the Proposal. Pavement repair excavation will be measured by the square yard of surface marked prior to excavation. Asphalt for prime coat will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2. Prime coat aggregate will be measured by the cubic yard, truck measure, or by the ton, whichever is designated in the Proposal. Asphalt for fog seal will be measured by the ton, as provided in Section 5-02.4. Longitudinal joint seals between the HMA and cement concrete pavement will be measured by the lin- ear foot along the line and slope of the completed joint seal. Planing bituminous pavement will be measured by the square yard. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 61 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 Planing bituminous pavement to a 2 inch depth will be measured by the square yard. Planine bituminous pavement to a 4 inch death will be measured by the square vard. Temporary pavement marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8-23.4. Water will be measured by the M gallon as provided in Section 2-07.4. Adjust Manhole Cover will be measured per each. Adjust Water Valve Box will be measured per each. Adjust Gas Valve will be measured per each. Adjust Monument Case will be measured per each. 5-04.5 Payment Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal: "HMA Cl. _ PG _", per ton. "HMA for Approach Cl. _ PG _", per ton. "HMA for Preleveling Cl. _ PG _", per ton. "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. _ PG _", per ton. "Commercial HMA", per ton. The unit Contract price per ton for "HMA Cl. _ PG _", "HMA for Approach Cl. _ PG _", "HMA for Preleveling Cl. _ PG _", "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. _ PG _", and "Commercial HMA" shall be full compensation for all costs, including anti -stripping additive, incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5-04 except for those costs included in other items which are included in this Subsection and which are included in the Proposal. "Preparation of Untreated Roadway", per mile. The unit Contract price per mile for "Preparation of Untreated Roadway" shall be full pay for all Work described under 5-04.3(4) , with the exception, however, that all costs involved in patching the Road- way prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for "HMA Cl. _ PG 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 62 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 _" which was used for patching. If the Proposal does not include a Bid item for "Preparation of Un- treated Roadway', the Roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the Work shall be included in the Contract prices of the other items of Work. "Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces", per mile. The unit Contract Price for "Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces" shall be full pay for all Work de- scribed under Section 5-04.3(4) with the exception, however, that all costs involved in patching the Roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for "HMA Cl. PG _" which was used for patching. If the Proposal does not include a Bid item for "Preparation of Untreated Roadway", the Roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the Work shall be included in the Contract prices of the other items of Work. "Crack Sealing", by force account. "Crack Sealing" will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the Pro- posal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. "Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul", per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for "Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul" shall be full pay- ment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(4) with the exception, how- ever, that all costs involved in the placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. _ PG _", per ton. "Asphalt for Prime Coat", per ton. The unit Contract price per ton for "Asphalt for Prime Coat" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to obtain, provide and install the material in accordance with Section 5-04.3(4). "Prime Coat Agg.", per cubic yard, or per ton. The unit Contract price per cubic yard or per ton for "Prime Coat Agg." shall be full pay for furnishing, loading, and hauling aggregate to the place of deposit and spreading the aggregate in the quantities re- quired by the Engineer. "Asphalt for Fog Seal", per ton. Payment for "Asphalt for Fog Seal" is described in Section 5-02.5. "Longitudinal Joint Seal", per linear foot. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 63 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Longitudinal Joint Seal" shall be full payment for all costs in- curred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(12). "Planing Bituminous Pavement", per square yard. "Planing Bituminous Pavement — 2 inch depth", per square yard. "Planing Bituminous Pavement — 4 inch depth", per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for "Planing Bituminous Pavement", "Planing Bituminous Pave- ment — 2 inch depth", "Planing Bituminous Pavement — 4 inch depth" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(14). "Temporary Pavement Marking", per linear foot. Payment for "Temporary Pavement Marking" is described in Section 8-23.5. "Water", per M gallon. Payment for "Water" is described in Section 2-07.5. "Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment", by calculation. "Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5- 04.3(9)C6. "Compaction Price Adjustment", by calculation. "Compaction Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-04..3(10)D3. "Roadway Core", per each. The Contractor's costs for all other Work associated with the coring (e.g., traffic control) shall be inci- dental and included within the unit Bid price per each and no additional payments will be made. "Cyclic Density Price Adjustment", by calculation. "Cyclic Density Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-04.3(10)B. "Adiust Manhole Cover". per each. 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 64 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 "Adjust Water Valve Box", per each. "Adjust Gas Valve", per each. "Adiust Monument Case". per each. The unit Contract price per each for "Adiust Manhole Cover", "Adiust Water Valve Box", "Adiust Gas Valve". "Adiust Monument Case" shall be full pavment for all costs incurred to perform the Work de- scribed in Section 5-04.3(20). END OF DIVISION 5 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 65 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 DIVISION 8 — MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 8-01.3 Construction Requirements 8-01.3(8) Street Cleaning Section 8-01.3(8) is supplemented with the following: Immediately following planing operations on a street and/or street segment, the area shall be swept clean. Prior to the start of paving operations and application of tack coat, the street sweeper shall clean the work area. During paving operations, the street sweeper shall clean the route(s) in the immediate vicinity (up to one (1) mile from the work area) used by trucks to deliver material and exit the work area. The sweeper shall also clean all streets, adjacent to the work area, with debris accumulation resulting from the Contractor's equipment and/or operations. If the HMA paver(s) is "walked" from one site to another, the street sweeper shall clean the route. The street sweeper shall clean all areas as directed by the Engineer. 8-01.5 Payment Section 8-01.5 is deleted and replaced with the following: Payment will be made for the following bid items when included in the Proposal. "Inlet Protection", per each. "Street Cleaning", per hour. "Erosion/Water Pollution Control", by force account as provided in Section 1-09.6. When "Erosion/Water Pollution Control" by force account is included in the Proposal, the installation, maintenance, and removal of erosion and water pollution control devices, except for those erosion and water pollution control devices specifically included in the Proposal, will be paid by force account in accordance with Section 1-09.6. To provide a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the Proposal for "Erosion/Water Pollution Control" to become a part of the Contractor's total Bid. END OF DIVISION 8 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 66 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 APPENDICES (January 2, 2012, WSDOT GSP) The following appendices are attached and made a part of this contract. APPENDIX A: Map of Project Locations, Summary of Quantities, Summary of Channelization, Summary of Concrete APPENDIX B: Prevailing Hourly Minimum Wage Rates APPENDIX C: Standard Plans (City of Renton and WSDOT) 2019 Street Patch and Overlay SP 67 Special Provisions TED4004057 2019 City of Renton Contract Provisions for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay APPENDICES City of Renton Contract Provisions for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Appendix A — Map of Project Locations Summary of Quantities P, Map Number 4 lily?i1i=��/j%►��ii= --� � oCI �� Map Number 3 Map Number 2 I ILU*WsN - - is Map Number 1 V�L.F.I� } �� P • '1 `•• VAILEVH CfUi wy I••_ ,.� �� SE153RDpL • �Q .Pi r C • SF1s �� .. I • •! ST • ` ifs S �F��'•�. `�� •• SLVD � • � _- SE 156TH ST • ••�. I' 14 • \\\ µis.- _ �� ' � � ' • 1 ;._.._.._.._.._.._.._. ip • SE 162ND • o w PL z � _ • w • "�_ • 5E163RD z +y£ . PL Q 6 • • (n • ATyST �> � 2019 Street Patch &Overlay Map Number 1 • SE � 15lTHe • • �L • �w Uj Q SE 163RD ST s' ' Pictometry,'King County 016629 016632 _- 16646�� -- 166 -- 3009 16652 0 16658 a S. 16664 16663 16664 0115 16802 3129 0 16803 16804 ° 3121 016806 ° 0 01026 00 1032 16810 3100 3125 16809 ° ° 3201 16814 ° 0 0 w�yE S 32ND PL Tdk 03207 016815 1033 - , LU 1027 3 103 31°04 00 0 16828 16817 0 6818 1681 0 ■ _i s ° ° 3105 3106 y� • ° 3251 i 16820 `°,>,0 6821 0 3251 16832 3112 3111 ° 1 Ewt. Co 16839 w o 3118 3275 3117 J ° Z ° 0 16842 0k _- 3125 3130 0124 L 16830 17013 ° r • 17000 ° 3136_ b 17001 _ u a� 170190 0 0 304 1200 0.17014 4 ° °3401 10 003 017005 3310 -. 1206 3316 ° °1702b 17007 AA S 34TH ST 017032 17013�4 r. c r y. r 3451 ' Pict eS. Krng County ® 2019 Street Patch & Overlay Map Number 2 Y 1401 140 v ,..y 13 ) 14 1 ��s 1408 ; -2626- e 9s 0 1401 �6 _ t 1412 26 1409 4 1424 v r= 0 2601 0 2640 0 } 26M - 2709 ' • o 0 701 01433 r ' 2720 150 Y m i - • 6t4 2624 i � • i 1525^ t •- .sSE 16TH ST • G�2 s M • _� sFooa �� 707 2. 9GF Pictometry, King County ® 2019 Street Patch & Overlay Map Number 3 M-'M as ,s f s w 4. lop NE 2ND ST Of 21 , 7 7111 I y ' �. ♦,�'♦.' .. t 3555 ,_ htuN1 i ;111 1 11 � � � ,.•�I 1 ip ;*►AAl - 2019 Street Patch & Overlay Map Number 0 0 Of • County 2019 STREET PATCH AND OVERLAY SUMMARY OF QUANTITIES MAP# I STREET NAME I FROM I TO I LONG I WIDE I THICK I SQFT I SQYD I TONS I PLANING I GRIND 2" 1 GRIND 4" 1 MON I MH I WV I GV I SOCKS SOUTHEAST - MAPLE RIDGE ESTATE 138 PL SE SE 158 ST SE156 ST 239 26 2 6,214 690 79 690 2 1 3 8 SE 158 ST 138 PL SE 139 CT SE 623 33 2 20,559 2,284 260 2,284 3 3 4 10 SE 158 ST 139 CT SE 139 CT SE 55 26 2 1,430 159 18 159 1 1 SE 158 ST 139 CT SE 140 CT SE 370 33 2 12,210 1,357 155 1,357 3 5 5 140 CT SE SE 158 ST EOCS 355 33 2 11,715 1,302 148 1,302 2 1 2 SE 158 ST 140 CT SE 1159 PL SE 1 483 1 35 2 16,905 1,878 214 1,878 2 4 9 4 159PLSE SE158ST EOCW 2232 33 2 73,656 8,184 Ft� 8,184 9 11 9 22 SE 158 ST SE 159 PL 125 33 2 4,125 458 458 ** Approx. 150-ft west of 140 Ave SE Subtotal: 146,814 16,313 1,860 0 16,312 0 21 26 30 0 46 SOUTHEAST 104th AVE SE ADDRESS #16664 ADDRESS #16828 481 33 2 15,873 1,764 201 73 3 1 2 2 104th AVE SE JADDRESS #16832 JADDRESS #17000 1 300 1 20 1 4 1 6,000 1 667 1 152 1 1 1 667 1 1 2 1 1 4 Subtotal: 21,873 2,431 353 73 0 667 0 5 0 1 6 SOUTHEAST 3 1 LAKE YOUNGS CT SE LAKE YOUNGS WAY SE EOCW 1 523 1 33 1 4 1 17,259 1 1,918 1 437 1 1 1 1,918 1 1 4 Subtotal: 17,259 1,918 437 0 0 1,918 0 4 0 0 0 NORTHEAST 4 1 CITY SHOPS NE 3555 2ND ST EORS 1 1160 1 22 1 2 1 25,520 1 2,836 1 323 1 1,547 Subtotal: 25,520 2,836 323 1,547 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total: 211,466 23,497 2,973 1,620 16,312 2,585 21 35 30 1 52 TONS = HMA CL. 1/2 IN. PG 64-22 PLANING = Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement MON = Adjust Monument Case WV = Adjust Water Valve Box SOCKS = INLET PROTECTION 2" GRIND = Planing Bituminous Pavement - 2 inch depth MH = Adjust Manhole Cover GV = Adjust Gas Valve 4" GRIND = Planing Bituminous Pavement - 2 inch depth City of Renton Contract Provisions for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Appendix B — Prevailing Hourly Minimum Wage Rates 6/3/2019 abouttlank State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 6/3/2019 County Trade Job Classification Wage Holiday Overtime Note *Risk Class King Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $46.57 5D 1 H View King Boilermakers Journey Level $66.54 5N 1C View King Brick Mason Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M View King Brick Mason Pointer -Caulker -Cleaner $57.32 5A 1M View King Building Service Employees Janitor $24.63 5S 2F View King Building Service Employees Traveling Waxer/Shampooer $25.08 5S 2F View King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Non -Scaffold) $28.13 5S 2F View King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Scaffold) $29.03 5S 2F View King Cabinet Makers (In Shop), Journey Level $22.74 1 View King Carpenters Acoustical Worker $60.04 5D 4C View King Carpenters Bridge, Dock And Wharf $60.04 5D 4C View Carpenters King Carpenters Carpenter $60.04 5D 4C View King Carpenters Carpenters on Stationary Tools $60.17 5D 4C View King Carpenters Creosoted Material $60.14 5D 4C View King Carpenters Floor Finisher $60.04 5D 4C View King Carpenters Floor Layer $60.04 5D 4C View King Carpenters Scaffold Erector $60.04 5D 4C View King Cement Masons Journey Level $60.07 7A 4U View King Divers Et Tenders Bell/Vehicle or Submersible $113.60 5D 4C View Operator (Not Under Pressure) King Divers Et Tenders Dive Supervisor/Master $76.33 5D 4C View King Divers Et Tenders Diver $113.60 5D 4C 8V View King Divers Et Tenders Diver On Standby $71.33 5D 4C View King Divers Et Tenders Diver Tender $64.71 5D 4C View King Divers Et Tenders Manifold Operator $64.71 5D 4C View King Divers Et Tenders Manifold Operator Mixed Gas $69.71 5D 4C View King Divers Et Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle $64.71 5D 4C View Operator/Technician King Divers Et Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle $60.29 5A 4C View Tender about:blank 1/17 6/3/2019 abouttlank King Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $56.44 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Assistant Mate (Deckhand) $56.00 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Boatmen $56.44 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $57.51 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $58.67 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Mates $56.44 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Oiler $56.00 5D 3F View King Drywall Applicator Journey Level $58.48 5D 1 H View King Drywall Tapers Journey Level $59.32 5P 1 E View King Electrical Fixture Maintenance Journey Level $30.59 5L 1 E View Workers King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $81.32 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer (tunnel) $87.37 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder $78.55 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder (tunnel) $84.34 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $41.49 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Journey Level $75.80 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Journey Level (tunnel) $81.32 7C 4E View King Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $45.08 5A 1 B View King Electricians - Powerline Cable Splicer $79.60 5A 4D View Construction King Electricians - Powerline Certified Line Welder $72.98 5A 4D View Construction King Electricians - Powerline Groundperson $47.94 5A 4D View Construction King Electricians - Powerline Heavy Line Equipment $72.98 5A 4D View Construction Operator King Electricians - Powerline Journey Level Lineperson $72.98 5A 4D View Construction King Electricians - Powerline Line Equipment Operator $62.06 5A 4D View Construction King Electricians - Powerline Meter Installer $47.94 5A 4D 8W View Construction King Electricians - Powerline Pole Sprayer $72.98 5A 4D View Construction King Electricians - Powerline Powderperson $54.55 5A 4D View Construction King Electronic Technicians Journey Level $50.57 7E 1 E View King Elevator Constructors Mechanic $94.22 7D 4A View King Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $101.73 7D 4A View King Fabricated Precast Concrete All Classifications - In -Factory $18.25 513 1 R View Products Work Only King Fence Erectors Fence Erector $41.45 7A 31 View King Fence Erectors Fence Laborer $41.45 7A 31 View King Flaggers Journey Level $41.45 7A 31 View King Glaziers Journey Level $64.56 7L 1y View King Heat Et Frost Insulators And Journeyman $73.58 5J 4H View Asbestos Workers King Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $82.51 7F 1 E View about:blank 2/17 6/3/2019 abouttlank King Hod Carriers Et Mason Tenders Journey Level $50.42 7A 31 View King Industrial Power Vacuum Journey Level $12.00 1 View Cleaner King Inland Boatmen Boat Operator $61.41 5B 1 K View King Inland Boatmen Cook $56.48 5B 1 K View King Inland Boatmen Deckhand $57.48 5B 1 K View King Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $58.81 5B 1 K View King Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $58.89 5B 1 K View King Inland Boatmen Mate $57.31 5B 1 K View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Cleaner Operator, Foamer $31.49 1 View Sewer Et Water Systems By Operator Remote Control King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Grout Truck Operator $12.00 1 View Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Head Operator $24.91 1 View Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Technician $19.33 1 View Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Tv Truck Operator $20.45 1 View Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Insulation Applicators Journey Level $60.04 5D 4C View King Ironworkers Journeyman $70.68 7N 10 View King Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating $48.90 7A 31 View Screed King Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $50.42 7A 31 View King Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Batch Weighman $41.45 7A 31 View King Laborers Brick Pavers $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Brush Cutter $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Burner $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Caisson Worker $50.42 7A 31 View King Laborers Carpenter Tender $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Caulker $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Cement Dumper -paving $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Chipping Gun (under 30 Lbs.) $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Chipping Gun(30 Lbs. And $49.81 7A 31 View Over) King Laborers Choker Setter $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Chuck Tender $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Clary Power Spreader $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Clean-up Laborer $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Concrete Dumper/chute $49.81 7A 31 View Operator about:blank 3/17 6/3/2019 aboutUank King Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Concrete Saw Operator/core $49.81 7A 31 View Driller King Laborers Crusher Feeder $41.45 7A 31 View King Laborers Curing Laborer $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Demolition: Wrecking Et Moving $48.90 7A 31 View (incl. Charred Material) King Laborers Ditch Digger $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Diver $50.42 7A 31 View King Laborers Drill Operator $49.81 7A 31 View (hydraulic, diamond) King Laborers Dry Stack Walls $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Dump Person $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Epoxy Technician $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Erosion Control Worker $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Faller Et Bucker Chain Saw $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Fine Graders $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Firewatch $41.45 7A 31 View King Laborers Form Setter $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers General Laborer $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Grade Checker Et Transit $50.42 7A 31 View Person King Laborers Grinders $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Grout Machine Tender $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Groutmen (pressure)including $49.81 7A 31 View Post Tension Beams King Laborers Guardrail Erector $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level $50.42 7A 31 View A) King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level $49.81 7A 31 View B) King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level $48.90 7A 31 View C) King Laborers High Scaler $50.42 7A 31 View King Laborers Jackhammer $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Laserbeam Operator $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Maintenance Person $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Manhole Builder-mudman $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Material Yard Person $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Motorman -dinky Locomotive $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Nozzleman (concrete Pump, $49.81 7A 31 View Green Cutter When Using Combination Of High Pressure Air Et Water On Concrete Et Rock, Sandblast, Gunite, Shotcrete, Water Bla King Laborers Pavement Breaker $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Pilot Car $41.45 7A 31 View about:blank 4/17 6/3/2019 abouttlank King Laborers Pipe Layer Lead $50.42 7A 31 View King Laborers Pipe Layer/tailor $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Pipe Reliner $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Pipe Wrapper $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Pot Tender $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Powderman $50.42 7A 31 View King Laborers Powderman's Helper $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Power Jacks $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Raker - Asphalt $50.42 7A 31 View King Laborers Re-timberman $50.42 7A 31 View King Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Rigger/signal Person $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Rip Rap Person $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Rivet Buster $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Rodder $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Scaffold Erector $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Scale Person $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Sloper (over 20") $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Sloper Sprayer $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Spreader (concrete) $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Stake Hopper $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Stock Piler $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Tamper Et Similar Electric, Air $49.81 7A 31 View Et Gas Operated Tools King Laborers Tamper (multiple Et Self- $49.81 7A 31 View propelled) King Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (lagger, $49.81 7A 31 View Shorer Et Cribber) King Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite) $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Topper $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Track Laborer $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Track Liner (power) $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $44.33 7A 31 8R View King Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $44.33 7A 31 8R View King Laborers Truck Spotter $48.90 7A 31 View King Laborers Tugger Operator $49.81 7A 31 View King Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air $107.60 7A 31 8Q View Worker 0-30 psi King Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air $112.63 7A 31 8Q View Worker 30.01-44.00 psi King Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air $116.31 7A 31 8Q View Worker 44.01-54.00 psi King Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air $122.01 7A 31 8Q View Worker 54.01-60.00 psi King Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air $124.13 7A 31 8Q View Worker 60.01-64.00 psi about:blank 5/17 6/3/2019 King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King King about:blank abouttlank Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air $129.23 Worker 64.01-68.00 psi Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air $131.13 Worker 68.01-70.00 psi Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air $133.13 Worker 70.01-72.00 psi Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air $135.13 Worker 72.01-74.00 psi Laborers Tunnel Work-Guage and Lock $50.52 Tender Laborers Tunnel Work -Miner $50.52 Laborers Vibrator $49.81 Laborers Vinyl Seamer $48.90 Laborers Watchman $37.67 Laborers Welder $49.81 Laborers Well Point Laborer $49.81 Laborers Window Washer/cleaner $37.67 Laborers - Underground Sewer General Laborer Et Topman $48.90 Et Water Laborers - Underground Sewer Pipe Layer $49.81 Et Water Landscape Construction Landscape Laborer $37.67 Landscape Construction Landscape Operator $63.76 Landscape Maintenance Groundskeeper $17.87 Lathers Journey Level $58.48 Marble Setters Journey Level $57.32 Metal Fabrication (In Shop), Fitter $15.86 Metal Fabrication (In Shop), Laborer $12.00 Metal Fabrication (In Shop), Machine Operator $13.04 Metal Fabrication (In Shop), Painter $12.00 Metal Fabrication (In Shop), Welder $15.48 Millwright Journey Level $61.54 Modular Buildings Cabinet Assembly $12.00 Modular Buildings Electrician $12.00 Modular Buildings Equipment Maintenance $12.00 Modular Buildings Plumber $12.00 Modular Buildings Production Worker $12.00 Modular Buildings Tool Maintenance $12.00 Modular Buildings Utility Person $12.00 Modular Buildings Welder $12.00 Painters Journey Level $42.50 Pile Driver Crew Tender/Technician $64.71 Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - $74.87 Compressed Air Worker 0- 30.00 PSI Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 30.01 - 44.00 PSI Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - 7A 31 8Q View 7A 31 8Q View 7A 31 8Q View 7A 31 8Q View 7A 31 8Q View 7A 31 8Q View 7A 31 View 7A 31 View 7A 31 View 7A 31 View 7A 31 View 7A 31 View 7A 31 View 7A 7A 7A 5D 5A 5D 6Z 5D 5D 31 31 3K 1 1H 1M 1 1 1 1 1 4C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2B 4C 4C $79.87 5D 4C $83.87 5D 4C View View 8X View View View View View View View View View View View View View View View View View View View View View View View 6/17 6/3/2019 aboutUank Compressed Air Worker 44.01 - 54.00 PSI King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - $88.87 5D 4C View Compressed Air Worker 54.01 - 60.00 PSI King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - $91.37 5D 4C View Compressed Air Worker 60.01 - 64.00 PSI King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - $96.37 5D 4C View Compressed Air Worker 64.01 - 68.00 PSI King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - $98.37 5D 4C View Compressed Air Worker 68.01 - 70.00 PSI King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - $100.37 5D 4C View Compressed Air Worker 70.01 - 72.00 PSI King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - $102.37 5D 4C View Compressed Air Worker 72.01 - 74.00 PSI King Pile Driver Journey Level $60.29 5D 4C View King Pile Driver Manifold Operator (LST) $69.71 5D 4C View King Plasterers Journey Level $56.54 7Q 1 R View King Playground Et Park Equipment Journey Level $12.00 1 View Installers King Plumbers Er Pipefitters Journey Level $85.69 6Z 1G View King Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $64.83 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper) $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator: concrete $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Equipment King Power Equipment Operators Brooms $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cableways $64.83 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Chipper $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Compressor $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine - $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Laser Screed King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount $64.83 7A 3K 8X View With Boom Attachment Over 42 M King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount $64.26 7A 3K 8X View With Boom Attachment Up To 42m King Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $63.76 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes friction: 200 tons and $66.80 7A 3K 8X View over about:blank 7/17 6/3/2019 aboutUank King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 tons through 199 $65.48 7A 3K 8X View tons, or 150' of boom (including jib with attachments) King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Tons With Attachments King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or $66.15 7A 3K 8X View 250' of boom including jib with attachments King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 300 tons and over or $66.80 7A 3K 8X View 300' of boom including jib with attachments King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Under King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction cranes $66.15 7A 3K 8X View through 199 tons King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: through 19 tons with $63.76 7A 3K 8X View attachments, A -frame over 10 tons King Power Equipment Operators Crusher $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer/Deck Winches $64.26 7A 3K 8X View (power) King Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $64.83 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Dozers D-9 Et Under $63.76 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Or Crane Mount King Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $65.48 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Elevator And Man -lift: $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Permanent And Shaft Type King Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Gamaco Et Similar Equipment King Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over $63.76 7A 3K 8X View With Attachments King Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Attachments King Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc King Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker/Stakeman $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Articulating Off -road Equipment Under 45 Yards King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Locator King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Operator about:blank 8/17 6/3/2019 abouttlank King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over $63.76 7A 3K 8X View 10 Tons King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10 $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Tons And Under King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. 8t $65.48 7A 3K 8X View Over King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. $64.83 7A 3K 8X View But Not Including 8 Yards King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Yards King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $63.76 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Mechanics, All (leadmen - $65.48 7A 3K 8X View $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) King Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders $64.83 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield King Power Equipment Operators Oil Distributors, Blower $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Distribution £t Mulch Seeding Operator King Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (Elevators And $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: $64.26 7A 3K 8X View 20 Tons Through 44 Tons King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 $65.48 7A 3K 8X View Tons And Over King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Tons Through 99 Tons King Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Mount) King Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $63.76 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Pumps - Water $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $64.83 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Quick Tower - No Cab, Under $60.98 7A 3K 8X View 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom King Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment King Power Equipment Operators Rigger and Bellman $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman $63.76 7A 3K 8X View (Certified) King Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $64.83 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift $63.76 7A 3K 8X View about:blank 9/17 6/3/2019 abouttlank Materials King Power Equipment Operators Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Saws Concrete $63.76 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under $64.26 7A 3K 8X View 45 Yards King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete E Carry All $63.76 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Yards And Over King Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers - Equipment $63.76 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: $65.48 7A 3K 8X View Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: $66.15 7A 3K 8X View Over 90 Metric Tons King Power Equipment Operators Slipform Pavers $64.83 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider Et $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Screedman King Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $63.76 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In $65.48 7A 3K 8X View Height Base To Boom King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane: over 175' $66.15 7A 3K 8X View through 250' in height, base to boom King Power Equipment Operators Tower Cranes: over 250' in $66.80 7A 3K 8X View height from base to boom King Power Equipment Operators Transporters, All Track Or $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Truck Type King Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $63.76 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Tons And Over King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/Driver $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Under 100 Tons King Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Welder $64.83 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farman Type $60.98 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $64.26 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Asphalt Plant Operators $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Assistant Engineer $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer &t Water King Power Equipment Operators- Barrier Machine (zipper) $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water about:blank 10/17 6/3/2019 abouttlank King Power Equipment Operators- Batch Plant Operator, $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Concrete King Power Equipment Operators- Bobcat $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Brokk - Remote Demolition $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Equipment King Power Equipment Operators- Broom 60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Bump Cutter $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cableways $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Chipper $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Compressor $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Finish Machine - $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Laser Screed King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump - Mounted Or $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water With Boom Attachment Over 42 M King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water With Boom Attachment Up To 42m King Power Equipment Operators- Conveyors $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes friction: 200 tons and $66.80 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water over King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 100 tons through 199 $65.48 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water tons, or 150' of boom (including jib with attachments) King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Tons With Attachments King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or $66.15 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water 250' of boom including jib with attachments King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 300 tons and over or $66.80 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water 300' of boom including jib with attachments King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Under King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Friction cranes $66.15 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water through 199 tons King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: through 19 tons with $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water attachments, A -frame over 10 tons about:blank 11/17 6/3/2019 abouttlank King Power Equipment Operators- Crusher $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Deck Engineer/Deck Winches $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water (power) King Power Equipment Operators- Derricks, On Building Work $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Dozers D-9 Et Under $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Or Crane Mount King Power Equipment Operators- Drilling Machine $65.48 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Elevator And Man -lift: $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Permanent And Shaft Type King Power Equipment Operators- Finishing Machine, Bidwell And $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Gamaco Et Similar Equipment King Power Equipment Operators- Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water With Attachments King Power Equipment Operators- Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Attachments King Power Equipment Operators- Grade Engineer: Using Blue $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc King Power Equipment Operators- Gradechecker/Stakeman $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Guardrail Punch $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over King Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Articulating Off -road Equipment Under 45 Yards King Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal/Directional Drill $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Locator King Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal/Directional Drill $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Operator King Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water 10 Tons King Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10 $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Tons And Under King Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. Et $65.48 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Over King Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water But Not Including 8 Yards King Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Overhead Under 6 $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Yards King Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Plant Feed $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Locomotives, All $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Material Transfer Device $64.26 7A 3K 8X View about:blank 12/17 6/3/2019 abouttlank Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Mechanics, All (leadmen - $65.48 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) King Power Equipment Operators- Motor Patrol Graders $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield King Power Equipment Operators- Oil Distributors, Blower $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Distribution Et Mulch Seeding Operator King Power Equipment Operators- Outside Hoists (Elevators And $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water 20 Tons Through 44 Tons King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 $65.48 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Tons And Over King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Tons Through 99 Tons King Power Equipment Operators- Pavement Breaker $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Pile Driver (other Than Crane $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Mount) King Power Equipment Operators- Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Posthole Digger, Mechanical $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Power Plant $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Pumps - Water $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Quick Tower - No Cab, Under $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom King Power Equipment Operators- Remote Control Operator On $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment King Power Equipment Operators- Rigger and Bellman $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water (Certified) King Power Equipment Operators- Rollagon $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Materials King Power Equipment Operators- Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Saws - Concrete $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water about:blank 13/17 6/3/2019 abouttlank King Power Equipment Operators- Scraper, Self Propelled Under $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water 45 Yards King Power Equipment Operators- Scrapers - Concrete Et Carry All $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Yards And Over King Power Equipment Operators- Service Engineers - Equipment $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: $65.48 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: $66.15 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Over 90 Metric Tons King Power Equipment Operators- Slipform Pavers $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Spreader, Topsider Et $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Screedman King Power Equipment Operators- Subgrader Trimmer $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Bucket Elevators $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane Up To 175' In $65.48 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Height Base To Boom King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane: over 175' $66.15 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water through 250' in height, base to boom King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Cranes: over 250' in $66.80 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water height from base to boom King Power Equipment Operators- Transporters, All Track Or $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Truck Type King Power Equipment Operators- Trenching Machines $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Tons And Over King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler/Driver $63.76 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water Under 100 Tons King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Welder $64.83 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $60.98 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Yo Yo Pay Dozer $64.26 7A 3K 8X View Underground Sewer Et Water about:blank 14/17 6/3/2019 abouttlank King Power Line Clearance Tree Journey Level In Charge $49.96 5A 4A View Trimmers King Power Line Clearance Tree Spray Person $47.37 5A 4A View Trimmers King Power Line Clearance Tree Tree Equipment Operator $49.96 5A 4A View Trimmers King Power Line Clearance Tree Tree Trimmer $44.57 5A 4A View Trimmers King Power Line Clearance Tree Tree Trimmer Groundperson $33.60 5A 4A View Trimmers King Refrigeration Et Air Conditioning Journey Level $81.01 6Z 1G View Mechanics King Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M View King Residential Carpenters Journey Level $32.06 1 View King Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $29.25 1 View King Residential Drywall Applicators Journey Level $45.05 5D 4C View King Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $45.19 5P 1 E View King Residential Electricians Journey Level $36.01 1 View King Residential Glaziers Journey Level $43.00 7L 1 H View King Residential Insulation Journey Level $29.87 1 View Applicators King Residential Laborers Journey Level $26.18 1 View King Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $27.38 1 View King Residential Painters Journey Level $27.80 1 View King Residential Plumbers Et Journey Level $39.43 1 View Pipefitters King Residential Refrigeration Et Air Journey Level $51.37 5A 1G View Conditioning Mechanics King Residential Sheet Metal Journey Level (Field or Shop) $50.01 7F 1 R View Workers King Residential Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $49.43 5A 3J View King Residential Sprinkler Fitters Journey Level $48.18 5C 2R View .(Fire Protection), King Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M View King Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M View King Residential Terrazzo/Tile Journey Level $24.39 1 View Finishers King Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $21.04 1 View King Roofers Journey Level $53.27 5A 3H View King Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous $56.27 5A 3H View Materials King Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $82.51 7F 1 E View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Boilermaker $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Carpenter $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Crane $36.36 7V 1 View Operator King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Electrician $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Heat Et Frost $73.58 5J 4H View Insulator King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Laborer $36.36 7V 1 View about:blank 15/17 6/3/2019 abouttlank King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Machinist $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Operating $36.36 7V 1 View Engineer King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Painter $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Pipefitter $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Rigger $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Sheet Metal $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Shipfitter $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction $36.36 7V 1 View Warehouse/Teamster King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Welder / $36.36 7V 1 View Burner King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Boilermaker $44.95 7X 4.1 View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Carpenter $44.95 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Crane Operator $44.06 7Y 4K View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Electrician $44.95 7X 4.1 View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Heat Et Frost $73.58 5J 4H View Insulator King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Laborer $44.95 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Machinist $44.95 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Operating Engineer $44.06 7Y 4K View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Painter $44.95 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Pipefitter $44.95 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Rigger $44.95 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Sheet Metal $44.95 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Shipwright $44.95 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Warehouse / $44.06 7Y 4K View Teamster King Sign Makers Et Installers Journey Level $49.70 0 1 View ,(Electrical), King Sign Makers Et Installers (Non- Journey Level $31.52 0 1 View Electrical), King Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $49.43 5A 3J View King Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $12.44 1 View King Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Journey Level $78.39 5C 1X View Protection), King Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Journey Level $13.23 1 View Structural), King Stone Masons Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M View King Street And Parking Lot Sweeper Journey Level $19.09 1 View Workers King Surveyors Assistant Construction Site $62.71 7A 3K 8X View Surveyor King Surveyors Assistant Construction Site $62.71 7A 3K 8X View Surveyor King Surveyors Chainman $58.93 7A 3C 8P View King Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $63.76 7A 3K 8X View King Telecommunication Technicians Journey Level $50.57 7E 1 E View King Telephone Line Construction - Cable Splicer $41.22 5A 213 View Outside about:blank 16/17 6/3/2019 aboutUank King Telephone Line Construction - Hole Digger/Ground Person $23.12 5A 2B View Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Installer (Repairer) $39.53 5A 2B View Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Special Aparatus Installer 1 $41.22 5A 2B View Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Special Apparatus Installer II $40.41 5A 2B View Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Telephone Equipment $41.22 5A 2B View Outside Operator (Heavy) King Telephone Line Construction - Telephone Equipment $38.36 5A 2B View Outside Operator (Light) King Telephone Line Construction - Telephone Lineperson $38.36 5A 2B View Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Television Groundperson $21.92 5A 2B View Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Television Lineperson/Installer $29.13 5A 2B View Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Television System Technician $34.68 5A 2B View Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Television Technician $31.18 5A 2B View Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Tree Trimmer $38.36 5A 2B View Outside King Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M View King Tile Setters Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M View King Tile, Marble Et Terrazzo Finisher $43.44 5A 1 B View Finishers King Traffic Control Stripers Journey Level $46.23 7A 1 K View King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards $58.56 5D 3A 8L View King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards $57.72 5D 3A 8L View King Truck Drivers Dump Truck $57.72 5D 3A 8L View King Truck Drivers Dump Truck Et Trailer $58.56 5D 3A 8L View King Truck Drivers Other Trucks $58.56 5D 3A 8L View King Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Transit Mix $58.56 5D 3A 8L View King Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Irrigation Pump Installer $17.71 1 View Installers King Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Oiler $12.97 1 View Installers King Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Well Driller $18.00 1 View Installers about:blank 17/17 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statement (Regarding the Production of "Standard" or "Non-standard" Items) Below is the department's (State L&I's) list of criteria to be used in determining whether a prefabricated item is "standard" or "non-standard". For items not appearing on WSDOT's predetermined list, these criteria shall be used by the Contractor (and the Contractor's subcontractors, agents to subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and fabricators) to determine coverage under RCW 39.12. The production, in the State of Washington, of non-standard items is covered by RCW 39.12, and the production of standard items is not. The production of any item outside the State of Washington is not covered by RCW 39.12. 1. Is the item fabricated for a public works project? If not, it is not subject to RCW 39.12. If it is, go to question 2. 2. Is the item fabricated on the public works jobsite? If it is, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 3. 3. Is the item fabricated in an assembly/fabrication plant set up for, and dedicated primarily to, the public works project? If it is, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 4. 4. Does the item require any assembly, cutting, modification or other fabrication by the supplier? If not, the work is not covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 5. 5. Is the prefabricated item intended for the public works project typically an inventory item which could reasonably be sold on the general market? If not, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 6. 6. Does the specific prefabricated item, generally defined as standard, have any unusual characteristics such as shape, type of material, strength requirements, finish, etc? If yes, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, WSDOT's Predetermined List, or for determinations of covered and non -covered workers shall be directed to State L&I at (360) 902-5330. Supplemental to Wage Rates 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4t", 2019 WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufactures - Fabricator Below is a list of potentially prefabricated items, originally furnished by WSDOT to Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, that may be considered non- standard and therefore covered by the prevailing wage law, RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "YES" column should be considered to be non-standard and therefore covered by RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "NO" column should be considered to be standard and therefore not covered. Of course, exceptions to this general list may occur, and in that case shall be evaluated according to the criteria described in State and L&I's policy statement. ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 1. Metal rectangular frames, solid metal covers, herringbone grates, and bi-directional vaned grates for Catch Basin X Types 1, 1 L, 1 P, and 2 and Concrete Inlets. See Std. Plans 2. Metal circular frames (rings) and covers, circular grates, and prefabricated ladders for Manhole Types 1, 2, and 3, X Drywell Types 1, 2, and 3 and Catch Basin Type 2. See Std. Plans 3. Prefabricated steel grate supports and welded grates, metal frames and dual vaned grates, and Type 1, 2, and X 3 structural tubing grates for Drop Inlets. See Std. Plans. 4. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes smaller than 60 inch diameter. X 5. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes larger than 60 inch diameter. X 6. Corrugated Steel Pipe - Steel lock seam corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch X to 120 inches in diameter. May also be treated, 1 thru 5. 7. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe - Aluminum lock seam corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in X diameter. May also be treated, #5. Supplemental to Wage Rates 2 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 ITEM DESCRIPTION 8. Anchor Bolts & Nuts - Anchor Bolts and Nuts, for mounting sign structures, luminaries and other items, shall be made from commercial bolt stock. See Contract Plans and Std. Plans for size and material type. 9. Aluminum Pedestrian Handrail - Pedestrian handrail conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the contract plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in accordance with Section 9-28.14(3). 10. Major Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of major steel items such as trusses, beams, girders, etc., for bridges. 11. Minor Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of minor steel Items such as special hangers, brackets, access doors for structures, access ladders for irrigation boxes, bridge expansion joint systems, etc., involving welding, cutting, punching and/or boring of holes. See Contact Plans for item description and shop drawings. 12. Aluminum Bridge Railing Type BP - Metal bridge railing conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the Contract Plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in accordance with Section 9-28.14(3). YES NO X X X Q 13. Concrete Piling--Precast-Prestressed concrete piling for use as 55 and 70 ton concrete piling. Concrete to conform to X Section 9-19.1 of Std. Spec.. 14. Precast Mannoie 1 ypes 1, L, and 3 wan cones, sections and flat top slabs. See Std. Plans. 15. Precast Drywell Types 1, 2, and with cones and adjustment Sections. See Std. Plans. 16. Precast Catch Basin - Catch Basin type 1, 1 L, 1 P, and 2 With adjustment sections. See Std. Plans. X X KI KI Supplemental to Wage Rates 3 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 17. Precast Concrete Inlet - with adjustment sections, See Std. Plans X 18. Precast Drop Inlet Type 1 and 2 with metal grate supports. See Std. Plans. X 19. Precast Grate Inlet Type 2 with extension and top units. See Std. Plans X 20. Metal frames, vaned grates, and hoods for Combination Inlets. See Std. Plans X 21. Precast Concrete Utility Vaults - Precast Concrete utility vaults of various sizes. Used for in ground storage of utility facilities and controls. See Contract Plans for size and construction X requirements. Shop drawings are to be provided for approval prior to casting 22. Vault Risers - For use with Valve Vaults and Utilities X X Vaults. 23. Valve Vault - For use with underground utilities. See Contract Plans for details. X 24. Precast Concrete Barrier - Precast Concrete Barrier for use as new barrier or may also be used as Temporary Concrete Barrier. Only new state approved barrier may be used as X permanent barrier. 25. Reinforced Earth Wall Panels — Reinforced Earth Wall Panels in size and shape as shown in the Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used. See Shop Drawing. X Fabrication at other locations may be approved, after facilities inspection, contact HQ. Lab. 26. Precast Concrete Walls - Precast Concrete Walls - tilt -up wall panel in size and shape as shown in Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials X to be used Supplemental to Wage Rates 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 27. Precast Railroad Crossings - Concrete Crossing Structure X Slabs. 28. 12, 18 and 26 inch Standard Precast Prestressed Girder — Standard Precast Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to X be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A 29. Prestressed Concrete Girder Series 4-14 - Prestressed Concrete Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be X provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A 30. Prestressed Tri-Beam Girder - Prestressed Tri-Beam Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided X for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A 31. Prestressed Precast Hollow -Core Slab — Precast Prestressed Hollow -core slab for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to X be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A. 32. Prestressed -Bulb Tee Girder - Bulb Tee Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided X for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A 33. Monument Case and Cover See Std. Plan. Supplemental to Wage Rates 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 X 9 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 34. Cantilever Sign Structure - Cantilever Sign Structure fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO-M-183. See Std. Plans, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure X shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO-M-111. 35. Mono -tube Sign Structures - Mono -tube Sign Bridge fabricated to details shown in the Plans. Shop drawings for X approval are required prior to fabrication. 36. Steel Sign Bridges - Steel Sign Bridges fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO-M-138 for Aluminum Alloys. See Std. Plans, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure X shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO-M-111. 37. Steel Sign Post - Fabricated Steel Sign Posts as detailed in Std Plans. Shop drawings for approval are to be provided prior to X fabrication 38. Light Standard -Prestressed - Spun, prestressed, hollow concrete poles. X 39. Light Standards - Lighting Standards for use on highway illumination systems, poles to be fabricated to conform with methods and materials as specified on Std. Plans. See Specia X Provisions for pre -approved drawings. 40. Traffic Signal Standards - Traffic Signal Standards for use on highway and/or street signal systems. Standards to be fabricated X to conform with methods and material as specified on Std. Plans. See Special Provisions for pre -approved drawings 41. Precast Concrete Sloped Mountable Curb (Single and DualFaced) X See Std. Plans. Supplemental to Wage Rates 6 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 42. Traffic Signs - Prior to approval of a Fabricator of Traffic Signs, the sources of the following materials must be submitted and approved for reflective sheeting, legend material, and aluminum X sheeting. NOTE: *** Fabrication inspection required. Only signs tagged "Fabrication Approved" by WSDOT Sign Fabrication Inspector to be installed KA Custom Message Signing Message X 43. Cutting & bending reinforcing steel 44. Guardrail components X X Custom Standard End Sec Sec 45. Aggregates/Concrete mixes Covered by WAC 296-127-018 46. Asphalt Covered by WAC 296-127-018 47. Fiber fabrics X 48. Electrical wiring/components X 49. treated or untreated timber pile X 50. Girder pads (elastomeric bearing) X 51. Standard Dimension lumber X 52. Irrigation components X Supplemental to Wage Rates 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 7 ITEM DESCRIPTION 53. Fencing materials 54. Guide Posts 55. Traffic Buttons 56. Epoxy 57. Cribbing 58. Water distribution materials 59. Steel "H" piles 60. Steel pipe for concrete pile casings 61. Steel pile tips, standard 62. Steel pile tips, custom YES NO X X X X X X X X X X Prefabricated items specifically produced for public works projects that are prefabricated in a county other than the county wherein the public works project is to be completed, the wage for the offsite prefabrication shall be the applicable prevailing wage for the county in which the actual prefabrication takes place. It is the manufacturer of the prefabricated product to verify that the correct county wage rates are applied to work they perform. See RCW 39.12.010 (The definition of"locality" in RCW 39.12.010(2) contains the phrase "wherein the physical work is being performed." The department interprets this phrase to mean the actual work site. Supplemental to Wage Rates 8 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4t", 2019 WSDOT's List of State Occupations not applicable to Heavy and Highway Construction Projects This project is subject to the state hourly minimum rates for wages and fringe benefits in the contract provisions, as provided by the state Department of Labor and Industries. The following list of occupations, is comprised of those occupations that are not normally used in the construction of heavy and highway projects. When considering job classifications for use and / or payment when bidding on, or building heavy and highway construction projects for, or administered by WSDOT, these Occupations will be excepted from the included "Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Work Contracts" documents. • Building Service Employees • Electrical Fixture Maintenance Workers • Electricians - Motor Shop • Heating Equipment Mechanics • Industrial Engine and Machine Mechanics • Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaners • Inspection, Cleaning, Sealing of Water Systems by Remote Control • Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water • Machinists (Hydroelectric Site Work) • Modular Buildings • Playground & Park Equipment Installers • Power Equipment Operators - Underground Sewer & Water • Residential *** ALL ASSOCIATED RATES *** • Sign Makers and Installers (Non -Electrical) • Sign Makers and Installers (Electrical) • Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Structural) The following occupations may be used only as outlined in the preceding text concerning "WSDOT's list for Suppliers - Manufacturers - Fabricators" • Fabricated Precast Concrete Products • Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Definitions for the Scope of Work for prevailing wages may be found at the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries web site and in WAC Chapter 296-127. Supplemental to Wage Rates 9 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4t", 2019 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statements (Regarding Production and Delivery of Gravel, Concrete, Asphalt, etc.) WAC 296-127-018 Agency filings affecting this section Coverage and exemptions of workers involved in the production and delivery of gravel, concrete, asphalt, or similar materials. (1) The materials covered under this section include but are not limited to: Sand, gravel, crushed rock, concrete, asphalt, or other similar materials. (2) All workers, regardless of by whom employed, are subject to the provisions of chapter 39.12 RCW when they perform any or all of the following functions: (a) They deliver or discharge any of the above -listed materials to a public works project site: (i) At one or more point(s) directly upon the location where the material will be incorporated into the project; or (ii) At multiple points at the project; or (iii) Adjacent to the location and coordinated with the incorporation of those materials. (b) They wait at or near a public works project site to perform any tasks subject to this section of the rule. (c) They remove any materials from a public works construction site pursuant to contract requirements or specifications (e.g., excavated materials, materials from demolished structures, clean-up materials, etc.). (d) They work in a materials production facility (e.g., batch plant, borrow pit, rock quarry, etc.,) which is established for a public works project for the specific, but not necessarily exclusive, purpose of supplying materials for the project. (e) They deliver concrete to a public works site regardless of the method of incorporation. (f) They assist or participate in the incorporation of any materials into the public works project. Supplemental to Wage Rates 10 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4t", 2019 (3) All travel time that relates to the work covered under subsection (2) of this section requires the payment of prevailing wages. Travel time includes time spent waiting to load, loading, transporting, waiting to unload, and delivering materials. Travel time would include all time spent in travel in support of a public works project whether the vehicle is empty or full. For example, travel time spent returning to a supply source to obtain another load of material for use on a public works site or returning to the public works site to obtain another load of excavated material is time spent in travel that is subject to prevailing wage. Travel to a supply source, including travel from a public works site, to obtain materials for use on a private project would not be travel subject to the prevailing wage. (4) Workers are not subject to the provisions of chapter 39.12 RCW when they deliver materials to a stockpile. (a) A "stockpile" is defined as materials delivered to a pile located away from the site of incorporation such that the stockpiled materials must be physically moved from the stockpile and transported to another location on the project site in order to be incorporated into the project. (b) A stockpile does not include any of the functions described in subsection (2)(a) through (f) of this section; nor does a stockpile include materials delivered or distributed to multiple locations upon the project site; nor does a stockpile include materials dumped at the place of incorporation, or adjacent to the location and coordinated with the incorporation. (5) The applicable prevailing wage rate shall be determined by the locality in which the work is performed. Workers subject to subsection (2)(d) of this section, who produce such materials at an off -site facility shall be paid the applicable prevailing wage rates for the county in which the off -site facility is located. Workers subject to subsection (2) of this section, who deliver such materials to a public works project site shall be paid the applicable prevailing wage rates for the county in which the public works project is located. [Statutory Authority: Chapter 39.12 RCW, RCW 43.22.051 and 43.22.270. 08-24-101, § 296-127-018, filed 12/2/08, effective 1 /2/09. Statutory Authority: Chapters 39.04 and 39.12 RCW and RCW 43.22.270. 92-01-104 and 92-08-101, § 296-127-018, filed 12/18/91 and 4/1 /92, effective 8/31 /92.] Supplemental to Wage Rates 11 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4t", 2019 Benefit Code Key — Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Overtime Codes Overtime calculations are based on the hourly rate actually paid to the worker. On public works projects, the hourly rate must be not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of the cost of fringe benefits actually provided for the worker. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. C. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. D. The first two (2) hours before or after a five -eight (8) hour workweek day or a four -ten (10) hour workweek day and the first eight (8) hours worked the next day after either workweek shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All additional hours worked and all worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. F. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. G. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten (10) hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a four - ten hour schedule, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions or equipment breakdown) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. I. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall also be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid atone and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over ten (10) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. M. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. N. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 1 Benefit Code Key — Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Overtime Codes Continued O. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays, holidays and after twelve (12) hours, Monday through Friday and after ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. P. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if circumstances warrant) and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and up to ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Christmas day) shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Christmas day shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. S. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays and all other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Labor Day) shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. V. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays (except make-up days due to conditions beyond the control of the employer)) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. X. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When holiday falls on Saturday or Sunday, the day before Saturday, Friday, and the day after Sunday, Monday, shall be considered the holiday and all work performed shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Y. All hours worked outside the hours of 5:00 am and 5:00 pm (or such other hours as may be agreed upon by any employer and the employee) and all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day (10 hours per day for a 4 x 10 workweek) and on Saturdays and holidays (except labor day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (except for employees who are absent from work without prior approval on a scheduled workday during the workweek shall be paid at the straight -time rate until they have worked 8 hours in a day (10 in a 4 x 10 workweek) or 40 hours during that workweek.) All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Z. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid the straight time rate of pay in addition to holiday pay. Benefit Code Key — Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Overtime Codes Continued 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. C. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. F. The first eight (8) hours worked on holidays shall be paid at the straight hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday pay. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. O. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked over sixty (60) in one week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over 12 hours in a day or on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four -day, ten- hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on the fifth day shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked on the fifth, sixth, and seventh days and on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at time and one-half the straight time rate. Hours worked over twelve hours (12) in a single shift and all work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 6:00 am Monday and holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay. Any shift starting between the hours of 6:00 pm and midnight shall receive an additional one dollar ($1.00) per hour for all hours worked that shift. The employer shall have the sole discretion to assign overtime work to employees. Primary consideration for overtime work shall be given to employees regularly assigned to the work to be performed on overtime situations. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. C. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. Benefit Code Key — Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Overtime Codes Continued E. All hours worked Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Each week, once 40 hours of straight time work is achieved, then any hours worked over 10 hours per day Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly wage rate. F. All hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All work performed on Sundays between March 16th and October 14th and all Holidays shall be compensated for at two (2) times the regular rate of pay. Work performed on Sundays between October 15th and March 15th shall be compensated at one and one half (1-1/2) times the regular rate of pay. I. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. In the event the job is down due to weather conditions during a five day work week (Monday through Friday,) or a four day -ten hour work week (Tuesday through Friday,) then Saturday may be worked as a voluntary make-up day at the straight time rate. However, Saturday shall not be utilized as a make-up day when a holiday falls on Friday. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked between the hours of 10:00 pm and 5:00 am, Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at a one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays, and all hours worked in excess of twelve (12) hours in a single shift shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. When an employee returns to work without at least eight (8) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until he/she shall have the eight (8) hours rest period. 4. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. B. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours per day and all hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. C. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (10) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay. On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, except that if the job is down on Monday through Friday due to weather conditions or other conditions outside the control of the employer, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday may be worked at the straight time rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours in a day and all hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at two (2) times the straight time rate of pay. 4 Benefit Code Key — Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Overtime Codes Continued 4. D. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. Rates include all members of the assigned crew. EXCEPTION: On all multipole structures and steel transmission lines, switching stations, regulating, capacitor stations, generating plants, industrial plants, associated installations and substations, except those substations whose primary function is to feed a distribution system, will be paid overtime under the following rates: The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday of overtime on a regular workday, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours in excess of ten (10) hours will be at two (2) times the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on Saturday will be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays will be at the double the hourly rate of wage. All overtime eligible hours performed on the above described work that is energized, shall be paid at the double the hourly rate of wage. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four -day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The Monday or Friday not utilized in the normal four - day, ten hour work week, and Saturday shall be paid at one and one half (I V2) times the regular shift rate for the first eight (8) hours. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. F. All hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 20% over the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, and all hours on Sunday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. I. The First eight (8) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) per day on Saturdays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on a Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday is the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Benefit Code Key — Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 4. L. The first twelve (12) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on a Saturday in excess of twelve (12) hours shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on a holiday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, except that all hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. M. All hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate. Any employee reporting to work less than nine (9) hours from their previous quitting time shall be paid for such time at time and one-half times the hourly rate. N. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays, and all work performed between the hours of midnight (12:00 AM) and eight AM (8:00 AM) every day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. O. All hours worked between midnight Friday to midnight Sunday shall be paid at one and one-half the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked in excess of eight (8) continuous hours in any one or more calendar days, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of six (6) hours or more. All hours worked on Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. P. All hours worked on Holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday is the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. S. All hours worked on Saturdays and Holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. T. The first two (2) hours of overtime for hours worked Monday -Friday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. For work on Saturday which is scheduled prior to the end of shift on Friday, the first six (6) hours work shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, and all hours over (6) shall be paid double the hourly rate of wage. For work on Saturday which was assigned following the close of shift on Friday, all work shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. U. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (Except on makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather, then the first eight (8) hours on Saturday may be paid the regular rate.) All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Holidav Codes A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7). B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas, and Christmas Day (8). Benefit Code Key — Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Holiday Codes Continued C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Day after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas (6). I. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, And Christmas Day (7). K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (9). P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday And Saturday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). If A Holiday Falls On Sunday, The Following Monday Shall Be Considered As A Holiday. Q. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After Thanksgiving Day, One -Half Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day. (7 1/2). S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And The Day Before Or After Christmas (9). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). 6. A. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). E. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Day Before Or After New Year's Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and a Half- 7 Benefit Code Key — Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Day On Christmas Eve Day. (9 1/2). Holiday Codes Continued 6. G. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and Christmas Eve Day (11). H. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, New Year's Eve Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Christmas, And A Floating Holiday (10). I. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). 6. T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Last Working Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (9). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). If a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be considered as the holiday. If a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered as the holiday. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any Holiday Which Falls On A Sunday Shall Be Observed As A Holiday On The Following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. D. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Unpaid Holidays: President's Day. Any paid holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any paid holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. E. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. F. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the last working day before Christmas day and Christmas day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. G. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Benefit Code Key — Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Holiday Codes Continued H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. Holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. M. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, The Day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And the Day after or before Christmas Day (10). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. When Christmas falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday. P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Q. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day after or before Christmas Day (10). If any of the listed holidays fall on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as the holiday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the Day after Christmas, and A Floating Holiday (9). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Benefit Code Key — Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Holiday Codes Continued T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the Day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and The Day after or before Christmas Day. (10). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. V. Holidays: New Year's Day, President's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the day before or after Christmas, and the day before or after New Year's Day. If any of the above listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. W. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day After New Year's, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, Christmas Day, the day after Christmas, the day before New Year's Day, and a Floating Holiday. X. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day before or after New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day before or after Christmas day. If a holiday falls on a Saturday or on a Friday that is the normal day off, then the holiday will be taken on the last normal workday. If the holiday falls on a Monday that is the normal day off or on a Sunday, then the holiday will be taken on the next normal workday. Y. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (8) If the holiday falls on a Sunday, then the day observed by the federal government shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, President's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. 15. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day. (8) Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (9) C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day. (8) D Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day after Christmas. 10 Benefit Code Key — Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Note Codes 8. D. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour. L. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, And Level C: $0.25. M. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows: Levels A & B: $1.00, Levels C & D: $0.50. N. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0.75, Level C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25. P. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00, And Class D Suit $0.50. Q. The highest pressure registered on the gauge for an accumulated time of more than fifteen (15) minutes during the shift shall be used in determining the scale paid. R. Effective August 31, 2012 —A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. These classifications are only effective on or after August 31, 2012. S. Effective August 31, 2012 — A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012. T. Effective August 31, 2012 — A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012. U. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows — Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, And Class C Suit: $1.00. Workers performing underground work receive an additional $0.40 per hour for any and all work performed underground, including operating, servicing and repairing of equipment. The premium for underground work shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who work suspended by a rope or cable receive an additional $0.50 per hour. The premium for work suspended shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who do "pioneer" work (break open a cut, build road, etc.) more than one hundred fifty (150) feet above grade elevation receive an additional $0.50 per hour. 11 Benefit Code Key — Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Note Codes Continued 8. V. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth and enclosure premiums shall be paid. The premiums are to be calculated for the maximum depth and distance into an enclosure that a diver reaches in a day. The premiums are to be paid one time for the day and are not used in calculating overtime pay. Depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more. Over 50' to 100' - $2.00 per foot for each foot over 50 feet. Over 10l' to 150' - $3.00 per foot for each foot over 101 feet. Over 151' to 220' - $4.00 per foot for each foot over 220 feet. Over 221' - $5.00 per foot for each foot over 221 feet. Enclosure premiums apply when divers enter enclosures (such as pipes or tunnels) where there is no vertical ascent and is measured by the distance travelled from the entrance. 25' to 300' - $1.00 per foot from entrance. 300' to 600' - $1.50 per foot beginning at 300'. Over 600' - $2.00 per foot beginning at 600'. W. Meter Installers work on single phase 120/240V self-contained residential meters. The Lineman/Groundmen rates would apply to meters not fitting this description. X. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows - Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00, and Class D Suit: $0.50. Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when an owner (not acting as the contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications requires that work can only be performed outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic hourly rate. When an employee works on a special shift, they shall be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in OT or Double-time status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on Saturday or Sunday.) 12 PREVAILING WAGE POLICY MEMORANDUM DATE: February 28, 2013 TO: All Interested Parties FROM: 46t- Ann Selover, Industrial Statistician, Prevailing Wage Program Manager SUBJECT: How to Calculate the Hourly Rate of Contribution for Usual (Fringe) Benefits as Part of the Prevailing Rate of Wage. Policy Disclaimer This policy is designed to provide general information in regard to the current opinions of the Department of labor & Industries (L&I) on the subject matter covered. This policy is intended as a guide in the interpretation and application of the relevant statutes, regulations, and policies, and may not be applicable to all situations. This policy does not replace applicable RCW or WAC standards. If additional clarification is required, the Program Manager for Prevailing Wage should be consulted. This document is effective as of the date of print and supersedes all previous interpretations and guidelines. Changes may occur after the date of print due to subsequent legislation, administrative rule, or judicial proceedings. The user is encouraged to notify the Program Manager to provide or receive updated information. This document will remain in effect until rescinded, modified, or withdrawn by the Director or his or her designee. PREVAILING WAGE RATE: The prevailing wage required under chapter 39.12 RCW to be paid on public work projects is defined under RCW 39.12.010(l) to include a "rate of hourly wage, usual benefits, and overtime." As a result, usual benefits are recognized as part of the total wage rate when publishing the prevailing wage, and when gauging compliance with prevailing wage law. This document is intended to provide guidance to employers in determining which contributions qualify as usual benefits and how to calculate such benefits as part of the prevailing wage rate. USUAL BENEFITS: Usual benefits are defined in _RCW 39.12.010 3 and WAC 296-127-014 and include employer payments for medical insurance, pensions, approved apprenticeship training programs, vacation and holiday pay, and other bona fide benefits. Deductions from workers' paychecks are not usual benefits. Usual benefits are employer paid. Benefits that are required by law (Industrial Insurance, Social Security, State Unemployment Compensation taxes, etc.) do not qualify as usual benefits. Public Works Act (Chapter 39.12 RCW) Calculatlon of Usual Benefits 2 28 2013 LA5 Employers must pay a wage and usual benefit package that adds up to the published prevailing rate of wage for the work performed. Employers are not required to provide usual or fringe benefits, and if they do not, the total prevailing wage rate must be paid as an hourly wage. In any event, employer paid usual benefits cannot be applied to reduce the hourly wage paid to less than the state minimum wage. PIease note special overtime and holiday rates may also be established for some trades and occupations. A. Insurance (medical, dental, life, etc.): Insurance premiums include employer paid portions of medical, dental, vision and life insurance benefits. Do not include insurance benefits that are employee paid through payroll deduction, workers' compensation premiums, unemployment insurance, or any other federally or state mandated payroll deductions. B. Pension or retirement plans: Pension and retirement contributions include employer paid portions of pension and retirement plans which are irrevocably made to a trustee or to a third person pursuant to a fund, plan, or program. Do not include pension or retirement benefits that are employee paid through payroll deductions. C. Vacation and/or holiday: Report employer paid vacation and/or holiday benefits. Do not include vacation fund deposits that are employee paid through a payroll deduction. D. Apprenticeship programs: Report employer paid contributions made to apprenticeship or training programs recognized by the Washington State Apprenticeship and Training Council. E. Other bona tide programs: Other employer paid programs may qualify as "usual benefits." Please consult with L&I prior to including payments to such programs in your reported wage rate. See RCW 39.12.010, WAC 296-127--014 and WAC 296-127-01410. POSTING AND DOCUMENTATION: Employers must comply with all posting and employee notification requirements provided by applicable federal and state laws concerning usual benefits plans. Employers must also have and make available to L&I upon request, copies of all documents concerning usual benefits identified in WAC 296-127-014. See WAC 296-127- 01410. See also U.S. Department of Labor (U.S. DOL) Employee Benefits Security Administration ftortlp!g and Di.scla~ ure Guide for Employee Rene& Plans. CALCULATING BENEFIT AMOUNTS -- APPORTIONING BENEFITS TO HOURS WORKED: Although "usual benefits" are defined under RCW 39.12.01013), certain plans will require additional information on how benefit payments should be apportioned to hours worked. It has been the long-time position of L&I, consistent with the approach adopted by many other states and by the U.S. DOL with respect to most plans, that contributions made to a fringe benefit plan for public works should be based on the effective annual rate of contributions for all hours, public and private, worked during the year by an employee. In order to apportion benefits to fours worked, L&I will generally look at contributions and hours worked over the course of a year, assuming 2,080 hours per worker per year, unless an employer provides an alternate schedule and can document actual hours worked. This approach is sometimes called "annualization." Public Works Act (Chapter 39.12 RCW) Calcuiation of Usual Benefits 2 28 2013 LA5 As the U.S. DOL manual explains the analogous principle under the Davis -bacon Act (federal prevailing wage law), "...contributions made to a fringe benefit plan for government work generally may not be used to fund the ,plan for periods of non -government work." See Davis - Bacon and Related Acts and Contract Work flours and Safety Standards Act 1+icid Operations Handbook — 10/25/20110 at 15fl1(b).For a basic example, if an employer places $5,000 a year into a health plan for an employee, and the employee works a full time schedule of 2,080 hours, the credit is $2.401hr. Thus, the employer cannot say that the plan is only for public works, even if contributions are tied to public hours. Examples Illustrating the Use of Different Annual I lours Suppose that an employer places $5,000 a year into a health plan for an employee, and the employee works a full time schedule of 2,080 hours on a combination of public and private work. In order to obtain an hourly credit, the total contribution is divided by the total hours worked. Thus, at these rates, the hourly contribution is $2.40/hr. $5,000 / 2080 = $2.40 Alternatively, the worker may be a part time employee, and only slated to work 1600 hours in the year. In that case, the employer may use the employee's actual hours, with a resulting credit of $3.13/hr. $5,000 / 1600 - $3.125 The use of a full year is not possible for all benefit calculation situations. In these cases, another period may be allowed if an employer uses a consistent rate of contribution into a bona fide benefit plan, but has difficulty forecasting either the total worker hours or the total contributions for the year. Please contact L&I regarding such situations. Special Provisions for Certain Defined Contribution Plans — "DOL Exception" For defined contribution pension plans that provide for a higher hourly rate of contributions to be made for prevailing wage covered work than for non -covered work, the higher rate paid for covered work will be fully credited toward satisfaction of the required prevailing wage rate only if the plan provides for immediate participation and an immediate or essentially immediate vesting schedule (e.g., 100% vesting after an employee works 500 or fewer hours). For such plans the hourly rate of credit is arrived at by calculating the total contributions made on behalf of each worker during the: course of the public works project, and dividing that number by the number of hours worked by the same worker on the public works project. This exemption mirrors an exemption provided by the U.S. DOL in its administration of the Davis -Bacon Act. TIMELY DEPOSIT OF CONTRIBUTIONS TO BENEFIT PLANS. Benefit plan contributions must be made on a regular basis, and no less often than quarterly. PERIOD USED "YEAR" FOR ANNUALIZATION PURPOSES: If your plan does not specify a time frame to calculate the credit toward the prevailing wage rate, in most instances L&I will use a calendar year. Otherwise, L&I may look to the time frame you use (e.g., a fiscal year, calendar year, plan year, etc.). The period you adopt must be reasonably consistent over time. puhlic Works Act (Chapter 39.12 RCW) Calculation of Usual Benefits 2.282013 LA5 CONTACT L& I FOR ANSWERS TO YOUR PLAN -SPECIFIC QUESTIONS: If this explanation and the above examples do not cover your specific situation, please contact L&I for guidance on the appropriate calculation. Please direct your questions to the Prevailing Wage Office at (360) 902-5335 or by e-mail at PW 1 ibl,ni.wa.gov. How to Calculate Benefit Contributions Based on L&I's Annualization Policy Exarnole: Health. Pension and Annrentiice Contributions Calculation An employer contributes $10,000 towards a full-time employee's health care coverage from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011. A full-time employee works a total of 2,080 hours in a full-time year (52 weeks x 40 hours a week). Calculation: $10,000 paid during the year / 2,080 hours worked = $4.81 The amount to be reported for health coverage in this example is $4.81 per hour. If the employer contributed an equivalent amount to an employee's pension plan during the year (except those plans that meet the "DOL Exception" noted above), the same calculation method would be used to obtain the rate to report for pension benefits. ExaMple: Vacation and Holiday Calculation An employee works a total of 1,750 hours in a year and receives 2 weeks (80 hours) of paid vacation time from January 1, 2011, to December 31, 2011. The total amount received in paid vacation is $1,050. Calculation: $1,050 total vacation pay / 1,750 total hours worked = $0.60 The amount to be reported for vacation in this example is $0.60 per hour. If the employee received paid holidays during the year, the same calculation method would be used to obtain the rate to report for the holiday pay. L&I will assume 2,080 hours per year, per employee, in the absence of evidence to the contrary. If actual hours worked are substantially more than 2,080, or can be reasonably anticipated to be more than 2,080, actual hours must be used for the calculation. if an employer calculates using less than 2,080 hours per employee per year, it must be able to document the reduced schedule which provides the basis for the calculation. Public Works Act (Chapter 39.12 RCW) Calculation of Usual Benefits 2 29 2013 LAS SUMMARY • Employers must comply with all posting and employee notification requirements provided by applicable federal and state laws concerning usual benefits plans. Employers must also have and make available to L&1 upon request, copies of all documents concerning usual benefits as identified in WAC 296-127-014. See WAC 296-127- 01410. • Usual benefits are credited on an hourly basis and are expected to accrue at a regular rate. Employers may not count benefits associated with public and private work as if they were only associated with public work projects. L&I will generally apportion or annualize benefit contribution or costs to all hours worked over the course of a year unless an employer provides an alternate schedule and can document actual hours worked. Certain defined contribution pension plans (DOL exception) do not need to meet this annualization requirement. • Benefit contributions must be deposited on at least a quarterly basis. • Basic Annualized Calculation Method: Divide the total yearly contributions made by the employer for each individual worker by 2,080 hours (40 hours per week X 52 weeks = 2,080 hours). • Generally a calendar year is used in calculating credits toward the prevailing wage rate, but there may be instances when calculations are appropriately based on a fiscal year or plan year. 4 Public Works Act (Chapter 39.12 RCW ) Calculation of Usual Benefits 2 28 2013 LA5 PREVAILING WAGE POLICY MEMORANDUM DATE: May 19, 2010 TO: All Interested Parties FROM: David J. Soma, Industrial Statistician/Prevailing Wage Program Manager SUBJEC Landscape Construction Policy Disclaimer This policy is designed to provide general information in regard to the current opinions of the Department of Labor & Industries on the subject matter covered. This policy is intended as a guide in the interpretation and application of the relevant statutes, regulations, and policies, and may not be applicable to all situations. This policy does not replace applicable RCW or WAC standards. If additional clarification is required, the Program Manager for Prevailing Wage should be consulted. The July 23, 2009 Landscape Construction policy is rescinded. This document is effective as of the date of print. Letters and clarifications posted on the L&I web site provide continuing guidance. Changes may occur after the date of print due to subsequent legislation, administrative rule, or judicial proceedings. The user is encouraged to notify the Program Manager to provide or receive updated information. This document will remain in effect until rescinded, modified, or withdrawn by the Director or his or her designee. Application of the Landscape Construction Scone of Work The Landscape Construction scope of work, WAC 296-127-01346, is organized with (1) an introductory paragraph that establishes a context for potential uses of the scope; (2) a description of specific tasks that may be within the scope for Landscape Construction if they are not otherwise excluded by (3) a list of activities that are not included in Landscape Construction. 1) The Landscape Construction scope's introductory paragraph reads: For the purposes of the Washington state public works law, chapter 39.12 RCW, landscape construction involves the beautification of a plot of land by changing its natural features through the addition or modification of lawns, trees, bushes, etc. Landscape Construction Policy 05/19/2010 Page 1 of 4 2. Work performed within the Landscape Construction scope of work: • Constructing or maintaining lawns, yards, gardens or other landscaped surfaces. • Mixing and spreading mulches, ground covers, soil amendments, decorative bark or decorative rock. • Seeding, sodding or hydroseeding. • Applying chemicals or fertilizers. • Planting trees, shrubs or plants. • Installing, servicing or repairing above ground lawn or landscape sprinkler systems. • Installing, servicing or repairing underground lawn or landscape sprinkler systems to a maximum depth of three feet below finish grade. • Assembling or placing premanufactured trellis work, play equipment, benches or picnic tables. • Constructing rock walls to a maximum height of four feet. • Land clearing. • Spreading top soil to a maximum depth of six inches below finish grade. • Trenching to a maximum depth of three feet below finish grade. • Installing french drains or other subsurface water collection systems to a maximum depth of three feet below finish grade. • Hauling top soil, plants or other landscaping materials in trucks with only one rear axle. 3. The Landscape scope of work makes exclusions that will override the list of allowed tasks in (2) above. Landscape Construction does not include: • Any activity or task (including those mentioned above) when performed preparatory to any nonlandscaping construction work. • Constructing roads, footpaths, trails or rock walls more than four feet high. • Custom fabrication of trellis work, play equipment, benches or picnic tables. • Constructing restrooms, shelters or similar structures. • Installing sewer systems, storm sewer systems, catch basins, vaults or drainage systems for impervious surfaces (such as parking lots). • installing drainage systems or underground sprinkler systems more than three feet below final grade. • Land clearing, dozing, grading, excavating or hauling except as permitted above. • Tree falling or bucking. • Subgrade preparation. • The use of power equipment with more than ninety horsepower. • The use of trucks with more than one rear axle except hydroseeders. • Demolition of structures. • Asphalt or concrete work except incidental anchorage for play equipment, benches or picnic tables. Landscape Construction Policy 05/19/2010 Page 2 of 4 • Welding. • Installing agricultural irrigation systems. • Encapsulation of landfills. NOTE: the scope of work for Utilities Construction, WAC 296-127-01389, places the "cleanup and restoration of right of way (e.g., restore landscaping)" for such work exclusively in Utilities Construction and that work may not be performed as Landscape Construction. 4). The following are specific areas where the department has received frequent questions regarding this scope of work. These activities are not allowed as Landscape Construction under WAC 296-127-03146. a. "Land Clearing" that cannot be performed as Landscape Construction such as: o Clearing preparatory to other construction o Use of equipment over 90 horsepower; o Tree falling and bucking; and o Dirt or materials work beyond the up to six (6) inches of topsoil allowed to be graded in the Landscape Construction scope of work. b. Erosion control work, including the following, cannot be performed as Landscape Construction: o Erosion control blankets or fabric; o Jute matting installation; o Silt fence installation and maintenance; o Trenching and installation of straw wattles; o Sediment trap installation; a Straw bale barriers; o Brush barriers; o Construction or other storm water filtration; o Straw application for erosion control; o Sand bag installation; o Erosion control fence; o Construction project dust control; o Water bars; o Pipe slope draining; o Outlet protection; o Interceptor dike and/or swale; o Check darn installation; o Turbidity curtain installation; o Level spreader installation; o Silt dikes installation; o Storm drain inlet protection; o Slope protection; and a Storm water infiltration. Landscape Construction Policy 05/19/2010 Page 3 of 4 Note: Seeding or hydroseeding, mulchibark application, sod installation, planting vegetation, and landscape maintenance associated with these erosion control activities may still be performed under the Landscape Construction scope unless the work is exclusive to another scope of work such as the scope for Utility Construction, WAC 296-127-01389. c. Except for those tasks allowed as Landscape Construction in WAC 296- 12E-01346, stream or river channel modifications, wetlands creation or enhancement projects, as well as construction of environmental mitigations, habitat improvements, swales, etc. cannot be performed as Landscape Construction. d. Except for spreading up six (6) inches of topsoil, and mulches, and planting, golf course construction (land grading and contouring not permissible under the Landscape Construction scope of work) cannot be performed as Landscape Construction. Whenever your fact set is less than a perfect match from those specifically addressed above, check with the Industrial Statistician/Prevailing Wage Program Manager for specific answers. The Department is happy to provide guidance on your fact set. Please identify the actual circumstances and describe them in full to the Department. You may contact us by phone: 360- 902-5335 or by e-mail at: PWIkLNLWA.GOV Landscape Construction Policy 05/19/2010 Page 4 of 4 City of Renton Contract Provisions for 2019 Street Patch and Overlay Appendix C — Standard Plans (City of Renton and WSDOT) COVER PER STD PLAN 401 SEAL WITH AR 4000 OR APPR ." EQUAL AND DRY SAND AFTER PATCHING PLAN N TS OF (SEE NOTE 9) OUTSIDE DIAMETER ADJUSTMENT RING AND X SEE NOTE 2 X BOT70M OF FRAME MORTAR JOINT(S) (3/8" MIN.-2" MAX.) J ` ADJUSTMENT RING (i" MIN.). SEE SEE NOTE 3 01119 NOTE 6. Z Q 9 SECTION A —A 1. REMOVE PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIALS FOR A DISTANCE WHICH IS EQUAL TO THE DIAMETER OF THE FRAME PLUS ONE FOOT (MIN.). ADJUST CASTING FRAME TO PAVEMENT SURFACE USING RISER RINGS AND MORTAR. 2. REPLACE EXCAVATED MATERIAL WITH A MINIMUM OF 8- OF HMA CLASS k PG 64-22 (OR TO A DEPTH THAT IS 2- BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE UPPER ADJUSTMENT RING WHICHEVER IS GREATER) OR AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 3. ADJUSTMENT RINGS AND FRAME SHALL BE FULLY BEDDED IN MORTAR. MORTAR SHALL BE ASTM C270 FAR TYPE S. 4. MORTAR SHALL BE MIXED AND APPLIED PER MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS. NOTES 5. CONSTRUCTION AND ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY BY A JOURNEYMAN MASON. 6. ADJUSTMENT OF THE FRAME TO GRADE SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED WITH ADJUSTMENT RINGS AND MORTAR ONLY. THE USE OF SHIMS IS PROH[BITED. 7. FRAME SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO PAVEMENT GRADE BY TAPPING UNTIL FRAME IS FLUSH WITH PAVEMENT AS DETERMINED WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH. 8. ALL MORTAR JOINTS SHALL BE TRIMMED FLUSH AND REMAIN VISIBLE UPON COMPLETION. 9. X= 1'-V MIN, TO 2'-6" MAX. - PER ENGINEER'S INSTRUCTION TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION STD. PLAN - 106 la PUBLIC WORKS A PROVED DEPARTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF �O MANHOLE RISERS hew NOTES RISER RING DIMENSIONS 1. Dimensions may vary according to manufacturer. A 1 1/2" z" - (SIZE) 2. Base to be placed on a well compacted foundation. 3. Monument case to be installed by contractor. 4. See WSDOT Standard Plan A-10.20 for Monument (brass disc) type to place in 2" O.D. galvanized pipe. CONCRETE BASEop > D �p D ° PLAN VIEW ACP Class B, or as approved by the Engineer. D D < . �p <D CONCRETE BASE- SAND UNDISTURBED SOIL - GROUT 2" O.D. GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE - NOTE 4 > n ° I Z oD _ a � o > � N SECTION O INSTALLATION 10 1/2" DIAM. APPROXIMATE WEIGHTS CASE 60 LBS COVER 19 LBS TOTAL 79 LBS 44 5/8' R.R. 8" DIAM " DIAM. M N 3 1 /8" R. SECTION COVER 9 1/2" DIAM. � A A 8" DIAM. 9" DIAM. SECTION RISER RING 5 1 /4" R. ' 4' 3 4" R. a SECTION CASE J*(a ® 0.4 ISOMETRIC I SECTION OF LETTER ti`�Y � STD. PLAN - 113 PUBLIC WORKS MONUMENT CASE �N�o$ DEPARTMENT AND COVER MAY 2009 DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 #6 BARS @ T' SPACING 12" (TYP.) 20"x24", 24" DIA., e 48 48" DIA., OR 54" MAX. DIA. HOLE oo oo 6" 2" (TYP.) 12" 9„ 12 1" MIN. 2 1/2" MAX. 84" or 96" FLAT SLAB TOP PREFABRICATED LADDER 12" MIN. 6" #5 BARS @ 6" SPACING 9 1/2" MAX. STEP 20"x24", 24" DIA., 48" DIA., OR 54" DIA. HOLE 2" (TYP.) 24" MIN1"MIN.2 1/2" MAX. 72" FLAT SLAB TOP 18" MIN. Q24 42" MAX. #4 BARS @ 6" SPACING 20x24" OR 24" DIA. HOLE 48" MIN. —� TYPICAL ORIENTATION ECCENTRIC CONE SECTION 2" (TYP.) FOR ACCESS AND STEPS 8„ L i 1" MIN. 2 1/2" MAX. 48", 54", or 60" FLAT SLAB TOP 3R 301, 2A ?p,• 34" S .I 11.12", 4", 6", 12", OR 24" ONE #3 BAR HOOP FOR 6" 5' HEIGHT INCREMENT (SPACED EQUALLY), SEE NOTE 1 �S„ 1", 2", 4", 6", 12", OR 24" ONE #3 BAR HOOP FOR 6" HEIGHT INCREMENT (SPACED EQUALLY), CIRCULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION SEE NOTE 1 RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION NOTES: 1. AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE TO REBAR, WIRE MESH HAVING A MINIMUM AREA OF 0.12 SQUARE INCHES PER FOOT MAYBE USED FOR ADJUSTMENT SECTIONS. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) % PUBLIC WORKS MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS FOR DS STD. PLAN - 204.60 APR D PRIDEPARTMENT DRAINAGE STRUCTURESQZ 9�Z8�Z018 Gregg b—, DATE Public Works Administrator 45 DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 5' MAX. DRAINAGE GRATE TRIM GRATE FRAME _ C— OVERFLOW BYPASS BELOW INLET GRATE DEVICE SEDIMENT AND DEBRIS FILTERED WATER SECTION VIEW DRAINAGE GRATE (RECTANGULAR GRATE SHOWN) RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (TYP.) OVERFLOW BYPASS (TYP.) BELOW INLET GRATE DEVICE ISOMETRIC VIEW NOTES: 1. PROTECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL STORM DRAIN INLETS DOWNSLOPE AND WITHIN 500 FEET OF A DISTURBED OR CONSTRUCTION AREA, UNLESS THE RUNOFF THAT ENTERS THE CATCH BASIN WILL BE CONVEYED TO A SEDIMENT POND OR TRAP. 2. INLET PROTECTION SHALL BE USED TO PROTECT THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM. 3. THE CONTRIBUTING DRAINAGE AREA MUST NOT BE LARGER THAN ONE ACRE. 4. SIZE THE BELOW INLET GRATE DEVICE (BIGD) FOR THE STORMWATER STRUCTURE IT WILL SERVICE. 5. THE BIGD SHALL HAVE A BUILT-IN HIGH -FLOW RELIEF SYSTEM (OVERFLOW BYPASS). 6. THE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MUST ALLOW REMOVAL OF THE BIGD WITHOUT SPILLING THE COLLECTED MATERIAL. 7. PERFORM MAINTENANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 8-01.3(15). 8. ANY SEDIMENT IN THE CATCH BASIN INSERT SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN THE SEDIMENT HAS FILLED ONE-THIRD OF THE AVAILABLE STORAGE. THE FILTER MEDIA FOR THE INSERT SHALL BE CLEANED OR REPLACED AT LEAST MONTHLY. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) STD. PLAN - 216.30 v PUBLIC WORKS APPR ED: CATCH BASIN INSERT 9/28/2018 I �,. -� DEPARTMENT ('7/�1Z Public Works Administrator DATE : 4 5 Al 12, M: 18' M F SEE A A PLAN VIE WATER SECTION A -A VALVE BOX LID WITH EARS IN DIRECTION OF 2" SQUARE WATER MAIN AND WORD OPERATING NUT "WATER" CAST INTO IT CONCRETE COLLAR FOR LVES IN PAVED AREAS 4-1/4" DIA. 1/8" MIN. THICKNESS 'IECE CAST IRON VALVE X, RICH-SEATTLE TYPE OLYMPIC FOUNDRY 1" STEEL LENGTH AS REQUIRED 1 /8" MIN. THICKNESS 2 1 /4 INSIDE MEASUREMENT 2-1/4" DEPTH VALVE OPERATING NUT EXTENSION VALVE OPERATION NUT EXTENSION NOTE: EXTENSIONS ARE REQUIRED WHEN VALVE NUT IS MORE THAN THREE (3) FEET BELOW FINISHED GRADE. EXTENSIONS ARE TO BE A 38" MINIMUM OF ONE (1) FOOT LONG. ONLY ONE EXTENSION TO BE USED PER VALVE. NOTE: ALL EXTENSIONS ARE TO BE MADE 62" OF STEEL, SIZED AS NOTED, AND PAINTED - _I WITH TWO COATS OF METAL PAINT. llllllllllll --I I r 24" VALVE MARKER NOTES: VALVE MARKERS SHALL BE EQUAL TO CARSONITE UTILITY MARKER VALVE MARKER POST TO BE USED FOR ALL MAIN LINE VALVES OUTSIDE PAVED AREAS VALVE MARKER POST WHITE POS ZY n STD. PLAN - 330.1 �; PUBLIC WORKS VALVE BOX, MARKER & OPERATING DEPARTMENT NUT EXTENSION N,Vp MARCH 2O10 POST -SEE STD. Z SPEC. 8-01.3(9)A W W m J J_ m m oGEOTEXTILE �\ BACKFILLED & COMPACTED NATIVE SOIL BURY GEOTEXTILE IN TRENCH NOTE DURING EXCAVATION, MINIMIZE DISTURBING THE GROUND AROUND TRENCH AS MUCH AS IS FEASIBLE, AND SMOOTH SURFACE FOLLOWING EXCAVATION TO AVOID CONCENT- RATING FLOWS. COMPACTION MUST BE ADEQUATE TO PREVENT UNDERCUTTING FLOWS. TYPICAL INSTALLATION DETAIL (STEEL POSTS SHOWN) FASTEN GEOTEXTILE TO POST EVERY 6" (IN.) O.C. Z g 0 fV SELF-LOCKING TIE -NYLON 6/6 (MIN. GRADE), 120# MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH, UV STABILIZED v Z g 0 fV M �o•.•0000.,• ------ , 's •'•'• •• •o:. . •.i�'•. Q� SEE NOTE 1 N�� N�� sy 9�j Q 60 NOTES 1. Install the ends of the silt fence to point slightly upslope to prevent sediment from flowing around the ends of the fence. 2. Perform maintenance in accordance with Standard Specifications 8-01.3(9)A and 8-01.3(15). 3. Splices shall never be placed in low spots or sump locations. If splices are located in low or sump areas, the fence may need to be reinstalled unless the Project Engineer approves the installation. 4. Install silt fencing parallel to mapped contour lines. SEE NOTE 1 V / 1-1 .'� GEOTEXTILE FOR SILT FENCE - SEE ST SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-33.2 (1), TABLE 6 POST - WOOD OR STEEL (TYPICAL) FASTEN TO POST EVERY 6" O.0 �o Q TYPICAL SILT FENCE WITHOUT BACKUP SUPPORT ISOMETRIC (STEEL POSTS SHOWN) FABRIC (GEOTEXTILE) (TYPICAL) N SPLICED FENCE SECTIONS SHALL BE CLOSE ENOUGH TOGETHER TO PREVENT SILT LADEN WATER FROM ESCAPING THROUGH THE FENCE AT THE OVERLAP. SPLICE DETAIL (WOOD POSTS SHOWN) SILT FENCE STANDARD PLAN 1-30.15-02 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Pasco Bakotich /it 3122113 STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE Amok T Washington State Department of Transportation POST- SEE STD. SPEC. 8-01.3(9)A NOTES i �Z GEOTEXTILE BACKFILLED & COMPACTED NATIVE SOIL BURY GEOTEXTILE IN TRENCH Ic .I FASTEN GEOTEXTILE TO POST EVERY 6" (IN.) O.C. 4 a SELF-LOCKING TIE -NYLON 6/6 (MIN. GRADE), 120# MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH, UV STABILIZED a �2 NOTE DURING EXCAVATION, MINIMIZE DISTURBING THE GROUND AROUND TRENCH AS MUCH AS IS FEASIBLE, AND SMOOTH SURFACE FOLLOWING EXCAVATION TO AVOID CONCENT- RATING FLOWS. COMPACTION MUST BE ADEQUATE TO PREVENT UNDERCUTTING FLOWS. TYPICAL INSTALLATION DETAIL 4 N (STEEL POSTS SHOWN) SEE NOTE 1 Q� 1. Install the ends of the high visibility silt fence to point slightly upslope to prevent sediment from flowing around the ends of the fence. 2. Perform maintenance in accordance with Standard Specifications 8-01.3(9)A and 8-01.3(15). 3. Splices shall never be placed in low spots or sump locations. If splices are located in low or sump areas, the fence may need to be reinstalled unless the Project Engineer approves the installation. 4. Install silt fencing parallel to mapped contour lines. SEE NOTE 1 GEOTEXTILE FOR HIGH VISIBILITY SILT FENCE COLOR - ORANGE - SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-33.2 (1), TABLE 6 POST - WOOD OR STEEL (TYPICAL) TYPICAL HIGH VISIBILITY SILT FENCE WITHOUT BACKUP SUPPORT ISOMETRIC (STEEL POSTS SHOWN) FASTEN GEOTEXTILE TO POST EVERY 6" (IN.) O.C. FABRIC (GEOTEXTILE) (TYPICAL) HIGH VISIBILITY SILT FENCE / a STANDARD PLAN 1-30.17-00 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET SPLICED FENCE SECTIONS SHALL BE CLOSE ENOUGH TOGETHER TO PREVENT SILT LADEN WATER FROM ESCAPING THROUGH THE APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION FENCE AT THE OVERLAP. JOINING SECTIONS SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN LOW SPOTS OR IN SUMP LOCATIONS. Pasco Bakoflch III 3122113 STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE SPLICE DETAIL T Washington State Department of Transportation(WOOD POSTS SHOWN) -„ J J W 0 0 J z W W LL m STAGGER ALLOWABLE ALTERNATIVE TIE -DOWN METHOD CONTOUR LINE (TYP.) IS% ANGLE TERMINAL END UPHILL 24" TO 48" TO PREVENT FLOW AROUND WATTLE (TYP.) WATTLE .J.�P TRENCH — SEE NOTE 1 8" DIAMETER WATTLE SPACING TABLE SLOPE MAXIMUM SPACING 1H:1V 10'-0" 2H:1V 20'-0" 3H:1V 30'-0" 4H:1V 40'-0" FOR SEDIMENT NOTES 1. Wattles shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 9-14.5(5). Install Wattles along contours. Installation shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 8-01.3(10). 2. Securely knot each end of Wattle. Overlap adjacent Wattle 2" x 2" x 24" UN -TREATED ends 12" behind one another and securely tie together. WOODEN STAKE (TYP.) WATTLE DETAIL SPACING VARIES — SEE WATTLE SPACING TABLE (TYP.) I � SECTION AO WATTLE INSTALLATION ON SLOPES 3. Compact excavated soil and trenches to prevent undercutting. Additional staking may be necessary to prevent undercutting. 4. Install Wattle perpendicular to flow along contours. 5. Wattles shall be inspected regularly, and immediately after a rainfall produces runoff, to ensure they remain thoroughly entrenched and in contact with the soil. 6. Perform maintenance in accordance with Standard Speci- fication 8-01.3(15). 7. Refer to Standard Specification 8-01.3(16) for removal. WATTLE (TYP.) — SEE DETAIL STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT MrDATE: Sandra L. Salisbury SANDRA L. SALISBURY LICENSE NO. 860 June 10, 2013 NOTE: THIS PLAN ISNOTALEGALENGINEERINGDOCU- MENT BUTAN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION, IS KEPT ON FILEAT THE WASHINGTON STATEDEPART- MENTOFTRANSPORTATION. A COPYMAYBE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST. WATTLE INSTALLATION ON SLOPE STANDARD PLAN 1-30.30-01 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Pasco Bakotich ❑1 6110113 STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE Amik T Washington State Department of Transportation AP J J W 0 0 J z it W M m 4H : 1V 40' - 0" I COMPOST SOCK DETAIL NOTES 1. Compost Sock shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 9-14.5(6). 2. Securely knot each end of Compost Sock. Overlap adjacent Compost Sock ends 12" behind one another and securley tie together. 3. Compost to be dispersed on site as determined by the Engineer, when vegetation covers the surface. CONTOUR LINE (TYP.) 4. If Erosion Control Blanket is specified, place Compost Sock on top of blanket. See Standard Plan 1-60.10. 5. Install Compost Sock perpendicular to flow along contours. 6. Remove sediment from the up slope side of the Compost Sock when accumulation has reached 1/2 of the effective height of the Compost Sock. ,SPACING VARIES 7. Perform maintenance in accordance with Standard Specification DISTURBED rSEE COMPOST SOCK SPACING TABLE 8-01.3(15). AREA 8. Refer to Standard Specification 8-01.3(16) for removal. '-1 / BIODEGRADABLE EROSION CONTROL BLANKET — rr�� SEE NOTE 4 COMPOST SOCK (TYP.) — SEE DETAIL PROTECTED AREA SECTION (�) QQ O� VlUx 4d,, A14, •,• .•I /. j'010WIRE TIED 0� �v DRAINAGE GRATE (CIRCULAR GRATE SHOWN) 2" x 2" x 24" UN -TREATED WOODEN STAKE, SPACED EVERY 36" O.C. (TYP.) ISOMETRIC VIEW CATCH BASIN INSTALLATION COMPOST SOCK — SEE DETAIL 12" MIN. OVERLAP STATE OF WASHINGTON *DATE: REGISTERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT Sandra L. Salisbury SANDRA L. SALISBURY LICENSE NO. 860 June 6, 2013 NOTE: THISPLANISNOTA LEGAL ENGINEERINGDOCU- MENT BUTAN ELECTRONIC DUWCATE. THE ORIGMAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEERAND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION, IS KEPT ON FILEAT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPART- MENTOF TRANSPORTATION. A COPYMAYBE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST. COMPOST SOCK STANDARD PLAN 1-30.40-01 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Pasco Bakotich ❑1 6110113 STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE T Washington State Department of Transportation AP 0 IX 0 LL U Q J m a 0 l� PLAN VIEW (CROSS BRACES NOT SHOWN) nnc�T i�� orn one^ a_01.3(9)A). GEOTEXTILE FOR TEMPORARY SILT FENCE SEE STD. SPEC 9-33.2(1), TABLE 6 COMPACTED NATIVE SOIL • v BURY GEOTEXTILE IN TRENCH I SECTION (�) ILE FASTEN CROSS BRACES TOGETHER WITH SCREWS, NAILS. NYLON TIES OR WIRE SILT FENCE - SEE STD. PLAN 1-30.10 NOTES 1. Prefabricated units may be used in lieu of the design shown on this plan upon approval of the Engineer. 2. Structure shall be constructed such that geotextile material shall be fastened to posts creating a seam- less joint. 3. Ensure that ponding height of water does not cause flooding on adjacent roadways or private property. 4. Perform maintenance in accordance with Standard Specification 8-01.3(15). ATTACH WOOD OR METAL CROSS BRACES TO STABILIZE WOOD ISOMETRIC VIEW (ENTIRE FENCE NOT SHOWN FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES) STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT MARK W. MAURER CERTIFICATE NO. 000598 TEMPORARY SILT FENCE FOR INLET PROTECTION IN UNPAVED AREAS STANDARD PLAN 1-40.10-00 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Pasco Bakotich Ill 09-20-07 STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE Adnk MAP Washington State Department of Transportation SEDIA SECTION VIEW NOT TO SCALE ksS LATE DEVICE DRAINAGE GRATE - RECTANGULAR GRATE SHOWN BELOW INLET GRATE DEVICE NOTES 1. Size the Below Inlet Grate Device (BIGD) for the storm water structure it will service. 2. The BIGD shall have a built-in high -flow relief system (overflow bypass). 3. The retrieval system must allow removal of the BIGD without spilling the collected material. 4. Perform maintenance in accordance with Standard Specification 8-01.3(15). ISOMETRIC VIEW RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (TYP.) OVERFLOW BYPASS (TYP.) STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT MARK W. MAURER CERTIFICATE NO. 000598 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION STANDARD PLAN 1-40.20-00 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Pasco Bakodch III 09-20-07 STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE Adnk MAP Washington State Department of Transportation J J W 0 0 J Z Of W LL } m z Q YELLOW TEMPORARY TAPE OR PAINTED CENTER LINE (TYP.) /-- YELLOW TRPM (TYP.) V J4 J J ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ TWO—LANE ROADWAY WHITE TEMPORARY TAPE /l r] IAIT 1T 1 1- BITUMINOUS SURFACE TREATMENT WHITE TRPM (TYP) L L L 0 /0 0 0 0 ONE—WAY TWO—LANE ROADWAY BITUMINOUS SURFACE TREATMENT 4' 1 36' HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT YELLOW TEMPORARY TAPE ARROW (TYP.) HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT BITUMINOUS SURFACE TREATMENT TWO—WAY TWO—LANE LEFT TURN ROADWAY 7 NOTE 1. For Hot Mix Asphalt Paving projects — "DO NOT PASS" and "PASS WITH CARE" signs shall be included for passing zones. Co Np�� ®� ®F WASy �® 29115 ICI 9 TE�� NAL TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKING SHORT DURATION STANDARD PLAN K-70.20-01 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION STATE DESIGN ENGINEER MW Washington State Department of Transportation ONE—WAY TWO—LANE ROADWAY BITUMINOUS SURFACE TREATMENT 4' 1 36' HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT YELLOW TEMPORARY TAPE ARROW (TYP.) HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT BITUMINOUS SURFACE TREATMENT TWO—WAY TWO—LANE LEFT TURN ROADWAY 7 NOTE 1. For Hot Mix Asphalt Paving projects — "DO NOT PASS" and "PASS WITH CARE" signs shall be included for passing zones. Co Np�� ®� ®F WASy �® 29115 ICI 9 TE�� NAL TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKING SHORT DURATION STANDARD PLAN K-70.20-01 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION STATE DESIGN ENGINEER MW Washington State Department of Transportation NOTES USE ATTACHMENT DETAIL AO 0 it O U Q U J m OR ATTACHMENT DETAIL O TOP OF BARRICADE SUPPORT ANGLE WARNING LIGHT ATTACHMENT DETAIL WARNING LIGHT 6" x 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1/8" ATTACHMENT STEEL ANGLE TOP OF BARRICADE SUPPORT ANGLE DRILL TWO 1/2" DIAM. HOLES THROUGH DRILL THREE BARRICADE SUPPORT ANGLE 1/2" DIAM. HOLES STEEL HEX BOLT i- (2) V FLAT WASHERS (1) 3/8" - 16 STEEL HEX NUT ATTACHMENT DETAIL OA 4'- 0" MIN. - 8'- 0" MAX. ELEVATION (1) 3/8" - 16 x 1 3/4" STEEL HEX BOLT (2) 1" FLAT WASHERS (1) LOCKWASHER (1) 3/8" - 16 STEEL HEX NUT (TYP.) 3/4" ACX PLYWOOD PANEL 6" x 2" x 2" x 1/8" TUBULAR WARNING LIGHT SANDBAGS AS REQUIRED ATTACHMENT STEEL WITH PRE -DRILLED TO STABILIZE BASE HOLES ALL LEGS TOP OF BARRICADE SUPPORT ANGLE DRILL TWO 1/2" DIAM. HOLES THROUGH O BARRICADE SUPPORT ANGLE RR 4-A(1) 3/8" - 16 x 3" STEEL HEX BOLT 0 iv (2) 1" FLAT WASHERS (1) 3/8" - 16 STEEL RH -E HEX NUT ATTACHMENT DETAIL ( 2'-6" 5'-0" SIDE TYPE 3 BARRICADE ORANGE AND WHITE REFLECTIVE SHEETING ASTM D4956 - TYPE III OR EZ (SEE NOTE 3) 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1/8" STEEL ANGLE 4' - 11" LONG (TYP.) 1. All fasteners may be zinc plated, galvanized or stainless steel. All steel angle and tubular steel shall be hot -rolled, high carbon steel, painted or galvanized. 2. Install one lightweight Type A Low -Intensity flashing warning light on the traffic side of the barricade. Install two Type A Low -Intensity flashing warning lights per barricade when the barricades are used to close a roadway. Attach the light to the barricade according to the light manufacturer's recommendations or use the details shown on this plan. 3. Stripes on barricade rails shall be alternating orange and white retroreflective stripes (sloping downward at an angle of 45 degrees in the direction traffic is to pass). 4. The Type 3 barricade design shown on this plan meets the crash test requirements of NCHRP 350. Alternative designs may be ap- proved if they conform to the NCHRP 350 crash test criteria and the MUTCD. 5. When a sign is mounted on the barricade, it shall be securely bolted to at least two plywood panels. The top of the sign shall not be higher than the top panel of the barricade. 6. When sandbags are used in freezing weather, Urea fertilizer shall be mixed with the sand in a quantity to prevent the sand from freezing. FRONT OF BARRICADE ANGLE RESTS ON TOP OF BOLT 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1/8" STEEL ANGLE 5' - 0" LONG (TYP.) DETAIL OC STEEL ANGLE 8" x 2" x 2" x 1/8" TUBULAR STEEL (1) 3/8" - 16 x 3" STEEL HEX BOLT (2) 1" FLAT WASHERS (1) 3/8" - 16 STEEL HEX NUT 0 ®�® ®F WAs oya W LU yaw¢°w �0 25335 4V� Zog ZONALW EXPIRES AUGUST 9, 2007 2 m 8 TYPE 3 BARRICADE STANDARD PLAN K-80.20-00 SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Kevin J. Dayton 12-20-06 STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE T Washington State Department of Transportation AP Z 1 i USEABLE TRAFFIC LANE 2' MIN. i AREA CLOSED TO TRAFFIC TYPE 3L BARRICADE STRIPES ON THE BARRICADES SHALL SLOPE DOWNWARD IN THE DIRECTION TRAFFIC IS TO PASS AREA CLOSED TO TRAFFIC i 2' MIN. i USEABLE TRAFFIC LANE TYPE 311 BARRICADE TYPE 3L BARRICADE BARRICADE PLACEMENT ROAD CLOSURE AT INTERSECTION WORK AREA ROAD CLOSURE AT OTHER LOCATIONS TYPE 311 BARRICADE i TYPE 3L BARRICADE WAsy� °N� 25335 : �� "c" '� I S T E�� 1 y�w3Q �'ONAL W aWa� EXPIRES AUGUST 9, 20071 R m g TYPE 3 BARRICADE STANDARD PLAN K-80.20-00 SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Kevin J. Dayton 12-20-06 STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE MAP Washington State Department of Transportation BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 Ibs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT I > 22,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100, 123' 172' 74' 100, 150, PROTECTIVE VEHICLE (WORK VEHICLE) = R NO SPECIFIED DISTANCE REQUIRED 300' ONE LANE .� ROAD AHEAD 48" 48" W20-4 48. W20-7A ROAD BE WORK PREPARED AHEAD TO STOP 48" 48" W20.1 W20-7111 W20.7B (OPTIONAL IF 40 MPH OR LESS) LEGEND FLAGGING STATION b TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION D CHANNELIZING DEVICES PROTECTIVE VEHICLE SIGN SPACING = X (1) RURAL HIGHWAYS 60 165 MPH 800't RURAL ROADS 45/55 MPH 500'i RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 35/40 MPH 350't RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, 25 / 30 MPH RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS 200't (2) URBAN STREETS 25 MPH OR LESS 100'i (2) (1) ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. 50. TO 100' 6 DEVICE MIN I I R O AREA 59TO 100' 6 DEVICE W20-7A ONE LANE ROAD AHEAD� W20-4 W20_7B (OPTIONAL IF 40 MPH OR LESS) 481, 48' BE ROAD PREPARED WORK To STOPrr AHEAD 48" 48" 48. 48' Or . W20.713 ONE LANE W20.1 ROAD AHEAD 48" 48" W20-7A W20-4 BE PREPARED > W20-713 IONAL IF 40 MPH OR(OPTLESS) TO STOP 48' W20-7B 48' ROAD CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING (FEET) MPH TAPER TANGENT 50/65 10 TO 20 80 35/45 10 TO 20 60 25/30 1 10 TO 20 40 WORK NOTES AHEAD 48' 1. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE. ONE -LANE, TWO-WAY TRAFFIC CONTROL WITH FLAGGERS NOT TO SCALE 2. EXTENDING THE CHANNELIZING DEVICE TAPER ACROSS SHOULDER IS RECOMMENDED. 3. NIGHT WORK REQUIRES ADDITIONAL ROADWAY LIGHTING AT FLAGGING STATIONS. SEE THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. 4. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR WORK HOUR RESTRICTIONS. Plot 1 TIME 3:05:14 PM s•"•s "WAS FED.AID PROJ.NO. .e " E Amokxnx � �I/ Washington State Department of Transportation .ss TC7� DATE 1/212018 PLOTTED BY Ilddelf DESIGNED BY +". x... Ex sx.E. o. ENTERED BY CHECKED BY c"x.xnm x"wnox xo. TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN PROJ. ENGR. REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY LEGEND FLAGGING STATION b TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION C CHANNELIZING DEVICES PILOT VEHICLE ® MOTORIST VEHICLE BY MINIMUM TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 1 25 1 30 1 35 1 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING (feet) MPH TAPER TANGENT 50/65 40 60 35/45 30 60 NOTES 1. REFER TO SHEET TC1 FOR ADDITIONAL SIGNING AND FLAGGING DETAILS NOT SHOWN. 2. CHANNELIZING DEVICES ARE RECOMMENDED ALONG CENTERLINE TO SEPARATE TRAFFIC FROM WORK OPERATION. DEVICES ARE REQUIRED AT TAPERS TO SHIFT TRAFFIC MOVEMENT BETWEEN LANES AND TO PROTECT FLAGGING STATIONS. PILOT CAR OPERATION 3. SIGN G25-101 IS RECOMMENDED FOR NON-STOP SIGN CONTROLLED APPROACHES SUCH AS PRIVATE ROADS AND DRIVEWAYS. THIS SIGN IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE ALUMINUM SUBSTRATE AND CAN BE MADE OF ALTERNATIVE MATERIALS. NOT TO SCALE Amok , Washington State Department of Transportation TW1 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN MINIMUM LANE CLOSURE TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25E�2'45'1 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 10 105 270 450 500 550 11 115 295 495 550 605 660 - - 12 125 320 540 600 660 720 780 840 MINIMUM SHOULDER TAPER LENGTH = L/3 (feet) SHOULDER Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 1 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 81 40 40 60 90 120 130 150 1 160 170 1 190 10, 40 60 90 90 150 170 190 1 200 220 1 240 USE A MINIMUM 3 DEVICES TAPER FOR SHOULDER LESS THEN 8'. SIGN SPACING = X (1) FREEWAYS & EXPRESSWAYS 55 /70 MPH 1500't RURAL HIGHWAYS 60 /65 MPH 800't RURAL ROADS 45 /55 MPH 500't RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 35 /40 MPH 350't RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 25 / 30 MPH RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS 200't (2) URBAN STREETS 25 MPH OR LESS 100'! (2) (1)ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT -GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING (feet) TAPER TANGENT 480 IMPH 30 60 20 40 BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 1 200 1 250 1 305 360 425 495 1 570 1 645 1 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 lbs. HICLE WEIGHT ,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPHL2T1. 55 MPH > 55 MPH 100, 123' 172' 150' PCMS 1 2 RIGHT 1 MILE LANE AHEAD CLOSURE 2.0 SEC 2.0 SEC FIELD LOCATE 1 MILE i IN ADVANCE OF LANE CLOSURE SIGNING. 9° NOTES RIGHT LANE 1. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR WORK HOUR RESTRICTIONS. CLOSED LEGEND AHEAD 2. EXTEND DEVICE TAPER AT L/3 ACROSS SHOULDER. q TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION 483. DEVICES SHALL NOT ENCROACH INTO THE ADJACENT LANE. W20-51`11 4. USE TRANSVERSE DEVICES IN CLOSED LANE EVERY 1000'(FT) ® TRAFFIC SAFETY DRUM (RECOMMENDED). �D SEQUENTIAL ARROW SIGN 5. DEVICE SPACING FOR THE DOWNSTREAM TAPER SHALL BE TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR SINGLE -LANE CLOSURE FOR MULTI -LANE ROADWAYS 20'(FT). PCMS PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN 6. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE. NOT TO SCALE FILE NAME S:1Desi n R P& SW-Standardsl2-Plan Sheet Libra 102-PSL Work in Pro ressTeml TC1-TC-17 Buffer Data table re IacementlTC-3.dgn Plot 1 TIME 8,18,31 AM —Tr FED.AID PROJ.NO. Amok Rux Rv DATE 1/312018 � PLOTTED BY Ilddelf WAS �I/ TC3� DESIGNED BY +oe x... eR ENTERED BY Washington State .... CHECKED BY coxTRnm x L-Anox Department of Transportation off PROJ. ENGR. re DATE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY MINIMUM LANE CLOSURE TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 10 105 150 205 270 450 500 550 11 115 165 225 295 495 550 605 660 - - 12 125 180 245 320 540 600 660 720 780 840 MINIMUM SHOULDER TAPER LENGTH = L/3 (feet) SHOULDER Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 8' 40 40 60 90 120 130 150 160 170 190 10, 40 60 90 90 150 170 190 200 220 240 USE A MINIMUM 3 DEVICES TAPER FOR SHOULDER LESS THEN 8'. SIGN SPACING = X (1) FREEWAYS & EXPRESSWAYS 55/70 MPH 1500'! RURAL HIGHWAYS 60/65 MPH 800't RURAL ROADS 45/55 MPH 500't RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 35/40 MPH 350't RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 25 130 MPH RESIDENTAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS 200't (2) URBAN STREETS 25 MPH OR LESS 100't (2) (1) ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT -GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. 48" I 48" W4.2(L) PCMS 1 2 2 LANES WATCH CLOSED FOR .— AHEAD TRAFFIC 2.0 SEC 2.0 SEC FIELD LOCATE 1 MILE t IN ADVANCE OF LANE CLOSURE SIGNING. BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 lbs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100' 123' 172' 74' 100' 150' CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING feet MPH TAPER TANGENT 50f70 40 80 35/45 30 60 25/30 20 1 40 SEE NOTE 4 a a a a V - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ®®® ®T 7 �r o U3 — — ® ® 7 AREA — — 'a (n X X X L 2L L B R 200' 48' ROAD WORK AHEAD 48' LEGEND W20-1 RIGHT 48 VJ4-2(L) TWO LANES ® TRAFFIC SAFETY DRUM CLOSED AHEAD a TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION 48" �p SEQUENTIAL ARROW SIGN W20-501 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR PC —MS] PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN N TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION (5'(FT) MOUNTING HEIGHT) BY NOTES 1. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR WORK HOUR RESTRICTIONS. 2. EXTEND DEVICE TAPER AT U3 ACROSS SHOULDER. 3. DEVICES SHALL NOT ENCROACH INTO THE ADJACENT LANES. 4. USE TRANSVERSE DEVICES IN CLOSED LANE EVERY 1000'(FT) (RECOMMENDED). 5. DEVICE SPACING FOR THE DOWNSTREAM TAPER SHALL BE 20' (FT). 6. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE. DOUBLE -LANE CLOSURE FOR MULTI -LANE ROADWAYS NOT TO SCALE Amok wI/ Washington State Department of Transportation TC4� TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN SIGN SPACING = X (1) RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 35 140 MPH 350't RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, 25 130 MPH 200't (2) RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS 25 MPH OR LESS 1001t (2) (1) ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. MINIMUM SHOULDER TAPER LENGTH = L/3 (feet) SHOULDER Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 8' 40 40 60 90 - - - - - - 10' 40 60 90 90 USE A 3 DEVICES TAPER FOR SHOULDERS LESS THEN 8' BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 lbs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100, 123' 172' 74' 100, 150' PROTECTIVE VEHICLE (WORK VEHICLE) = R NO SPECIFIED DISTANCE REQUIRED CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING feet MPH TAPER TANGENT 35/40 30 60 25/30 20 40 b 4 ® ® �¢ WORK AREA X X L/3 B R 50, 48' 41" ROAD WORK <WZOR ULDERAHEAD 48' W20-1 W21-5 NOTES LEGEND 1. DEVICE SPACING FOR THE DOWNSTREAM TAPER SHALL BE 20'(FT). K TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION SHOULDER CLOSURE -LOW SPEED 2. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE. O CHANNELIZING DEVICES (40 MPH OR LESS) PROTECTIVE VEHICLE NOT TO SCALE FILE NAME S:\Desi n R P& SW-Standardsl2-Plan Sheet Libra 101-Published PSL\ TC Work Zone Traffic Control\ TC-5 Shoulder Closure - Low Speed 40 MP or Less)\TC-5.dgn Plot 1 TIME 2,59,41 PM —Tr FED.AID PROJ.NO. AmokRux Rv DATE 1/212018 Y�/� PLOTTED BY Ilddslf WAS �I/ TCS� DESIGNED BY Joe xo..ER ENTERED BY Washington State .... CHECKED BY coxTRnm x iounox "". Department of Transportation oR PROJ. ENGR. re " E TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY MINIMUM SHOULDER TAPER LENGTH = L/3 (feet) SHOULDER Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 1 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 120 130 150 160 170 190 10' - - - - 150 170 190 200 220 240 USE A MINIMUM 3 DEVICES TAPER FOR SHOULDER LESS THEN 8'. W21.5 LEGEND b TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION ® TRAFFIC SAFETY DRUM o TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR BY SIGN SPACING = X (1) FREEWAYS & EXPRESSWAYS 55 /70 MPH 15001x RURAL HIGHWAYS 60 /65 MPH 800't RURAL ROADS 45 /55 MPH 500't (1) ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT -GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING feet MPH TAPER TANGENT 50170 40 1 80 35/45 30 1 60 SHOULDER CLOSURE -HIGH SPEED NOT TO SCALE BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 lbs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100, 123' 172' 74' 100, 150' NOTES 1. NO ENCROACHMENT IN TRAVELED LANE. IF ENCROACHMENT IS NECESSARY, LANE SHALL BE CLOSED. 2. DEVICE SPACING FOR THE DOWNSTREAM TAPER SHALL BE 20'(FT) O.C. 3. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE. Amok wI/ Washington State Department of Transportation TW l TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN =� MINIMUM LANE CLOSURE TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 10 - 450 500 550 11 - - - - 495 550 605 660 - - 12 - - - - 140 600 660 720 780 840 MINIMUM SHOULDER TAPER LENGTH = U3 (feet) SHOULDER Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 8' - - - - 120 130 150 1 160 1 170 1 190 10, - - - - 150 170 190 1 200 1 220 1 240 USE A MINIMUM 3 DEVICES TAPER FOR SHOULDER LESS THEN 8'. SIGN SPACING = X (1) FREEWAYS & EXPRESSWAYS 55 /70 MPH 1500't RURAL HIGHWAYS 60 /65 MPH 800't RURAL ROADS 45 /55 MPH 500't (1)ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE RAMPS, AT -GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. INTERCHANGE PCMS 1 2 RIGHT 1 MILE LANE AHEAD CLOSURE 2.0 SEC 2.0 SEC FIELD LOCATE 1 MILE t IN ADVANCE OF LANE CLOSURE SIGNING. CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING (feet) MPH TAPER TANGENT 50/70 40 1 80 40/45 30 1 60 OPTIONAL T MOUNTING HEIGHT MIN. 48" 41" EXIT OPEN 36" ae" E5-2a E6-t w/c BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 lbs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100, 123' 172' 74' 100' 150' B R a a a Z s U3 ® ® ® X X X L 1000, 240' n57 48" 48" ROAD WORK AHEADSEE NO 48" 48" W20-1 48" W4-2(L) NOTES RIGHT LANE 1. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR CLOSURE HOUR RESTRICTIONS. LEGEND CLOSED ANEAD 2. USE A DOWNSTREAM TAPER TO END THE LANE CLOSURE WITH 20'(FT) DEVICE SPACING. a TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION 48' 3. DEVICES SHALL NOT ENCROACH INTO ADJACENT LANES. ® TRAFFIC SAFETY DRUM W20-5111 4. USE TRANSVERSE DEVICES IN CLOSED LANES EVERY 1000'(FT)t (RECOMMENDED). �D SEQUENTIAL ARROW SIGN TEMPORARY OFF -RAMP FOR SEE SHEET TCXX A SHORT OFF -RAMP CLOSURE WHEN THE WORK AREA 5 LOCATION RESTRICTS RAMP ACCESS. TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR MULTI -LANE ROADWAYS 6, ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS OTHERWISE DESIGNATED. PCMS PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN E TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION (5'MOUNTING HEIGHT) NOT TO SCALE FILE NAME SAOesi n R P& SW-Standardsl2-Plan Sheet Libra \01-Published PSL\TC Work Zone Traffic Control\TC-7 Tem ovary Off -Ramp for Multi -Lane Rua STATE wEye\TC-7.dgn AMIL plot TIME DATE 9,24,13 AM 1/312018 FED.AID PROJ.NO. � Rux Rv PLOTTED BY Ilddslf WAS �I/ TC7� DESIGNED BY Ioa .—ER Washington State .... ENTERED BY CHECKED BY coxTRnm x L-T- Department of Transportation or PROJ. ENGR. rz " E TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN xx� REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY MINIMUM LANE CLOSURE TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 10 - 450 500 550 11 - - - - 495 550 605 660 - - 12 - - - - 540 600 660 720 780 840 MINIMUM SHOULDER TAPER LENGTH = L/3 (feet) SHOULDER Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 1 50 55 60 65 70 8' - - - - 120 130 150 160 170 190 10, - - - - 150 170 190 200 220 240 ULDTHEN USE A MINIMUM 3 DEVICES TAPER FOR SHOER LESS 8'. a a ®®®®v a a � v SIGN SPACING = X (1) FREEWAYS 8 EXPRESSWAYS 55170 MPH 1509± RURAL HIGHWAYS 60 /65 MPH 800't RURAL ROADS 45 155 MPH 500't (1) ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE RAMPS, AT -GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. INTERCHANGE CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING feet MPH TAPER TANGENT 50f70 40 80 40/45 30 60 B R BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 lbs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100, 123' 172' 74' 100, 150' 1 48" T4 46' W4-3R SEE NOTE 4 \� 48" 48" X PCMS 1 2 ROAD RIGHT WORK 48" LANE 1 MILE AHEAD ROAD CLOSURE AHEAD 48" 48" WORK 2.0 SEC 2.0 SEC W20-1 W4-2(L) AHEAD 48 FIELD LOCATE 1 MILE t IN <j� ADVANCE OF LANE CLOSURE SIGNING. W20-1 LEGEND NOTES ® TRAFFIC SAFETY DRUM W20.5R 1. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR CLOSURE HOUR RESTRICTIONS. a TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION 2. DEVICES SHALL NOT ENCROACH INTO ADJACENT LANES. >>>� SEQUENTIAL ARROW SIGN 3. USE TRANSVERSE DEVICES IN CLOSED LANES EVERY 1000't (RECOMMENDED). ICJ"--t,11 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR TEMPORARY ON -RAMP FOR 4. SEE SHEET TCXX FOR A SHORT TERM ON -RAMP CLOSURE WHEN THE WORK AREA MULTI -LANE ROADWAYS LOCATION RESTRICTS RAMP ACCESS. PCMS PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN 5. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE. ® TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION (5'(FT) MOUNTING HEIGHT) NOT TO SCALE FILE NAME SADesi n R P8 S41-Standartlsl2-Plan Sheet Libra \01-Published PSL\TC Work Zone Traffic Control\TC-8 Tem ovary On -Ramp for Multi -Lane Roa wEyEJC-8.dgn plot TIME 9,4227 AM STATE FED.AID PROJ.NO. Amokxnx av DATE 1/312018 Y�/� PLOTTED BY Ilddslf WAS �I/ TCH� DESIGNED BY +oe xux.. ENTERED BY Washington State .HEFT CHECKED BY cox.xnm x i—T- Department of Transportation or PROD. ENGR. rz o E TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN .x... REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY MINIMUM TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 10 - 450 500 550 11 - - - - 495 550 605 660 - - 12 - - - - 540 600 660 720 1 780 1 840 SEE NOTE 4 0 z ® ® ® ® ® w N ROAD WORK 500' 500 48" YIELD 48" AHEAD 48" > W3-2 48" LEGEND K TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION ® TRAFFIC SAFETY DRUM C0� SEQUENTIAL ARROW SIGN TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR 0 TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION (5'MOUNTING HEIGHT) 48" 46" W4.1R CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING feet MPH I TAPER TANGENT 50/70 40 80 40/45 30 60 48" YIELD 48' R1.2 W/R BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 1 645 1 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 Ibs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 Ibs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100' 123' 172, 74' 100' 150' ® T ® ® ® /WOREA iiiiRK A TEMPORARY ON -RAMP FOR MULTI -LANE ROADWAYS NOT TO SCALE NOTES 1. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR CLOSURE HOUR RESTRICTIONS. 2. USE A DOWNSTREAM TAPER TO END THE LANE CLOSURE WITH A 20' (FT) DEVICE SPACING. 3. DEVICES SHALL NOT ENCROACH INTO ADJACENT LANES. 4. USE TRANSVERSE DEVICES IN CLOSED LANES EVERY 1000'3 (RECOMMENDED). 5. SEE SHEET TCXX FOR A SHORT TERM ON -RAMP CLOSURE WHEN THE WORK AREA LOCATION RESTRICTS RAMP ACCESS. 6. SEE SHEET TC3 OR TC7 FOR RIGHT LANE CLOSURE. 7. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS OTHERWISE DESINGATED. TIME 10:04:03 AM —TE FED.AID PROJ.NO. Amokxnx xv DATE 1/312018 � PLOTTED BY Ilddelf "WAS �I/ TC9� DESIGNED BY +"x xuxxEx ENTERED BY Washington State ..EET CHECKED BY c"x.xnm x L—Tx Department of Transportation o. PROJ. ENGR. rz " E TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN xx� REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 lbs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100, 123' 172' 74' 100, 150, PROTECTIVE VEHICLE (WORK VEHICLE) = R NO SPECIFIED DISTANCE REQUIRED SIGN SPACING = X (1) RURAL ROADS 45/55 MPH 500'1 RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 35140 MPH 350't RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 25 130 MPH 200'± (2) RESIDENTAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS 25 MPH OR LESS 100't (2) (1)ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT -GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. 24" KEEP 30" RIGHT R4-7B DEVICE SPACING 1/2 BNV 48' ROAD WORK AHEAD 48' 48" W20.1 V TAPER TRAFFIC DEVICES TAPER iU v o C r n w ®o-D O— O® O do _ _ _ _ n WORK ^ o- ® — _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ AREA n X X X L L MIN. L12 B R -2 48" 48.. ROAD 48' WORK � AHEAD i 48^ 48" 48' 48' W20-1 W4-2(L) RIGHT LANE CLOSED W1-4(L) AHEAD 48" W20-5R LEGEND K TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION C CHANNELIZING DEVICES SEQUENTIAL ARROW SIGN ® PROTECTIVE VEHICLE PCMS PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN ® TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION (5'MOUNTING HEIGHT) MINIMUM TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 10 105 150 205 270 450 500 11 115 165 225 295 495 550 - - - - 12 125 180 2"320 540 600 - - - - RIGHT LANE CLOSURE WITH SHIFT - 5 LANE ROADWAY NOT TO SCALE PCMS #1 1 2 RIGHT 1 MILE LANE AHEAD CLOSURE 2.0 SEC 2.0 SEC FIELD LOCATE IN ADVANCE OF TEMPORARY SIGNS. CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING (feet) MPH TAPER TANGENT 50 40 80 35/45 1 30 60 25/30 1 20 40 PCMS #2 1 2 NNO CENTER LEFT LANE TURNING CLOSED 2.0 SEC 2.0 SEC FIELD LOCATE IN ADVANCE OF TEMPORARY SIGNS. NOTES 1. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR WORK HOUR RESTRICTIONS. 2. RECOMMEND EXTENDING DEVICE TAPER (1-/3) ACROSS SHOULDER. 3. FOR POSTED SPEED LIMITS OF 30 MPH OR LESS, USE SIGN W1-3 IN LIEU OF SIGN W14. 4. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNSLESS OTHERWISE DESIGNATED. TIME 3:15:46 PM —TE FED.AID PROJ.NO. Amok+x Rv xo DATE 1/212016 Y�/� PLOTTED BY Ilddelf x WAS �I/ PTC10 DESIGNED BY Joe xo..CR ENTERED BY Washington State SHEET CHECKED BY C-T—T x Eownox xo. Department of Transportation o, PROJ. ENGR. rz ah TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 1 495 1 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 Ibs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 Ibs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100, 123' 172' 74' 100, 150' PROTECTIVE VEHICLE(WORKVEHICLE)= R SIGN SPACING = X (1) RURAL ROADS 45/55 MPH 509± RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 35/40 MPH 359z RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 25/30 MPH 209± (2) RESIDENTAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS 25 MPH OR LESS 109t (2) (1)ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT -GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. MINIMUM TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 10 05 270 450 50011 M253035 25 295 495 55012 45 48' 48" ROAD WORK i AHEAD 48' 48". 48" W4-211 LEFT LANE W20-1 TIME I:20:13 PM sT"'E FED.AID PROJ.NO. Y� DATE 1/212018 —/_ PLOTTED BY Ilddelt U WAS -„ DESIGNED BY I- NU... ENTERED BY Washington State CHECKED BY "N.N..�. N L—T�— Nam. Department of Transportation CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING feet MPH TAPER TANGENT 50 i 40 80 35/45 30 60 25/30 20 40 IS 2 NNO LEFT TURNING 2.0 SEC IN ADVANCE JRY SIGNS. IORK HOUR RESTRICTIONS. GE. TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 lbs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100, 123' 172' 74' 100, 150' PROTECTIVE VEHICLE (WORK VEHICLE) = R NO SPECIFIED DISTANCE REQUIRED LEGEND K TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION AHEAD 13 CHANNELIZING DEVICES t>>D SEQUENTIAL ARROW SIGN W20-5L TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR PCMS PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN E TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION (5'MOUNTING HEIGHT) ROADWAY CONDITIONS MINIMUM TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 10 105 150 205 270 450 500 550 11 115 165 225 295 495 550 605 660 - - 12 125 180 245 320 540 600 660 720 780 - 48' ROAD WORK AHEAD 4e W20-1 024" 48' KEEP 30" RIGHT R4-7B 46' BIW W1.4(L) LANE SHIFT -THREE LANE ROADWAY NOT TO SCALE CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING feet MPH TAPER TANGENT 50160 40 i 80 35145 30 60 25130 20 40 PCMS #1 1 2 LEFT 1 MILE LANE AHEAD CLOSURE 2.0 SEC 2.0 SEC FIELD LOCATE IN ADVANCE OF TEMPORARY SIGNS. PCMS #2 1 2 LANE 1 MILE SHIFTS AHEAD LEFT 2.0 SEC 2.0 SEC FIELD LOCATE IN ADVANCE OF TEMPORARY SIGNS. )R WORK HOUR RESTRICTIONS. 2. FOR SPEED LIMIT OF 30 MPH OR LESS, USE SIGN W1-3 IN LIEU OF SIGN W1-4. 3. RECOMMENDED EXTENDING DEVICE TAPER (L/3) ACROSS SHOULDER. 4. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS OTHERWISE DESIGNATED. TIME 2:34:58 PM s lE FED.AID PROJ.NO. xnx xv xo DATE 1/212018 � PLOTTED BY IlddeM x WAS �I/ TC12 DESIGNED BY +oe NUM.. ENTERED BY Washington State ..EET CHECKED BY cox.xnm x Eounox xo. Department of Transportation of PROJ. ENGR. rz DATE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN xx REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY MINIMUM SHOULDER TAPER LENGTH = L/3 (feet) SHOULDER Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 1 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 S. 40 40 60 90 120 130 150 160 170 190 10, 40 60 90 90 150 170 190 200 220 240 USE A MINIMUM 3 DEVICES TAPER FOR SHOULDER LESS THEN 8'. SIGN SPACING = X (1) FREEWAYS & EXPRESSWAYS 55/70 MPH 1500't RURAL HIGHWAYS 60 /65 MPH 800't RURAL ROADS 45/55 MPH 500't RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 35/40 MPH 350't RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RESIDENTAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS 25 /30 MPH 200'i (2) URBAN STREETS 25 MPH OR LESS 100't (2) (1)ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT -GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING feet MPH TAPER TANGENT Sono 40 80 35/45 30 60 25/30 20 40 R11-201 48" x 30" B/W ! - - N/RAMF CLOSED O 3 i � 0 0 0 d O 17 J D — O O � a 30" � 11 46" RAMP i i 30.. ' d O CLOSED p AHEAD R3-2 4e^ R/B/W w20-1 (ALt) TYPICAL ON -RAMP CLOSURE RAMP R11-1101 WILL BE 48" x 60" BAN CLOSED INSTALL 3 DAYS MIN. AMP on8ox o PRIOR TO CLOSURE CLOSED XPM XAM AHEAD 48' �f W20.1(ALT) I �—lo—l0-10-10-10.o—a D D DEVICE SPACING REDUCED TO 1/2 DISTANCE ACROSS EXIT RAMP DURING CLOSURE PCMS > 1 2 EXIT USE ®®® a a a ® ®®® XXX EXIT C7 CLOSED XXX f'r/T C (n X X X LI3 S00't COS@O RAMP 2.0 SEC 2.0 SEC /0' CLOSED FIELD LOCATE RAMP R11-201 RAMP CLOSED 48" x 30" WILL BE IL" AHEAD BIW CLOSED 48' x w -Nox 0 SHOULDER XPM XAM LEGEND CLOSED W20.1(ALT) 48 ROAD 4e" R71-1501 aci TYPE 3 BARRICADE WORK W20.301 OFF -RAMP CLOSURE 48" x 60' EV AHEAD W a TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION 48' INSTALL 3 DAYS MIN. PRIOR TO CLOSURE G CHANNELIZING DEVICES w20-1 ® TRAFFIC SAFETY DRUM NOTES PCMS PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN SHORT TERM RAMP CLOSURES 1. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR CLOSURE HOUR RESTRICTIONS. ® TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION (5' MOUNTING HEIGHT) 2. TYPICAL APPLICATION SHOWN. ADJUST FOR SITE CONDITIONS. NOT TO SCALE 3. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS OTHERWISE DESIGNATED. FILE NAME S:\Desi n R P& S14-Standartls12-Plan Sheet Libra \01-Published PSL\ TC Work Zone Traffic Control\ TC-13 Short Term Ramp ClosurelTC-13.tl n Plot 1 TIME 8,40:40 AM °T"'x FED.AID PROJ.NO. +x av xo DATE 1/2/2018 � PLOTTED BY llddelf AS � , TC13 DESIGNED BY +oe xusaea ENTERED BY Washington State sxEE. CHECKED BY C-T—T Department of Transportation or PROJ. ENGR. rz a,E TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY MINIMUM TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 10 105 150 205 270 450 500 550 11 115 165 225 1295 495 550 605 660 - - 12 125 180 245 320 540 600 660 720 - - SIGN SPACING = X (1) RURAL HIGHWAYS 60 /65 MPH 800't RURAL ROADS 45 / 55 MPH 500'± RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 35 /40 MPH 350't RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 25 /30 MPH RESIDENTAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS 200'3 (2) URBAN STREETS 25 MPH OR LESS 100't (2) (1) ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT -GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. L12 003 X X 40• ROAD WORK � 48 AHEAD 48" 48" W20-1 W14(L) 7O OPTIONAL IF 40 MPH OR LESS 48' ROAD WORK 48• AHEAD 48' ONE LANE W201 I ROAD x AHE11D 48• W20-4 48• x BE OPREPARED TO STOP 48- x 48 W20-76 V4.' x W20-7A DEVICE SPACING 112 DISTANCE _ FOR OPPOSING TRAFFIC DEVICES Q L/2 B I I R BE OPREPARED TO STOP W20-7B LEGEND 14 FLAGGING STATION M TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION O CHANNELIZING DEVICES PROTECTIVE VEHICLE -RECOMMENDED 9 TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION (5'MOUNTING HEIGHT) CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING Ifeet MPH TAPER TANGENT 5E2 40 80 35/45 30 60 25/30 20 40 48• BE PREPARED O 48• i0 STOP . 4a W20-7B 48" W20-7A X X BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 lbs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100, 123' 172' 74' 100, 150. PROTECTIVE VEHICLE (WORK VEHICLE) = R NO SPECIFIED DISTANCE REQUIRED LJ2 DEVICE SPACING 112 DISTANCE LJ2 OR OPPOSING TRAFFIC DEVICES 24" 40° � KEEP a 30„ . RIGHT P R4-7B _ B/W 48" 48• CENIEfl LANE ROAD CLOSED WORK AHEAD AHEAD 48' 48• W20-SC X x v� \\ N\ Q PREPARED v NOTES 48•1, TO STOP 48• 1. RECOMMEND EXTENDING DEVICE TAPER (L/3)ACROSS SHOULDER. W2114A x 41" W20-7B ONE LANE 2. IF A SIGNAL IS PRESENT, IT SHALL BE SET TO "RED FLASH MODE" ROAD OR TURNED OFF DURING FLAGGING OPERATIONS. AHEAD 3. FOR SPEED LIMIT OF 30 MPH OR LESS USE SIGN W1-3 IN LIEU OF x 48„ 41" SIGN W1-4. ROAD W20-4 4. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF ONE ACCESS POINT FOR EACH BUSINESS WORK AHEAD WITHIN WORK AREA LIMITS. 48" W20-1 5. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS OTHERWISE DESIGNATED. INTERSECTION LANE CLOSURE -THREE LANE ROADWAY NOT TO SCALE TIME 6:59:33 AM —TE FED.AID PROJ.NO. DATE 1/3/2018 Y�/� PLOTTED BY Ilddelf "WAS �I/ PTC14 DESIGNED BY +oe NU..ER ENTERED BY Washington State -ET CHECKED BY C-T—T x iownox N". Department of Transportation o. PROJ. ENGR. rz ah TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING feet MPH TAPER TANGENT 50170 40 80 35145 30 60 25/30 20 40 MINIMUM TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 10 11 105 115 150 165 205 225 270 295 450 495 500 550 550 605 660 - - 12 125 180 245 320 540 600 660 720 - - Irv=uv uu_uaruuvuuuaruv — — — — — — — — — — BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 lbs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100, 123' 172' 74' 100, 150' PROTECTIVE VEHICLE (WORK VEHICLE) = R NO SPECIFIED DISTANCE REQUIRED INTERSECTION LANE CLOSURE -FIVE LANE ROADWAY NOT TO SCALE SIGN SPACING = X (1) RURAL HIGHWAYS 60165 MPH 800'1 RURAL ROADS 45/55 MPH 500'1 RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 35/40 MPH 350'± RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 25 / 30 MPH RESIDENTAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS 200'± (2) URBAN STREETS 25 MPH OR LESS 100'± (2) (1) ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT -GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. 1O OPTIONAL IF 40 MPH OR LESS NOTES 1. RECOMMEND EXTENDING DEVICE TAPER (U3) ACROSS SHOULDER. 2. IF A SIGNAL IS PRESENT, IT SHALL BE SET TO "RED FLASH MODE" OR TURNED OFF DURING FLAGGING OPERATIONS. 3. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF ONE ACCESS POINT FOR EACH BUSINESS WITHIN WORK AREA LIMITS. 4. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE. TIME 7:31:30 AM s lE FED.AID PROJ.NO. Amokxnx xsr xo DATE 11912018 Y�/� PLOTTED BY Ilddelf x WAS �I/ TC15 DESIGNED BY +ox xuxsEx ENTERED BY Washington State sxEE. CHECKED BY cox.xnm x Lo Tio x Department of Transportation o. PROJ. ENGR. s DATE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN xx� REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY NOTES 1. CONTROLS SHOWN ARE FOR PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC ONLY. NO R8-3 INSTALL ON TYPE 2 BARRICADES THROUGHOUT THE WORK AREA I 24' ■ 30" 24 HOURS PRIOR TO IMPLEMENTING TRAFFIC CONTROL. PARKING II 2. 60" (IN) PATH WIDTH SHOULD BE MAINTAINED RIW PRIOR NOTIFICATION OF LOCAL LAW ENFORCEMENT REQUIRED. (48" (IN) IS THE MINIMUM). ( soswA. nmso � 3. CONTACT AND COORDINATE IMPACTED TRANSIT CUSS HERE AGENCIESPRIOR TO IMPLEMENTING ANY CLOSURES. R9-11 4. SEE SHEET TC-52 FOR TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN RAMP 24 x 12 BIW DETAILS. 6 ADA FACILITIES ST BE NSPECIFICA ao" SEE STANDARD IONU1102(1)BAINTAINED. I 6. TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTONS SHALL BE DETUUR 24" PLACED ON THE DIVERTED PATH WHEN EXISTING 1 _ 1 BUTTONS ARE NOT ACCESSIBLE TO PEDESTRIANS. SIDEWALK DIVERSION LEGEND TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION ® CHANNELIZING DEVICES Cm PEDESTRIAN CHANNELIZING DEVICES ® TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN RAMP FOR SIDEWALKS BY R9-10 24" x 12" B/W SIDEWALK DETOUR R9-9 24" x 12" B/W SIDEWALK CLOSED smnsnu a U I 24' .. mE~ER. B/W INTERSECTION PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC CONTROL NOT TO SCALE 16 Intersection Pedestrian Traffic Control\ C-16.dgn s—E FED.AID PROJ.NO. Amok o. WAS ,- XYeaE„ Washington State Co„T—T... Department of Transportation R9-11 DESTRIAN CONTROL AND TC16 MINIMUM SHOULDER TAPER LENGTH = L/3 (feet) SHOULDER Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 S' 40 40 60 90 120 130 150 160 170 190 10, 40 60 90 90 150 170 190 200 220 240 USE A MINIMUM 3 DEVICES TAPER FOR SHOULDER LESS THEN 8'. MINIMUM LANE CLOSURE TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 710 150 205 270 450 500 550 11 j25 165 225 295 495 550 605 66012 180 -5 320 540 600 660 720 780 840 SIGN SPACING = X (1) 1500'1 55170 MPH FREEWAYS & EXPRESSWAYS 800't 60 165 MPH RURAL HIGHWAYS 500't 45 / 55 MPH RURAL ROADS 350't 35140 MPH RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 200't (2) 25 / 30 MPH RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RESIDENTAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS 100'± (2) 25 MPH OR LESS URBAN STREETS (1)ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT -GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING (feet) MPH TAPER TANGENT 50/70 40 80 35/45 30 60 25/30 20 40 LEGEND b TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION 13 CHANNELIZING DEVICES ® TRAFFIC SAFETY DRUM SEQUENTIAL ARROW SIGN TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR PCMS PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN BY BUFFER soma 12' MINIMUM 4' 1 EXISTING LANE EXISTING ❑ TRAFFIC SPACE v 2' 1 AREA SHOULDER v v PCMS 1 2 RIGHT 1 MILE LANE AHEAD CLOSURE 2.0 SEC 2.0 SEC FIELD LOCATE 1 MILE t IN ADVANCE OF LANE CLOSURE SIGNING. TYPICAL SECTION O 48" ROAD NARROWS 48" W5.1 K a 46" ROAD WORK AHEAD 48" W20.1j4'8" 4W4-2(L) E " W20-5R BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,_ TO 22,000 Ibs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 Ibs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100' 123' 172' 1. 100' 150' WORK AREA ® -- SEE NOTE 3 NOTES 1. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR WORK HOUR RESTRICTIONS. 2. RECOMMEND EXTENDING DEVICE TAPER (L/3) ACROSS SHOULDER. 3. USE TRANSVERSE DEVICES IN CLOSED LANE EVERY 1000't (RECOMMENDED). 4. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE. 5. RECOMMEND ADVANCE NOTICE FOR ANY OVER WIDTH LOADS PRIOR TO LANE CLOSURE FOR ALTERNATE ROUTES IF APPLICABLE. SINGLE -LANE CLOSURE WITH SHIFT NOT TO SCALE ;;Single le Lane Closure with ShitHTC-17.tl n s'"" FED.AID PROJ.NO. Y Amok AS �I/ ,� XYeaE„ Washington State ""„T—T„"wn"„,". Department of Transportation ITI TC-17 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN d8• ROAD RK WO AHEAD x IB' IB' BE PREPARED W281 TO STOP 48' 48" x W20.7B . 48" W20.7a 50'MIN. 100' MAX. ° SIGN SPACING = X (1) RURAL ROADS 45/55 MPH 500'1 RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 35140 MPH 3501x RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 25/30 MPH 209± (2) RESIDENTAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS 25 MPH OR LESS 10011 (2) (1) ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT -GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. 48" BE 48• PREPARED q8" TO STOP 48" � 48" ROAD 48• •� W20.7B AHEAD / W12-1 50'MIN. WZO-7A W20-1 100' MAX. I X X X CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING feet MPH TAPER TANGENT 50/55 40 80 35/45 30 60 25/30 1 20 40 00 0° o ° 13 ° O ° WORK O AREA q 14 LT o 0 x x x o SO'MIN. 48 d8• 1 00'MAX. BE PREPARE. W O TO STOP 50' MIN. 48" 48• d8• WI2-1 100'MAX. ROAD W20-7B WORK � 4B•� AHEAD de" x 48" W20-1 W20-7A . NOTES 1. NIGHT WORK REQUIRES ADDITIONAL ROADWAY LIGHTING AT FLAGGING x 48" STATIONS, SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. W20-lA 48' BE 2. PROTECTIVE VEHICLE RECOMMENDED -MAY BE A WORK VEHICLE. LEGEND PREPARED TD 8 70P 3. TYPICAL APPLICAITON SHOWN, ADJUST FOR SITE CONDITIONS. FLAGGING STATION 1 48• If x KI TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION RDAD dB W20.711 ® CHANNELIZING DEVICES WDRK AHEAD TYPICAL ROUNDABOUT FLAGGING OPERATION PROTECTIVE VEHICLE -RECOMMENDED 4E, W281 NOT TO SCALE FILE NAME S:IDesl n R P& S14-Slandardsl2-Plan Sheet Libra \01-Published PSL\ TC Work Zone Traffic Control\ TC-18 T cal Roundabout Flagging Operation C-18.d9n Plot 1 TIME 11:11:16 AM —le FED.AID PROJ.NO. .x Aer x DATE 1/912018 PLOTTED BY Ilddslf AS �I/ PTC18 DESIGNED BY +oe xusaea ENTERED BY Washington State sxEE. CHECKED BY C-T—T x iownox .o. Department of Transportation or PROJ. ENGR, rz ah TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY MINIMUM LANE CLOSURE TAPER LENGTH = L (feet) LANE Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH plus 5'shift 1 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 1 65 1 70 17' - 760 880 960 1040 1 1120 1 1160 MINIMUM SHOULDER TAPER LENGTH = L/3 (feet) SHOULDER Posted Speed (mph) WIDTH (feet) 25 1 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 8' - - - - 120 130 150 160 170 190 10, - - - - 150 170 190 200 220 240 USE A MINIMUM 3 DEVICES TAPER FOR SHOULDER LESS THEN 8'. a - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ® ® WORK AREA ®®®®� a a a a a ®® ® SEE SHEET NOTE 2 a U U3 A 0_ 1500'+/- 750'+/- 750'+/- 1500'+/- 1500'+/- L B (SEE NOTE 3) R 100't 48" 48" 48' 48" 48" SPEED ROAD NOTES LIMIT WORK LIMIT RIGHT LANE 60' CLOSED PCMS 1. THE W3-5, R2-1 AND RADAR SPEED DISPLAY SIGN LOCATED IN THE AHEAD AHEAD i 1 2 CLOSED LANE SECTION MUST BE ADJUSTED AS THE WORK AREA 48.1 48' 48" 48" MOVES. USE ADDITIOAL R2-1 AND SPEED RADAR TRAILER FOR R2-1 A SECOND WORK AREA IN THE CLOSURE. 1 ROAD TRAFFIC W20 W3.5 2 - W20-5R W4.2(L) WORK FINES USE TRANSVERSE DEVICES IN CLOSED LANE EVERY 1000' 11' MIMINII IRA PYICT1— I AMP FYICTIMr TRAFFIC SPACE LANE SHIFT 2' SHOULDER WORK AREA BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 1 645 730 RANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 lbs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT > 22,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100' 123' 172' 74' 100' 150' 500'- 1500'+/- MAX. CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING (feet) MPH TAPER TANGENT 50/70 40 80 35/45 30 60 25/30 20 40 LEGEND a TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION a TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION 5' MOUNTING ® CHANNELIZING DEVICES ® TRAFFIC SAFETY DRUM RADAR SPEED DISPLAY SIGN C(� SEQUENTIAL ARROW SIGN ..� TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR PCMS PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN TYPICAL SECTION A -A ' < N\ 48 48' 24" SPEED ROAD umrr NARROWS 48' xx 48' W3.5 R2.1 W5 1 500'+/ 300' - 500' +/- a a a a a o 0 0 0 0 o c A SPEED AHEAD DOUBLE 2' (RECOMMENDED). LIMIT 30- 2.0 SEC 2.0 SEC 3. THE MINIMUM BUFFER SPACE REQUIRED IF SPEED REDUCTION SIGNING NOT USED. A FIELD LOCATE 1 MILE MAXIMUM IN XX ADVANCE OF LANE CLOSURE SIGNING. 4. RECOMMEND ADVANCE NOTICE FOR ANY OVERWIDTH LOADS R2-1 PRIOR TO LANE CLOSURE FOR ALTERNATE ROUTES IF APPLICABLE. 5. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR WORK HOUR RESTRICTION. FREEWAY RIGHT LANE CLOSURE WITH SHIFT (INCLUDING APPROVED SPEED LIMIT REDUCTION SIGNING) NOT TO SCALE TIME 3:43:31 PM ft�1101 IT"TE FED.AID PROJ.NO. DATE 1/312018 10 ASH TC19 PLOTTED BY Ilddelf MAP BY — N... eN ENTERED BY Washington State s"EET CHECKED BY —T—T x L—TN Nam. Department of Transportation of PROJ. ENGR. TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE JBY